11 – Town Meeting

 

Lou’s Views

“Unofficial” Minutes & Comments


BOC’s Regular Meeting 11/18/25

Board of Commissioners’ Agenda Packet » click here

Audio Recording » click here 


1. Conflict of Interest Check

2024 Rules of Procedure for the Holden Beach Board of Commissioners
(e) Conflict Check. Immediately after the approval of the agenda, the Presiding Officer shall poll each member to disclose any potential conflicts of interest. In the event that a potential conflict is disclosed, the members will vote on a motion to allow or excuse that member with respect to the agenda item. If excused, the member may not participate in any discussion, debate, or vote with respect to the agenda item.

The Board was polled by Heather our Town Clerk. All of them declared that there was no conflict of interest with any agenda item at this meeting.


2. Presentation of Fiscal Year 2024 – 2025 Audit Results – Elsa Swenson, Martin Starnes and Associates – (Finance Director McRainey, Town Manager Chadwick)

Agenda Packet – pages 22 – 36, plus separate packet

Audit 2025 DRAFT Report » click here 

Audit Presentation » click here

Martin Starnes and Associates, CPAs and PA

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Martin Starnes and Associates to present the draft of the fiscal year 2025 audit.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The audit was presented to the audit committee on 11/6/25. This audit is a draft as it cannot be finalized until the government shutdown is over.

TOWN MANAGER’S RECOMMENDATION:
Recommend accepting the draft audit.


Financial Highlights

      • The assets and deferred outflows of resources of the Town of Holden Beach exceeded its liabilities and deferred inflows of resources at the close of the fiscal year by $47,713,244 (net position).
      • The government’s total net position increased by $5,796,947, primarily due to an increase in the governmental activities of $4,146,835 and increases in the business-type activities of $1,650,112.
      • As of the close of the current fiscal year, the Town of Holden Beach’s governmental funds reported combined ending fund balances of $20,486,001, an increase of $2,726,531 in comparison with the prior year. Of this amount, $3,410,317 is available for spending at the government’s discretion.
      • At the end of the current fiscal year, unassigned fund balance for the General Fund was $3,410,317, or 82%, of total General Fund expenditures for the fiscal year.

Economic Factors and Next Year’s Budgets and Rates
The following key economic indicators impact on the potential growth and prosperity of the Town:

      • Occupancy tax revenues continue to remain strong with collections exceeding $4.1 million. Holden Beach continues to be a popular tourist destination  with rental property tax revenue collections continuing to spread into the traditionally off-season months.
      • Construction revenues on the island remain strong. People continue to build and remodel houses on the island.

Previously reported – November 2024

Financial Highlights

      • The assets and deferred outflows of resources of the Town of Holden Beach exceeded its liabilities and deferred inflows of resources at the close of the fiscal year by $42,043,999 (net position).
      • The government’s total net position increased by $4,509,963, primarily due to an increase in the governmental activities of $4,346,045 and increases in the business-type activities of $163,918.
      • As of the close of the current fiscal year, the Town of Holden Beach’s governmental funds reported combined ending fund balances of $17,759,470, an increase of $2,752,842 in comparison with the prior year. Of this amount, $5,347,024 is available for spending at the government’s discretion.
      • At the end of the current fiscal year, unassigned fund balance for the General Fund was $5,347,024, or 146%, of total General Fund expenditures for the fiscal year.

Economic Factors and Next Year’s Budgets and Rates
The following key economic indicators impact on the potential growth and prosperity of the Town:

      • Occupancy tax revenues continue to remain strong with collections exceeding $3.9 million. Holden Beach continues to be a destination for those seeking to escape the confines of larger cities with rental property tax revenue collections continuing to spread into the traditionally off-season months.
      • Construction revenues on the island grew by almost $200k even with high interest rates people are continuing to build and make improvements to their homes.

Update –
Auditor’s report for fiscal year 2024 – 2025 audit was presented by Elsa the project manager. At this time, they can only issue a draft audit because a required document from the federal government is still pending. The auditor Martin Starnes was able to render an unmodified/clean opinion, which is considered the best possible outcome that you can receive.


3. Annual Monitoring Report Results – Fran Way, Applied Technology and Management (Assistant Town Manager Ferguson, Town Manager Chadwick)

Agenda Packet – pages 3348

Beach Monitoring Report Presentation » click here 


ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Fran Way (ATM) will attend the meeting to discuss the annual monitoring analysis.


BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The purpose of the presentation is to provide an overview of the status of the strand and dune system. Our beach engineer will cover accretion and erosion that occurred this year by different sections of the beach.

TOWN MANAGER’S RECOMMENDATION:
Accept report as given.


Annual Monitoring Analysis

    • Volume Change
    • Shoreline Change
    • Annually since 2001
    • Nourishment Planning & FEMA Eligibility

Ongoing Beach Management Activities

    • USACE 50-year Study
    • FEMA Coordination
    • LWFIX & Bend-Winder
    • LWF Outer Channel Dredging/Navigation
    • West End Analysis (OIB Terminal Groin)
    • Permit Application for Offshore Borrow Area
    • Likely Next Offshore Borrow Located

ATM Logo on a white backgroundApplied Technology Management
ATM is a coastal engineering firm hired by the town to do the following:

    • Annual monitoring, data collection and reporting
    • Assess sand erosion
    • Evaluate nourishment
    • FEMA projects cost reimbursement support
    • Meet government regulatory permitting conditions

Annual monitoring has been occurring since 2001We have an engineered beach – which means it has been nourished and is being monitored.

Update –
Fran presented the annual beach monitoring report, emphasizing the importance of the town’s participation in annual beach monitoring for maintaining a healthy beach and dune system, as well as retaining our engineered beach status. The report, which is used for nourishment planning and FEMA eligibility, serves as a baseline for sand volume comparisons after storms. The latest survey found that most sections of the beach strand remain stable, with accretion observed compared to baseline conditions. Beach equilibration has occurred as designed, and ongoing management activities have resulted in the beach strand being wider and healthier than it was twenty years ago.


4. Police Report – Chief Jeremy Dixon

Agenda Packet – pages 49 – 56

Police Report » click here 


Holden Beach Police patch with sunset and birds design.

Jeremy reviewed the actions that were taken by them last month

 

 

Business as usual, normal amount and type of activity for this time of year

Korey Bishop is our new officer in the Police Department that makes ten (10)

They are interviewing internally for the open Detective position


Car break-ins are happening on multiple islands including ours

Crime Prevention 101- Don’t make it easy for them
Don’t leave vehicles unlocked
Don’t leave valuables in your vehicles


Public Service Announcement 


Low Speed Vehicle Safety » click here
Low-speed vehicles (Golf Carts) are required to follow the same traffic laws as every other motor vehicle, including travel lane regulations. They are required to be registered with the DMV and all operators must possess a valid driver’s license.All occupants MUST wear a seat belt, including children who must be secured in an age/weight appropriate child safety restraint.


Download our free app for important updates and notifications.

A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Staffing

Having the full complement of eleven (11) police officers seems to be an elusive goal.


What he did not say 

Public Service Announcement
Hunting season is underway, it is prohibited within Town limits
Hunting season runs from October till the end of January
Please notify the Police Department if you hear shots being fired

§130.01 DISCHARGE OF FIREARMS PROHIBITED; EXCEPTIONS.
It shall be unlawful for a person to shoot or project any stone, rock, shot, or other hard substance by means of a slingshot, bean shooter, air rifle, popgun, bow, or other similar contrivance, or to fire any pistol, gun, or other firearms within the town except on archery ranges, firing ranges, or in legally-established shooting galleries or ranges, or in the discharge of duty by law enforcement officers, provided that the use of firearms in the destruction of rodents, pigeons, squirrels, or similar animals or birds or reptiles that are considered to be a menace to public health or property may be permitted by special permission of the Chief of Police.

§130.02 HUNTING PROHIBITED.
It shall be unlawful for any person or group of persons to do any hunting of wildlife with dogs or without dogs within the town limits.


If you know something, hear something, or see something
call 911 and let the police deal with it.


5. Inspections Department Report – Inspections Director Evans

Agenda Packet – pages 57 – 59

Inspections Report » click here 


ACTIVE NEW HOME PERMITS                                                                = 30
OTHER ACTIVE PERMITS                                                                         = 560
PERMITS ISSUED OVER $30,000                                                             = 66
.     •
AMOUNT INCLUDED IN ACTIVE TOTAL
PERMITS ISSUED OVER $100,000                                                           = 6
   • AMOUNT INCLUDED IN ACTIVE TOTAL
PERMITS ISSUED SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENTS                            = 2
.     •
AMOUNT INCLUDED IN ACTIVE TOTAL
PERMITS ISSUED WAITING PICK UP                                                     = 45
TOTAL PERMITS                                                                                         = 635
PERMITS IN REVIEW                                                                                = 9
CAMA ISSUED                                                                                            = 2
CAMA EXEMPTIONS                                                                                 = 12
ZONING ISSUED                                                                                         = 10
NOTICE OF VIOLATIONS                                                                          = 6
DELINEATIONS                                                                                          = 8
CAMA SITE INSPECTIONS                                                                        = 18


PERMITS SERVICED FOR INSPECTIONS FROM 10/01 – 10/31           = 91
TOTAL INSPECTIONS MADE                                                                    = 216


Update –
Timbo briefly reviewed department activity last month, the department is staying busy.


Construction Too Box Vector ImageContractors Information Seminar
The Planning & Inspections Department, supported by the town staff, hosted the fourteenth annual Contractors Information Seminar. Contractors and electricians were able to earn two (2) hours of continuing education credits.


6. Finance Department Report – Finance Officer McRainey

Agenda Packet – pages 60 – 65

Finance Report » click here 

Update –
Daniel briefly reviewed the Finance Report


7. Public Works Department Report – Public Works Director Benton

Agenda Packet –  pages 66 – 67

Public Works Report » click here 


Department Overview
The Public Works Department continues to focus on maintaining the quality of life for residents and visitors to Holden Beach through consistent operations and upkeep of town infrastructure . Our activities this month included routine maintenance, repairs, and preparedness for weather events .

Key Activities and Accomplishments

Roadway Maintenance & Repairs

    • Boat dock: Crew went and cleaned the kayak launches from all algae and
    • Bridgeview Park: Crew water sealed the picnic
    • Road repair: Graded all dirt streets on east end of
    • Campground: Brought in coquina and releveled camp sites and replaced
    • Jordan Blvd Access: Crew trimmed the hedges and leveled dirt around the new
    • Grounds: Mowed and trimmed entire

 Festival and Holiday Prep

    • Maintenance: Crew took blowers and our sweeper and swept roadways for festival
    • Barricades: Placed out barricades and filled them with
    • Holiday Lights: Crew has worked diligently getting all the snowflakes working and we are currently placing them

 Water and Sewer

    • Water Meters: Crew installed 6 new water services this
    • Water Leaks: We had 4 water leaks. 2 of which were the little hydrants at the end of streets that had been hit with
    • Water Meter Changeouts and Rereads: Crew completed a list with around 186 meters that needed to be reread. Crew repaired 43 meters and changed out l O
    • Sewer Pits: No new pits this month.
    • Service Calls: Crew ran close to 50 service calls this month . This included calls just to speak with a customer or cut the water on and off, sewer pit calls, (A lot slower than last month which is a good thing)

Capital Projects & Long-Term Maintenance

Ongoing Projects

    • Meter Maintenance: We are continuing to repair and replace meters in an effort to get the reread numbers

Upcoming Projects

    • Fire Hydrants: We are preparing to begin grinding and painting all of our Our plan is to be finished early spring.
    • Lift Station 1: We are looking to replace vacuum pumps in Station l and  re plumb  the station as we go

Conclusion
The Public Works Department remains committed to serving the Holden Beach community with quality, timely services. Our team is focused on ensuring safety, cleanliness, and effective infrastructure. We continue to work diligently on ongoing projects and are prepared to tackle any issues that arise in the future..  

Update –
Chris briefly reviewed the Public Work Report


8. Town Manager Report – Town Manager Chadwick

Agenda Packet – page 68

Town Manager Report » click here

Bryan reviewed the Town Manager Report

Greensboro Street / Sewer Lift Station #2
Staff met with the contractor on 11/3/2025
Flood door delivery issues and punch list completions
CO has not been issued yet, they are still waiting for the elevation certificate

Previously reported – October 2025
Staff met onsite with contractor and engineer on 9/23/2025
Contractor did not meet October 1st construction ending deadline
.    •
..flood door order error means projected delivery date of November 14th


Construction workers installing a roof on a new house framed with wooden trusses.

Block Q Restrooms & Parking
Contractor is now moving toward completion by of the middle of December
Grant extension was applied for with the state and timeline has been extended

Previously reported – October 2025
Contractor is moving toward completion by the end of October

Previously reported – September 2025
Apparently vendor still having issues
Contractor had to have structural engineer back out to reevaluate some work performed
Optimistic that they will still meet the grant deadline

Previously reported – August 2025
They have had numerous construction issues
Contractor had to have structural engineer back out to reevaluate some work performed.
Meeting with contractor, Pinnacle, and structural engineer occurred on August 7th
Contractor was at the meeting to address the BOC’s concerns
Timbo is monitoring the situation very closely and is confident we are back on track
The estimated completion date is now not till the end of September
The BOC’s are concerned about the work being completed as required
If the project is not done
by the deadline it could jeopardize the grant funding

Previously reported –  July 2025

A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.
Breaking News
now the vendor is saying completion will be sometime late in October, which may create some problems for the Town

 

Contractor struggled early to meet expectations but staff has engaged in several meetings and things appear to be improving
Deliverable for completion remains optimistic for end of August but money will need to be reallocated for contract at July meeting
Pouring concrete, the week of July 1st

Previously reported –  June 2025
They have some serious concerns about the work that is being done there
New project superintendent taking over

Previously reported – May 2025
The bathroom on Block Q is scheduled to be completed by August 20th
There will be a Ground Breaking ceremony on June 4th at 10:00am

Previously reported – April 2025
Extension applied for with the state


Ocean Boulevard Stormwater
Staff has facilitated data flowing from the engineer to the Corps

Previously reported – October 2025
PPA has been executed on both sides
A meeting is being scheduled with the staff and the Corps for next steps

Previously reported – September 2025
Corps developed PPA
McGill presenting on additional areas of concern as part of September agenda

Previously reported –  August 2025
Awaiting Project Partnership Agreement from Wilmington District

Previously reported –  July 2025
The Letter Report that Bob Keistler mentioned had the financial certification completed by finance officer
Wilmington District was submitting the Draft Letter Report for review

Previously reported –  June 2025
The Town was awarded $2.2M in Environmental Infrastructure Disaster Relief Funding for stormwater projects. To get started USACE requires the execution of the Project Partnership Agreement. The Town portion of the 2.2 million dollar project is 25%, which would cost us $550,000. The motion was made to approve the project partnership agreement with the USACE and have the town staff execute the paperwork.


Pier Site
Future Scope of Work discussion TBD in the future

THB Newsletter (04/15/25)
Work has been completed and the pier parking lot and walkways are now open.
Please be mindful not to stand or sit under the pier structure.


NC Resilient Coastal Communities Program
Engineer contacted Tim with next steps, which includes forming a working group
Phase 1 of the program is being implemented
They need to select three (3) members of the community as team members

Previously reported – October 2025
Engineer to contact town staff once contracts are signed with the State

Previously reported – September 2025
The Town participated in an orientation session regarding Phase I of the program on September 9th

Previously reported –  August 2025
The Town was selected to receive a technical assistance award through the program
ESP Associates has been assigned as our engineer firm and will receive $70,000
Staff will have an orientation session regarding our phase of the program on 09/09 

Previously reported –  April 2025

N.C. Resilient Coastal Communities Program » click here

North Carolina Division of Coastal Management is accepting applications from eligible communities for no-cost technical assistance to complete Phases I and 2 of the Resilient Coastal Communities Program. The motion was made to complete an application to Resilient Coastal Communities Program by the deadline of April 25th, if it is  at all possible.


LWF/Bend Widener Project
Funds have been sent to the USACE from the Town
The State has sent a check to them as well and they are awaiting confirmation of receipt
The sidecaster dredger Merritt was in the inlet on 10/25

Previously reported – October 2025
The County voted to provide funds back per our request

Previously reported – September 2025
The motion was made to approve Ordinance 25-14 to provide funds for the Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway (AIWW) Crossing/Bend Widener Project which is for the Lockwood Folly Inlet dredging. Christy is working with the county to recoup a percentage of the 25% local share.


Employee Updates
Christy Ferguson is now a liaison with local engagement of the ASBPA Coastal Advocacy Network

ASBPA / American Shore & Beach Preservation Association

Korey Bishop is our new officer in the Police Department
Jana Pigott has received her Plumbing & Inspection Level I certification
The Public Works department by recycling scrap metal   generated revenue of $10,000
He pretty much recognized the entire staff for all they do

Previously reported – October 2025
Carey Redwine received her Electrical Inspector Level I certification

Previously reported – September 2025
We filled the vacant Public Works Supervisor position by promoting from within
Mark Thomas Senior Public Service Tech was promoted to Supervisor


County Fire Services

Previously reported –
October 2025
Attended a meeting with the County and other municipalities to discuss fire services


In Case You Missed It 


Snow Flake Decorations for Boulevard Light PolesPublic Works have put up snowflake decorations on the boulevard light poles
   • Purple streetlights are not part of the holiday decorations they are the LED’s failing


THB Newsletter (09/09/25)
PUBLIC NOTICE
Every year, Brunswick County Public Utilities and the towns, cities, and other utilities that purchase water from Brunswick County implement an annual flushing program. Public Utilities employees flush the water mains by opening fire hydrants and allowing them to flow freely for a short period of time. The flushing cleans out sediment and allows routine maintenance of the more than 1,440 miles of water lines and over 7,789 fire hydrants in the Brunswick County service area. Flushing may result in discoloration and presence of sediment in your water. These conditions are not harmful and are temporary. During the annual flushing program, a slight change is made in the water treatment process to facilitate an effective flushing program. Throughout the year, Brunswick County Public Utilities adds combined chlorine (in the form of chloramines), to the water as the primary disinfectant. During the annual flushing program, chlorine is added in an uncombined state, commonly referred to as free chlorine. Free chlorine is more effective than combined chlorine at reacting with sediments suspended during flushing. This common practice is also used as preventive maintenance to kill bacteria that, though harmless when consumed by humans, can introduce unwanted taste and odor, and create issues with maintaining a disinfectant residual. Brunswick County will use free chlorine as the primary disinfectant from October 7, 2025, through November 2025. Depending on your location within the distribution system and usage patterns, it could take 7 to 10 days for your drinking water to transition from combined chlorine to free chlorine at the beginning of the flushing program. The annual change from chloramines to free chlorine for this brief period is required by the North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality to promote optimal disinfection throughout the water distribution system. You may experience a change in the taste or smell of your drinking water while free chlorine is being used as the primary disinfection agent. If you are especially sensitive to the taste and odor of chlorine, try keeping an open container of drinking water in your refrigerator. This will enable the chlorine to dissipate and reduce the taste of chlorine in your water. Remember drinking water has a shelf life. Change out the water in your refrigerated container weekly.

Note: If you have an aquarium or pond, always test the water that you add to your aquatic environment to be sure it is free of any chlorine before adding fish or other animals. Chemical additives with directions for removing either free chlorine or chloramines from water for use in fish tanks or ponds are available at pet/fish supply stores. Kidney dialysis clinics and customers on home kidney dialysis equipment should also be aware of this change.

If you have any questions regarding this process, contact Brunswick County Public Utilities at 910.253.2657, 910.371.3490, 910.454.0512, or via email, or contact your water service provider directly at pworks@hbtownhall.com.


Dog Reminders
Please remember that any time your dog is off your premise, they must be on a leash, cord or chain at all times. Also, dog owners must remove dog waste immediately after it is deposited by the dog when on public property or any private property, including vacant lots, without the permission of the private property owner. Dog waste stations are conveniently located throughout the island.


Emergency Operations Center
The EOC building is being used by Tri-Beach Fire Department while they renovate their fire station on Sabbath Home


National Flood Insurance Program: Reauthorization
Congress must periodically renew the NFIP’s statutory authority to operate. On  November 12, 2025, the president signed legislation passed by Congress that extends the National Flood Insurance Program’s (NFIP’s) authorization to January 30, 2026.


News from Town of Holden Beach
The town sends out emails of events, news, agendas, notifications and emergency information. If you would like to be added to their mailing list, please go to their web site to complete your subscription to the Holden Beach E-Newsletter.
For more information » click here


Upcoming Events 

Turkey Trot  / November 27th
Tree Lighting / December 4th
Snowman Competition / December 4th
Reindeer Dash and Santa Saunter / December 6th
Sandy Paws Dog Parade / December 6th


9. Block Q, Jordan Boulevard and Bridge Area Update – Town Manager Chadwick

Agenda Packet – page 69

 ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
The BOC reached a stalemate at the last meeting regarding the RFQ and a vote for moving forward. The staff offered to bring back a revised RFQ and path for moving forward to a stage for this budget year. After much discussion, the staff decided that it is more prudent to wait until the new board is seated to bring something forward so the board does not inherit a project and can discuss their thoughts and ideas on the topic.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
This action item is to update the board on work that was completed on this and how staff reached the above decision.

Previously reported – September 2025
ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and possible action to direct staff to develop a Request for Qualifications (RFQ) for technical services to develop a comprehensive plan for the Jordan Blvd, Block Q, bridge area and former pavilion properties.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
There have been several proposals for the development of Block Q with amenities such as a band stand/pavilion, pickle ball courts, boat parking and vehicle parking. However, a comprehensive plan to develop not only block Q but the surrounding parcels (Jordan Blvd, former pavilion site, bridge area) is needed to make the most efficient use of the available properties to provide these amenities. Subsequent construction of these amenities could then be accomplished in phases according to priorities and budget availability. The intent is to allow a professional design firm to bring their expertise and creativity to bear in developing the master plan, considering all the property available. The BOC should provide some initial guide lines for the RFQ but shall not constrain the firm to those guidelines in developing the master plans.

Possible motion:
Instruct staff to develop an RFQ for a comprehensive design for Block Q, Jordan Blvd, bridge area, and the site of the former pavilion to be reviewed by the BOC.

They want to develop a comprehensive plan not only for block Q but also the surrounding parcels. The Board is trying to approach the development by keeping the end in mind. The plan is to only provide the vendor with guidelines of what they would like to see there. The motion was made to instruct staff to develop an RFQ for a comprehensive design for Block Q, Jordan Blvd, bridge area, and the site of the former pavilion to be reviewed by the BOC.

Previously reported – October 2025
ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
At the September BOC meeting, the board directed staff to bring back an RFQ for a master plan for Block Q, Jordan Boulevard, the bridge area and the site of the former pavilion.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The purpose of the RFQ is to solicit professional design firms that can bring their expertise regarding all the property available. The following document is attached for your consideration and further direction.

TOWN MANAGER’S RECOMMENDATION:
Recommend approval to distribute RFQ for a master plan as prepared by staff.

Editor’s note –
A Request for Qualifications (RFQ) is a document that asks potential suppliers or vendors to detail their background and experience providing a specific good or service. In this case, the buyer is only concerned about the vendor’s skills and experience. Professionals responding will be selected solely based on their qualifications and not on price. Once a firm is selected the Town will negotiate a contract for the desired services. Therefore, the response is not a bid.

 Christy presented the Request for Qualifications (RFQ) document a comprehensive design plan for Block Q,  Jordan Boulevard, the bridge area, and the site of the former pavilion for their consideration. Commissioner Paarfus was not ready to support this document as written. The vote to approve the RFQ failed.  Mayor Holden attempted to do an end run by proposing that they bring back the previous plans so that they can move forward with a concert venue. After considerable discussion that mostly revolved around protocols the Town Manager intervened. The staff will incorporate comments from the commissioners regarding the RFQ. They will also look at moving forward with the original concert venue plan separately as another option. Staff will have something prepared for them by the next regular BOC’s meeting.

Update –
The staff decided that it would be prudent to wait until the new board is seated to discuss how to proceed.

No decision was made – No action taken


Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents Text

Know the difference between wants and needs?
One of the most basic concepts of economics is want vs. need.
A need is something you have to have.
It’s something you can’t do without.
A want is something you would like to have.
It’s not absolutely necessary, but it would be a good thing to have


10. Discussion and Possible Approval of Resolution 25-08, Resolution Approving Truist Signature Card – Town Clerk Finnell (Town Manager Chadwick)

Agenda Packet – pages 7071

Resolution 25-08 » click here

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Approval of Resolution 25-08, Resolution Approving Truist Signature Card.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Historically, the official signatories for the Town’s Truist accounts are the mayor, mayor pro tem and staff. Resolution 25-08 updates the current signature card by designating Mayor Holden, Mayor Pro Tem Myers, Town Manager Chadwick, Assistant Town Manager Ferguson and Finance Director McRainey as the official signatories.

Update –
Housekeeping item an update of signatories, adopted as submitted

A decision was made – Approved unanimously


11. Discussion and Possible Action on Moving Funds from the BPART Fund to the Beach and Inlet Fund – Commissioners Thomas and Paarfus
 a. Ordinance 25-16, An Ordinance Amending Ordinance 25-11, The Revenues                and Appropriations Ordinance for Fiscal Year 2025 – 2026 (Amendment No. 4)

Agenda Packet – pages 7274

Ordinance 25-16 » click here

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and possible action on moving funds from the BPART fund to the Beach and Inlet Capital Reserve Fund

The Beach and Inlet Reserve fund is significantly underfunded relative to the “$10M in 10-years” goal when it was established in 2018. The fund balance currently stands at just over $5M. Transferring $4M from the SPART fund will put the sand fund back on track to achieve its savings goal while still leaving a sufficient balance in the BPART fund.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:

    • Holden Beach collects an Occupancy Tax of 6% on the gross receipts from rentals (S.L. 1997 – 364 HOUSE BILL 859)
      • 1 % of gross receipts from rentals is paid to Brunswick County monthly
      • 3% of gross receipts from rentals must be used for tourism development and other related programs within the town
      • 2% of gross receipts from rentals must be used for beach renourishment and protection
      • Up to half of our occupancy tax proceeds can be used for beach renourishment
    • If the 2% of gross receipts had been escrowed in the reserve fund as originally planned, the balance would now be over $7M.
    • If half of gross receipts had been escrowed, the balance would now be over $1OM
    • There is a shortfall in our savings plan
    • Currently, the BPART fund has a balance of around $8M. Transferring $4M to the Beach & Inlet Reserve fund will allow the sand fund to achieve its savings goal while still leaving a sufficient balance in the BPART

Possible Motion:
Approve the $3.3M budget amendment and execute the transfer of $4M into the Beach & Inlet Capital Reserve fund.

Update –
Commissioner Thomas explained the reasoning for the proposed transfer of funds.  This brings fund balance up to ten (10) million which is necessary to do this have funds available for beach nourishment. By moving money to Beach & Inlet fund the Town will have restricted access to these funds, preventing the money from being spent for other projects. The Board approved the Ordinance as submitted and directed staff to execute the transfer of four (4) million dollars into the Beach & Inlet Capital Reserve Fund.

A decision was made – Approved (3-2)
Commissioners Smith and Dyer opposed the motion

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents TextThe engineering firm HDR evaluated the pier and concluded that repairing it would not be cost effective. HDR recommended that the Town of Holden Beach consider only the option of replacing the pier, not repairing it. The bond referendum to fund a new pier did not pass. It is unrealistic to expect that enough funds can be raised elsewhere to construct a new pier. Initially I was concerned that the new Board of Commissioners might attempt to use BPART funds as an alternative way to fund construction of the pier. But instead, the transfer of funds will now be allocated for beach nourishment, which is essential. I support their decision to prioritize beach nourishment over building a new pier. Diverting BPART funds to build a pier would leave the town without resources for beach nourishment after storms, putting the community at risk. Beach renourishment projects are extremely expensive and the current federal administration providing funds that we would need is uncertain. Without sufficient BPART funds, the town would  most likely need to impose a special assessment on residents to pay for beach nourishment. Both the referendum and the straw poll survey showed that the residents overwhelmingly (63%) are opposed to being taxed for a new pier. If we had to do a special assessment essentially you will be taxed to pay for the pier despite that you overwhelming said NO to being taxed for a pier. Despite criticism from Commissioner-elect Smith, similar fund transfers have occurred before. Only last December we transferred almost three (3) million dollars from the BPART fund to the Beach Nourishment Fund without all the brouhaha.  Even after the transfer, there will still be almost four (4) million dollars in the BPART account a substantial amount of money available for future tourism-related expenses.


Editor’s Note –

Pier Bond Referendum:
No       351 votes (62.46%)
Yes          211 votes  (37.54%)

Straw Poll Survey:
No       568 votes (63.04%)
Yes          333 votes (36.96%)


General Obligation Bond Referendum 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.
Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents TextThis Board has outlined the necessary steps and costs for constructing a new pier and is presenting the decision to the community through a public referendum. The referendum allows for the public to decide whether to spend the money for a pier not just the five (5) Board members. Personally, I believe that most of the public would like to have a pier but the high cost may lead to limited public support. I just don’t think that the island property owners are willing to pay for it.


Holden Beach voters reject pier bond referendum
Voters in Holden Beach rejected a bond referendum to demolish the current pier and construct a new one. In a 351-211 vote, one precinct in Holden Beach showed voters were opposed to the bond referendum that would increase property taxes for town property owners. According to the town, the referendum included $7.3 million in General Obligation bonds, which only covers demolition and construction costs. The bonds do not cover debt from the original pier property purchase, construction of a new pier building, maintenance, or operating costs. For these reasons, voters like Mark Collman opposed the measure. “A structure like that that can’t be insured, it makes no sense to spend 12 million dollars plus on something that you can’t insure when you live in a hurricane zone,” Collman said. Other voters expressed uncertainty about the proposal’s details. “I’m just not sure if I want my taxes raised or not. I understand that but I am for doing something with the pier. I think the referendum was a little bit too early and not explained enough to voters,” said Lisa Holmes. f the referendum had passed, property owners may have had to pay an additional $31.60 per year in property taxes for every $100,000 of property value. The proposed pier would be a 996-foot wooden walkway with a covered “T” at the end, similar to the original design. The new pier would be uninsurable for wind or water damage. The town states that engineers estimate annual maintenance costs at $72,560 to keep the pier functional for 50 years. The town has not established operating revenues or determined if the pier will generate profit.
Read more » click here

Editor’s Note –
Pier Bond Referendum:
No       351 votes (62.46%)
Yes          211 votes  (37.54%)


Brunswick town voters turn down funding to build a new pier.
Here’s what’s next.
Election Day unofficial results show a tax increase to pay for a new pier was not on the agenda for most Holden Beach voters. With the majority of Holden Beach voters on Nov. 4 rejecting the town’s public improvement general obligation bond referendum, what’s next for the Holden Beach Pier? The wooden Holden Beach fishing pier at 441 Ocean Blvd. West has stood for nearly 70 years. In 2022, the town purchased the pier and pier house property for around $3.3 million financed at 3.18% over 15 years with an annual debt service cost of $260,000, per the town’s website. Plans to use the $7.3 million bond, if fully approved, included demolishing the existing pier and building a new pier. However, general obligation bonds require a voter referendum and over 62% of the total 562 ballots cast by Holden Beach voters were against the bond. Though the town would have seven years to issue the bonds, the expected term of the bond is 20 years, according to the town’s website. Results are unofficial until the Brunswick County Board of Elections canvass on Nov. 14.

Voters went against a property tax increase
If the voter majority supported the bond, the estimated property tax increase was $31.60 per $100,000 property tax value per year to service the cumulative cost over the life of the bond. A Holden Beach home valued at $1 million would have to pay an additional $316 in property tax per year.

What does the pier and pier building look like today?
The pier and pier house closed to the public after the property purchase due to sea-beaten pilings and a host of safety issues. Town commissioners in March 2025 decided to demolish the pier building after being told the rotted pier structure will require extensive, costly repairs in order to be saved. The building was demolished but the pier remains standing.

What are the plans for the new pier?
Commissioners decided to have engineers design a new, taller, stronger full timber pier. The pier, if constructed, will be similar to the design of the original Holden Beach pier: 996-foot-long and pedestrian-grade, with a covered “T” at the end. The bond funds, if approved, did not include construction of another pier house. Plans to rebuild the pier house are currently undecided.

What if Holden Beach voters approved the bond?
If registered Holden Beach voters strongly supported the bond referendum, the town would have moved forward with adopting the bond resolution in December. Bond order approval from the Local Government Commission would also be required.

What now?
“Funding the pier will be more challenging, since it is unlikely, at least in the short-term, that the Local Government Commission would approve an alternate form of financing for a project that did not pass at a General Obligation Bond referendum,” per the town’s bond counsel, as stated on Holden Beach’s website. The town website also notes that other forms of funding the pier have not been explored at this time and may be challenging based on costs outlined in the town’s capital improvement plan.
Read more » click here


Holden Beach Property Owners Association

UNOFFICIAL HOLDEN BEACH TAXPAYER STRAW POLL

HBPOA’s Role: Ensuring Every Taxpayer Has a Voice

Under its charter, HBPOA is committed to giving all Holden Beach property owners a chance to be heard whether or not they are eligible to vote in November.

To that end, HBPOA is conducting this Unofficial Straw Poll, asking each Holden Beach Household to vote Yes or No on the exact same Referendum that will be on the November 6 Ballot.

How the Straw Poll Works

    • HBPOA is sending this Unofficial Straw Poll to each of the 2000+ Holden Beach Households by email and/or US Mail.
    • Each Household may cast ONE YES or NO vote on the Referendum question regardless of the number of residents in the household or whether they are registered Holden Beach voters.
    • Each Household has a Voter ID and a Password to ensure that only one vote can be cast per Household and to assure election integrity and voter anonymity.

This Unofficial Straw Poll is being conducted using Election Runner an independent third-party service used by many nonprofit organizations.

Go to https://electionrunner.com for more information.

Unofficial Straw Poll Results
The results will be posted on HBPOA’s website: https://holdenbeachpoa.com.

Straw Poll Survey:
No       568 votes (63.04%)
Yes          333 votes (36.96%)

901 total votes were cast – with only one vote per household 


Municipal Elections 


2025 Municipal Elections
Six (6) candidates were on the ballot running for three (3) available positions

THB Election Results

Candidate                          Position                   Term            Votes
Alan Holden                      Mayor                       Tenth            394      (69.61%)
Mike Felmly                         Mayor                       First              172      (30.39%)

Sylvia Pate                           Commissioner         First              337      (30.31%)
Keith Smith                          Commissioner         First              306      (27.52%)
Chad Hock                           Commissioner         First              235      (21.13%)
Maria Surprise                   Commissioner         First              234      (21.04%)

Editor’s Note –
Off-year elections are often noted for low interest and few voters at the polls. Based on the Mayor’s candidates vote count we had five hundred and sixty-six (566) voters out of eight hundred and fifty-two (852) registered voters or some 66.43% that turned out to vote. I’d say that it was a really good turnout especially for off-year elections.


Holden Beach Election Results
Through the Years …


Official Seal for Town of Holden Beach,NC

 


Congratulations and thanks to our elected officials
for their service to the community.

 


General Comments 


BOC’s Meeting
The Board of Commissioners’ next Regular Meeting is scheduled on the third Tuesday of the month, December 16th 


A woman with a large afro smiles brightly against a blue backdrop with text.Apparently we had some website issues last month
   • Critical error when we updated to the latest version of WordPress PHP
Thanks for letting me know
A number of you were unable to open the most recent posts
   •
10 – Town Meeting
   •
10 – News & Views
It took a while but just this week the issues have finally been resolved by GoDaddy Please accept my humble apology for any inconvenience this may have caused


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

It’s not like they don’t have anything to work on …

The following seven (7) items are what’s In the Works/Loose Ends queue:

        • Accommodation/Occupancy Tax Compliance 2018
        • Block Q Project/Carolina Avenue 2021
        • Dog Park 2019
        • Fire Station Project 2023
        • Pavilion Replacement – 2024
        • Pier Properties Project 2021
        • Rights-of-Way 2021

The definition of loose ends is a fragment of unfinished business or a detail that is not yet settled or explained, which is the current status of these items. All of these items were started and then put on hold, and they were never put back in the queue. This Board needs to continue working on them and move these items to closure.

A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

.

Lost in the Sauce 

.

 



From 2024

Street Paving

Pavement Condition Survey » click here

Executive Summary
This report presents the results from a Pavement Condition Survey and analyzes the maintenance needs for the Town of Holden Beach’s street system. Right Angle Engineering, Inc. conducted a visual survey of the public (non-State maintained) streets that are maintained by the Town of Holden Beach. The results from this survey were used to determine maintenance needs and estimate their costs.

Maintenance Needs
Of the 12.8 miles of streets inspected, approximately 25% are in need of maintenance. The survey indicated a total estimated maintenance need for plant mix resurfacing of $1,021,874. This represents an average of $72,350 per mile for the entire town street system. It should be noted that this cost estimate is for pavement repair only. Additional costs can be incurred for drainage improvements, administration, utility adjustments, work zone traffic control, and other items. Please note that these costs are variable and can increase the total project cost significantly.

Previously reported –  November 2015
Shane Lippard, Right Angle Engineering presented Streets Condition Survey report   

Recommended we address it with a ten-year game plan, budgeting accordingly, tackling it on a yearly basis

Understandably we can expect our streets to continue to degrade while costs will continue to go up


In 2015 the Board implemented a tax increase of $.010 specifically for street paving and maintenance.

The penny worth of tax revenue earmarked for paving is money that is already in the budget.

Ad Valorem Tax
Estimated 2025 tax base is $2,452,110,770 with tax rate of $.14 per $100 of assessed value
   a)
$24,521,107 X $.14 = $3,432,955
   b)
$3,432,955 X 99.08 = $3,401,372
       •
Tax collection rate of 99.080%

A penny worth of tax revenue ($242,955 ) is earmarked specifically for street paving and maintenance and is already in the budget. For the last five (5) years we have on average allocated only $115K. So, why aren’t we spending the entire $243K that has been earmarked for street paving?


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.



Hurricane Season
For more information » click here.

Be
prepared – have a plan!


No matter what a storm outlook is for a given year,
vigilance and preparedness is urged.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

No hurricanes hit the U.S. this year, but the storms that formed sent a warning
It’s the first time in a decade no hurricane has made U.S. landfall, even as near-record high ocean heat fueled monster storms.
This year marks the first time in a decade that there hasn’t been a hurricane landfall in the United States. That’s true even as several massive and menacing storms formed, many tracking perilously close to the United States. The Atlantic season, which officially ends Nov. 30, saw the likes of Hurricanes Erin and Imelda, as well as Melissa, one of the most powerful Atlantic hurricanes on record that devastated Jamaica. But it didn’t take a hurricane landfall to have dangerous consequences in the United States. In July, the remnants of Tropical Storm Barry contributed to deadly and devastating flooding in the Texas Hill Country and Tropical Storm Chantal caused destructive and fatal flooding in North Carolina, amid a global trend toward a moister atmosphere“This season was a weird one,” said Philip Klotzbach, a senior hurricane research scientist at Colorado State University. Three storms catapulted to Category 5 intensity — the second-highest number on record for storms of that intensity within a single season. Four storms reached at least Category 4 strength. Four storms also rapidly intensified — Erin, Gabrielle, Humberto and Melissa — meaning that their winds accelerated by at least 35 mph in a day. Klotzbach emphasized that even a small number of intense storms could be more hazardous than many milder ones. “If those massive storms happen to hit something, the potential damage is a lot higher,” he added. In total there were 13 storms — one less than the long-term average. Early forecasts predicted as many as 19 storms this season, well above the number that have since formed. The exact number of storms is challenging to predict months in advance, so scientists often focus more on accumulated cyclone energy (ACE), which is a measure of storm wind strength and duration. Klotzbach added that the year had slightly more ACE than normal, even with fewer storms, underscoring the strength of the systems that did form. No tropical activity is expected in the next week, according to the National Hurricane Center.

Fueling the monster storms
This year’s powerful array of storms was linked by a factor that lies deep below the ocean — high ocean heat. This excess heat is fuel for storm intensification. More than 80 percent of the Atlantic was covered by above-average ocean heat during the season, the third-highest amount on record since records began in 1958, behind only 2023 and 2024. Part of a concerning trend, the near-record high ocean heat — in the top 10 percent of historical observations — covered almost 40 percent of the Atlantic basin. Before 2022, this metric had never been higher than 30 percent, making the recent ascension of ocean heat particularly notable. Instead of churning up cooler waters from below, violent storm winds instead found more warm water beneath the surface, enabling storms to remain or become more intense. But high ocean heat alone doesn’t cause storms to form. A tropical storm begins as a cluster of thunderstorms. When that cluster taps into an unstable atmosphere — one in which warm, buoyant air is rising — it can organize and intensify. That instability is driven by the temperature difference between the warm ocean surface and the much colder upper atmosphere. This vertical gradient, known as the lapse rate, helps set what experts call the potential intensity — the upper limit on how strong a hurricane’s winds can get. “The thing that really powers the hurricane is how fast you can transfer heat from the ocean to the atmosphere. The bigger the temperature difference, the faster you can transfer heat. The faster you can transfer heat, the more powerful the hurricane can be,” said Kerry Emanuel, a professor of atmospheric science at Massachusetts Institute of Technology. But that gradient was not particularly strong this year in some parts of the Atlantic, illustrating why this temperature difference matters more than the sea temperature alone. And it forms part of the reason a warming planet may have fewer tropical storms, but more intense ones overall. “This past summer, the sea surface temperatures across much of the tropical Atlantic were warmer than normal, which is part of what led people to predict that there would be a very busy season,” Emanuel said. But because the air above was also warm, potential intensity was lower than normal. That was partly responsible for why there were fewer than normal storms originating in certain parts of the tropical Atlantic, he said. Then there was the Caribbean, where monster Hurricane Melissa formed. There, the potential intensity was high. There’s little to suggest that this extra ocean heat will subside in 2026, which means it will probably be a key factor again next hurricane season. However, one climate driver that contributed to conditions that were more conducive to hurricanes in 2024 and 2025 — La Niñawill probably fade early next year. It’s unusual to have at least two consecutive years without a hurricane landfall in the United States. It has happened only six times since records began in 1851, the last times in 2009 and 2010.
Read more » click here
 


I hope your Thanksgiving ifilled with family and friends

and all of the memories that make you thankful!

black and white drawing for ThanksgivingNovember 27, 2025


Do you enjoy this newsletter?
Then please forward it to a friend!


Lou’s Views . HBPOIN

.        • Gather and disseminate information
.        • Identify the issues and determine how they affect you

.        • Act as a watchdog
.        • Grass roots monthly newsletter since 2008

https://lousviews.com/

11 – News & Views

Lou’s Views
News & Views / November Edition


Calendar of Events 


NA


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Discover a wide range of things to do in the Brunswick Islands for an experience that goes beyond the beach.
For more information » click here.


Calendar of Events Island


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Turkey Trot
The Town of Holden Beach will hold its eleventh annual Turkey Trot on Thanksgiving morning Thursday, November 27th at 8:00 a.m. All individuals interested in participating should email Christy at christy.ferguson@hbtownhall.com to register. Please bring a canned food item to donate to the local food pantry.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Tree Lighting
Come one, Come all!
The Town of Holden Beach will hold its sixteenth annual tree lighting ceremony at Bridgeview Park on Thursday, December 4th at 6:00 p.m. with entertainment beginning at 5:30 p.m.


Snowman Competition
The Town of Holden Beach will sponsor a snowman creation competition to be judged as part of our annual tree lighting event on Thursday, December 4th. The snowman must be edible. There will be two categories: one for businesses/organizations and one for individuals. Entries should be dropped off by 4:30 p.m. at Bridgeview Park and should be picked up by 6:30 p.m. that evening or they will be discarded.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

Reindeer Dash and Santa Saunter
Don’t let the season of good treats catch up with your waistline. The Town of Holden Beach will host a fun run/walk on Saturday, December 6th at 8:00 a.m. starting at Town Hall. For those who wish to run the event, channel your inner reindeer and dress in your best reindeer attire (homemade is excellent). For those that want to move more like the jolly old guy himself, dress in your best Santa attire and saunter through the course. The approximately 2-mile route will be starting your Saturday off with a little fitness and lots of fun!

Please email christy.ferguson@hbtownhall.com to register by November 28th at 5:00 p.m.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

Sandy Paws Dog Parade
Join us on Saturday, December 6th  at 9:00 a.m. in front of the Town Hall Public Assembly for our eleventh annual Sandy Paws Dog Parade. We will do a short walk around the block and back to the picnic shelter where you can have your dog’s picture taken with Santa. There is no fee but we will be accepting donations of pet supplies for the animal shelter.

Note: we cannot accept monetary donations. 

Please email
christy.ferguson@hbtownhall.com to register by November 28th at 5:00 p.m.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

The Chapel Choir Christmas Musical Performance
The Holden Beach Choir is preparing for its fifth annual Christmas concert with a live orchestra. On Sunday December 21st at 7:00pm, the choir will present the musical  In Adoration of the King of Kings, accompanied by the Chamber Orchestra.


A couple dancing joyfully against a city skyline.Shag Lessons
The Town of Holden Beach is taking an interest list for beginner shag lessons running for six weeks,  January 8th   8th – February 12th. The class will be held at Town Hall at 6:00 p.m. The cost is $60 per person for residents and $70 per person for non-residents. Chuck Boney and Sandy Boney will be the instructors. 

Email Christy at christy.ferguson@hbtownhall.com if you are interested.


Parks & Recreation / Programs & Events
For more information » click here


Reminders 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

 

Pets on the Beach Strand
Pets – Chapter 90 / Animals / 90.20

Effective September 10th

 

      • Pets allowed back on the beach strand during the hours of 9:00am through 5:00pm
      • Dog’s need to be on a leash
      • Owner’s need to clean up after their animals

A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.News from Town of Holden Beach
The town sends out emails of events, news, agendas, notifications, and emergency information. If you would like to be added to their mailing list, please go to their web site to complete your subscription to the Holden Beach E-Newsletter.
For more information »
click here


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Paid Parking

Paid parking in Holden Beach
Paid parking will be enforced from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. daily with free parking before and after that time. All parking will use license plates for verification.

Rates
Parking rates for a single vehicle in all designated areas will be:

$5 per hour for up to four hours
$20 per day for any duration greater than four hours
$80 per week for seven consecutive days

Handicap Parking
A vehicle displaying a handicap license plate and/or hang tag parked in a designated handicap space is free. Any other parking space will require a parking permit via the app.

Annual Passes
Annual permits for the calendar year allow vehicles (this includes low-speed vehicles and trailers) access to designated parking.

$175 for a single vehicle

Passes can be purchased via the app, website or by telephone.

Where to Park
Per ordinance, there is no parking on the streets or rights-of-way except in designated parking spaces identified by Pay-to-Park signs. Click here to view an interactive map. The table with authorized parking can be viewed below.

Citations will be issued for:

      • Parking without an active paid permit in a designated parking area
      • Parking within 40 feet of a street intersection
      • Parking in a crosswalk, sidewalk, or pedestrian access ways
      • Parking blocking a driveway or mailbox
      • Parking facing opposing traffic
      • Parking in a no parking zone, or within right-of-way
      • Parking on any portion of the roadway or travel lane
      • Parking a non-LSV vehicle in an authorized LSV location

How Do I Pay to Park
The Town uses the SurfCAST by Otto Connect Mobile Solution. This is a mobile app downloadable for Apple and Android devices. Download the app today. Users will setup their account, enter their license plate details and pay for parking directly on the app. Alternatively, users can scan the QR Code located on the parking signs to access a secure website.

The Otto Connect customer service team will be available to help via phone and email.

A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Solid Waste Pickup Schedule

GFL Environmental change in service, October through May trash pickup will be once a week.

 

Please note:

Trash carts must be at the street by 6:00 a.m. on the pickup day
BAG the trash before putting it in the cart
Carts will be rolled back to the front of the house


GFL Refuse Collection Policy
GFL has recently notified all Brunswick County residents that they will no longer accept extra bags of refuse outside of the collection cart. This is not a new policy but is stricter enforcement of an existing policy. While in the past GFL drivers would at times make exceptions and take additional bags of refuse, the tremendous growth in housing within Brunswick County makes this practice cost prohibitive and causes drivers to fall behind schedule.


Solid Waste Pickup Schedule 

starting October once a week

Recycling 

starting October every other week pick-up


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Yard Waste Service
Yard debris is collected on the second (2nd) and fourth (4th) Fridays during the months of October, November, and December.Yard debris needs to be secured in a biodegradable bag (not plastic) or bundled in a maximum length not to exceed five (5) feet and fifty (50) pounds in weight. Each residence is allowed a total of ten (10) items, which can include a combination of bundles of brush and limbs meeting the required length and weight and/ or biodegradable bags. Picks-ups are not provided for vacant lots or construction sites.


Curbside Recycling – 2025A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.
GFL Environmental is now offering curbside recycling for Town properties that desire to participate in the service. The service cost per cart is $119.35 annually paid in advance to the Town of Holden Beach. The service consists of a ninety-six (96) gallon cart that is emptied every other week during the months of October – May and weekly during the months of June – September.
Curbside Recycling Application » click here
Curbside Recycling Calendar » click here


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Trash Can Requirements – Rental Properties
GFL Environmental – trash can requirements
Ordinance 07-13, Section 50.08

Rental properties have specific number of trashcans based on number of bedrooms.

* One extra trash can per every 2 bedrooms
.
.

§ 50.08 RENTAL HOMES.
(A) Rental homes, as defined in Chapter 157, that are rented as part of the summer rental season, are subject to high numbers of guests, resulting in abnormally large volumes of trash. This type of occupancy use presents a significantly higher impact than homes not used for summer rentals. In interest of public health and sanitation and environmental concerns, all rental home shall have a minimum of one trash can per two bedrooms. Homes with an odd number of bedrooms shall round up (for examples one to two bedrooms – one trash can; three to four bedrooms – two trash cans; five – six bedrooms – three trash cans, and the like).


Upon Further Review


Paid parking brought millions to Brunswick beach towns in 2025
After a busy summer, Brunswick County beach towns are seeing how much revenue was brought in from paid parking programs. As the holiday season is in full swing, towns are receiving year-to-date summary presentations on how well their paid parking programs did. Five waterfront towns in Brunswick County charge fees to park using OTTO Connect for their paid parking services. While some only charge the fee on a seasonal basis, one town enforces paid parking throughout the year. The towns combined to bring in more than $3 million. The municipalities of Bald Head Island, Caswell Beach, Southport, Calabash and Shallotte have not implemented paid parking programs. However, Southport considered it in 2025.

Here’s how the Brunswick County communities fared in paid parking revenue for 2025.


Oak Island
Gross revenue: $1,912,712
Total parked vehicles: 166,152
The town of Oak Island generated a total net revenue of $1,313,831 from their paid parking program, according to OTTO Connect CEO Jim Varner’s Nov. 12 presentation. Oak Island has been the only Brunswick County town with paid parking to raise its seasonal permit rate to $225. Oak Island enforces paid parking April 1 through Sept. 30 from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m., Varner suggested the town consider expanding its paid parking season until October. Varner said there was an increase in parking violations in 2025 due to an increase in resident only parking spaces. Parking rates are $5 per hour, $20 per day and $80 per week per vehicle. Residents can purchase up to three resident parking permits for $10 each. Residents can start purchasing 2026 parking permits in Dec. 2025. Visitor permits will become available in Jan. 2026, per the presentation.

Where to park: All on-island public parking spaces will be considered paid parking. Details: https://www.oakislandnc.gov/residents-visitors/parking-information.


Holden Beach
Gross revenue: $1,188,392
Total parked vehicles: 66,659
As of Oct. 8, 2025, the town of Holden Beach has generated a total net revenue of $803,148 from its paid parking program, Varner said on Oct. 21. Varner said he expects the town to make $880,000 by the end of the year. This will be a small bump from the nearly $830,000 made in 2024, per Varner’s presentation. The town of Holden Beach first implemented paid parking in 2022. Originally, the town enacted seasonal paid parking from April 1 to Oct. 31 with rates of $3 per hour, $15 per day, $60 per week, or $125 per year. In 2023 and 2024, the town increased parking rates to $5 per hour, $20 per day, $80 per week and $175 for a single vehicle annual pass and transitioned to year-round paid parking. OTTO Connect counted a total of 66,659 vehicles parked on the island so far this year, a decrease of nearly 81,000 vehicles counted in 2024. Over 26,000 vehicles were counted in parking spaces in June and July alone. Annual parking permits for 2026 are to become available in December 2025. All other permits will become available in January 2026.

Where to park: Holden Beach does not permit parking on streets or rights-of-way, except where designated by signs. Map with parking details is at https://www.scribblemaps.com/maps/view/HB-Parking/HBParking.


Ocean Isle Beach
Gross revenue: $749,500
Total parked vehicles: 43,694
For its first time charging for parking, Ocean Isle Beach generated a total net revenue of $512,554, according to Varner’s Nov. 10 presentation. “This was probably the exceptionally best first year in a town that we’ve ever had,” Varner said. The town enforces paid parking April 1 through Oct. 31 from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. Parking rates are $5 per hour, $20 per day, $80 per week per vehicle and $175 per vehicle for an annual pass. OTTO Connect’s data showed the two most-used parking lots were Town Center Park and Monroe Street. Both parking lots have 30 parking spaces and Otto Connect counted over 6,700 vehicles parked at each lot throughout the paid parking season. “Most residents purchased a visitor permit and were not counted separately,” the presentation noted. Ocean Isle Beach’s paid parking season permits will become available in January 2026, per Varner’s presentation.

Where to park: Any designated parking spot on the island. Designated parking areas are free to park from 5 p.m. to midnight and 6 a.m.-9 a.m. No parking midnight to 6 a.m.


Sunset Beach
Gross revenue: $636,112
Total parked vehicles: 43,438
The town of Sunset Beach also initiated paid parking for the first time in April 2025 and fell close behind Ocean Isle Beach with a net revenue of $445,301, as of Oct. 6, 2025. “Frankly, Sunset Beach broke my model for revenue,” said Varner, noting the town exceeded his revenue expectation by almost $150,000. The town enforces paid parking April 1 through Oct. 31 from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. Parking rates are $5 per hour, $20 per day, $80 per week per vehicle and $175 per vehicle for an annual pass. Property owners and residents can pay $25 for up to two vehicles. However, residency is confirmed using specific Brunswick County tax parcel information. Resident permits for the 2026 paid parking season with be available in December 2025 and seasonal parking permits in January 2026, per Varner’s presentation.

Where to park: Information on parking at Sunset Beach can be found at https://sunsetbeachnc.gov.


Varnamtown
The town of Varnamtown also kicked off a paid parking program at its boat ramp in 2025 and has received a net revenue of $1,695, town clerk Sandi Parrish told the StarNews. The town did not have an end of year report detailing the program’s gross income and parking data, Parrish said. Varnamtown started the program at the boat ramp on May 5 and ended it Oct. 15. The town set its parking rates at $20 a day for single vehicles and $40 a day for truck and trailers. Property owners are allowed one free parking permit per season.

During the paid parking season, the parking lot across the road from 32 Fisherman Road is visitor parking and the parking lot at the corner of Fisherman Road and Old River Road is designated for Varnamtown property owners only.
Read more » click here


Corrections & Amplifications


Ocean Isle Beach Terminal Groin, Holden Beach AreaOIB Terminal Groin
Ocean Isle Beach completed construction of a terminal groin on its east end in April 2022 to help protect the beach immediately behind it. However, this structure has contributed to significant erosion at the east end near Shallotte Inlet by interrupting natural longshore drift, prompting ongoing efforts such as sandbag use to prevent ocean encroachment on properties in that area.

Coastal area with rough waves hitting the shore and buildings nearby.

View of OIB east of the terminal groin after Hurricane Erin passed offshore 

2024 OIB SHORELINE AND INLET ANNUAL MONITORING REPORT

On Holden Beach, the recent volume change rates (May 2024 to November 2024) along the oceanfront shoreline indicated erosion at 12 of the 21 monitoring stations. Similarly, the MHW shoreline change rates indicated a shoreline retreat at 15 of the 21 monitoring stations. The long-term post-construction linear shoreline changes along the Holden Beach oceanfront shoreline indicated landward retreat. However, volumetric changes indicated slight accretion (0.2 cy/ft./yr.) within this area over the long-term period. The shoreline threshold analysis results along the Holden Beach oceanfront shoreline show that the post-construction shoreline change threshold was exceeded at only one monitoring station. This is the first time a threshold has been exceeded at Holden Beach since this annual analysis started in 2022. In addition, the analysis of May 2024 aerial imagery-derived wet/dry line revealed an 885 ft. section of Holden Beach inlet shoreline that exceeded the inlet shoreline threshold by a maximum distance of 100 feet. The inlet shoreline threshold on Holden Beach was also exceeded in Year-2. This marks two straight years where this threshold was exceeded. The inlet shoreline recession is believed to likely be attributed to a combination of morphological changes within Shallotte Inlet including the position and orientation of the main channel through Shallotte Inlet and the formation of a flood channel on the inlet shoulder of Holden Beach. Regardless, as stated in the Plan, because the shoreline changes in this area exceeded the threshold over the entire 2-year confirmation period, an assessment of the proper responsive measures will be made through coordination with State and Federal regulatory officials. 

Wooden breakwater structures on a sandy beach under a clear blue sky.Sand is vanishing on east side of Ocean Isle $11M erosion fix
When the Army Corps of Engineers issued its final decision on the terminal groin project here more than eight years ago, the document conveyed a prescient warning. A terminal groin may increase erosion along the easternmost point of Ocean Isle Beach, down-drift of the structure. Today, the shoreline east of terminal groin is being gnawed away, vanishing beach in front of a neighborhood of grand, multimillion-dollar homes built shortly after the $11 million erosion-control structure was completed in spring 2022. A wall of sandbags fends off waves from reaching some of the waterfront homes on the ocean side of the gated community that advertised as luxurious coastal living. Several lots remain vacant because the properties no longer have enough beachfront necessary to meet the state ocean setback requirements. I would have never developed the property if I had known this was going to happen, said Doc Dunlap, a developer with Pointe OIB, LLC  just devastating to tell you the truth. I even had plans myself to build there, have a summer home. The caveat written in the federal record of decision all those years ago, one that was a central argument in a lawsuit to try and stop the terminal groin from being built, was not explicitly pointed out to the developers of The Pointe, they say. In an email responding to Coastal Review questions, the Division of Coastal Management said it, not aware of any specific notification to those property owners other than the standard (area of environmental concern) hazard notice. We were just under the impression that all of this was going to be extremely positive and help protect this part of the beach, said Jimmy Bell, who contributed to the planning and implementation of the community. And then, once we started experiencing this massive erosion, I started researching groins more. We had engineers and other people that were helping, and we were informed and under the impression that it was going to all be good, and now  turning out to not be quite as good. Ocean Isle Beach Mayor Debbie Smith pushed back on those claims. My heart breaks for them, but the developers knew that that groin was going in,  she said. They knew it was not designed to protect that area. It was not designed to harm it, but they also know that adjacent 2,000 feet west of them was a line of sandbags and most of them had been there for years. The developers are now seeking legal representation as they continue to try to figure out how to protect the oceanfront properties within the 44-lot neighborhood. Mr. Dunlap is extremely disappointed in the decisions made that resulted in the placement and construction of the terminal groin and the erosion damages it has caused, John Hilton III, corporate counsel to Pointe OIB, stated in an email. He is committed to holding those who made these decisions legally accountable and also seeking a remedy to correct the ongoing erosion. We are working to obtain local legal counsel to explore and pursue all available options.

Erosion-battered shore
The east end of the island at Shallotte Inlet historically accreted and eroded naturally as the inlet wagged back and forth between Ocean Isle Beach and Holden Beach up until Hurricane Hazel hit in 1954. When the powerful hurricane likely a Category 4 storm using the Saffir-Simpson scale developed in 1971 made landfall in October 1954 near the South Carolina border, it caused the inlet channel to move in a more easterly direction, accelerating erosion at the east end of the barrier island. Erosion has remained persistent in that area since the 1970s, according to N.C. Division of Coastal Management records. The worst of the erosion occurred along about a mile of oceanfront shore beginning near the inlet. An encroaching ocean claimed homes, damaged and destroyed public utilities, and prompted the N.C. Department of Transportation to abandon state-maintained streets. In 2005, the town was permitted to install at the east a wall of sandbags to barricade private properties and infrastructure from ocean waves. Sandbags revetments are, under state rules, to be used as a temporary measure to hold erosion at bay. In 2011, the North Carolina General Assembly repealed a decades-old state law that prohibited permanent, hardened erosion-control structures from being built on North Carolina beaches. Under the revised law, a handful of beach communities, including Ocean Isle Beach, get the option to pursue installing a terminal groin at an inlet area. Terminal groins are wall-like structures built perpendicular to the shore at inlets to contain sand in areas of high erosion like the east end of Ocean Isle Beach. These structures are controversial because they capture sand that travels down the beach near shore, depleting the sand supply to the beach immediately downdrift of the structure, stripping land that is natural habitat for, among others, sea turtles and shorebirds. Ocean Isle Beach Sea Turtle Protection Organization Island Coordinator Deb Allen said that beach conditions east of the terminal groin have hindered turtles from nesting there this season. Escarpment, sandbags and debris that Allen believes is coming from the development have impeded turtles from accessing the sandy areas they seek to lay their eggs. As of early September, the organization had recorded four false crawls, which is when a female turtle crawls onto a beach only to return to the ocean without laying eggs, and three nests east of the terminal groin, Allen said. The potential for that type of impact to wildlife was argued in a lawsuit the Southern Environmental Law Center filed on behalf of the National Audubon Society in August 2017 challenging the Corps approval of Ocean Isle Beach project. The lawsuit claimed that the Corps failed to objectively evaluate alternatives to the terminal groin, including those that would be less costly to Ocean Isle residents and less destructive to the coast, particularly to what was then the undeveloped area on the island east end. The lawsuit, which later included the town, came to an end in March 2021 after a panel of appellate court judges affirmed a lower court decision that the Corps fairly considered the alternatives included in an environmental impact statement, or EIS, examining the proposed project. As we went through and talked about the impacts of terminal groins in the EIS, this was the central argument will the land east of the groin erode at a more rapid pace? And, everything we could point to, all of the science, said yes, said Geoff Gisler, program director of SELC Chapel Hill office. Theres only so much sand and the way that these structures operate is they keep more of it in one place and necessarily take it from somewhere else. That’s why we have seen over and over again that when you build a groin towards the end of an island, what happens is the island erodes at the end. That there is less sand going to the east end is not an accident.

Righting this wrong
Gisler said the SELC will be following how the town and the Corps respond to the erosion that is occurring east of the terminal groin. The town committed and the Corps committed to righting this wrong if it occurred and that’s what we’ll be looking at he said. Under conditions in the towns federal permit, the town is required to monitor the sand spit east of The Pointe as well as the towns shoreline and that of neighboring Holden Beach to the west. Should those shorelines erode past boundaries identified in 1999, consideration will be given to modifying the structure to allow more sediment to move from west to east past the structure, according to final EIS. The town also has the option to nourish an eroded shoreline. In the event the negative impacts of the terminal groin cannot be mitigated with beach nourishment or possible modifications to the design of the terminal groin, the terminal groin would be removed, the EIS states. The Corps and the Division of Coastal Management are reviewing the monitoring report submitted by the engineering firm hired by the town, Coastal Protection Engineering of North Carolina. That report indicates that erosion has exceeded the 1999 shoreline threshold for the area immediately east of the groin. However, the applicant is working on a modification request to alter this threshold as the shoreline had eroded landward of part of that threshold prior to construction of the groin, according to the division. A beach maintenance project scheduled for fall 2026 to inject sand west of the terminal groin is anticipated to increase the rate of sand that bypasses the terminal groin and would serve to feed the shoreline immediately east of the groin with additional material, according to the towns engineer. But The Pointe developers and property owners say they can’t wait another year. Theres got to be an exception to the standard application restrictions (i.e., sandbag placement and height) the (Coastal Area Management Act/Coastal Resources Commission) process has today to protect near term east of the groin due to emergency status and a path longer term that can get us to a point of evaluating what we can do for the groin from a redesign standpoint that would protect all both west and east of the groin, property owner Brendan Flynn said. What we’re dealing with now in my view is we need to have another review of what could be done to enhance the groins performance to benefit and protect the other part of this island. Smith said that the terminal groin is doing what it was designed to do. It is building up right adjacent to the groin, she said. It just has not built anything far enough down to protect this new development. I wish Mother Nature would reserve herself and build it up right now instead of taking it away. I wish I had some magic bullet for them too, but I don’t today. It’s really up to them to take some action. Kerri Allen, director of the North Carolina Coastal Federations southeast office in Wrightsville Beach, called the situation heartbreaking,  but not surprising. The Coastal Federation publishes Coastal Review. “When you alter the natural movement of sand with a hardened structure like the terminal groin, you might protect one stretch of beach, but you inevitably put other areas at greater risk, she said. And, unfortunately, the erosion we’re seeing east of the groin is exactly what experts warn could happen. That being said, the purpose of this groin was to protect existing infrastructure that was already at risk. Instead, new homes were built in an area thats incredibly vulnerable and these homeowners are now facing devastating losses. Moving forward, we need to focus on solutions that don’t just shift the problem from one place to another and ensure that public resources aren’t used to subsidize these risky, short-term development decisions. I think this is a pivotal moment for Ocean Isle and for other coastal towns, she continued. We have an opportunity to step back, look at the science, and commit to managing our coast in a way that protects both our communities and the natural systems that sustain them. That means resisting the temptation to build our way out of these challenges because, ultimately, the ocean always wins.
Read more » click here

Construction site with heavy machinery and building under cloudy sky.

 

Eroded sandy terrain with exposed rock formations under a cloudy sky.

The 'Most Interesting Man in the World' meme about saying 'I told you so'.Previously reported – August 2018
Recognition of 2018 Pelican Award from the North Carolina Coastal Federation to the Town of Holden Beach Board of Commissioners for Outstanding Leadership and Dedication to Keep Our Coast Accessible and Public – Commissioner Butler and Commissioner Freer

Logo of the South Carolina Coastal Conservation League.

Group of people holding framed awards at an event.Town of Holden Beach, Dunescape Property Owners Association and the Holden Beach Property Owners Association For Outstanding Leadership and Dedication to Keep Our Coast Accessible and Public

Flanked by the beautiful Lockwoods Folly Inlet, the eastern end of Holden Beach was threatened to be forever changed by an unnecessary and expensive engineered structure. But on April 17, 2018, the Holden Beach Board of Commissioners unanimously voted to permanently revoke the towns permit application for a terminal groin with the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. This historic move would not have been possible without the diligent evaluation of potential impacts by dedicated residents of the Dunescape Property Owners Association and the Holden Beach Property Owners Association  Rhonda and Tom Dixon, Tom and Vicki Myers, Jay and Denise Holden, John and Margaret Witten, Rich Weigand, Lou Cutajar and Skip Klapheke. These and other Holden Beach residents tirelessly fought to bring to light the detrimental effects the terminal groin a rock, concrete, stone or metal structure built at an inlet, perpendicular to the coast would have had on the islands natural habitat and shoreline. Their forethought and action also positioned the town to save a lot of money for a project that likely would not work. The residents of Holden Beach persevered in their opposition and are true pioneers in showing how to exercise sound coastal management decision- making and recognizing that expensive hardened structures along our beaches are not the answer to erosion.

Holden Beach, associations honored with Pelican Award
Six years ago, Holden Beach considered constructing a terminal groin. Town officials received input from Holden Beach Property Owners Association and the Dunescape Property Association to teach residents about the process and possible outcomes before commissioners ultimately voted not to pursue the project. On July 28, the North Carolina Coastal Federation honored the town and the two associations with its Pelican Award for outstanding leadership and dedication to keep the North Carolina coast accessible and public.
Read more » click here

A Look Back: Holden Beach’s (Un)Done Deal
A terminal groin at the east end of Holden Beach was a given.
Read more » click here

Terminal Groin Committee Report

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents TextAt the time that the Board was considering a terminal groin at the east end of the island there was quite the brouhaha. After considerable research and meetings, it appears that their decision not to build a terminal groin at an initial cost of thirty (30) million dollars was the right decision. US Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) warned us about the very issue that Ocean Island is currently experiencing. I would be remiss not to recognize those Commissioners that prevented this situation from happening to us on Holden Beach. My thanks to the elected Commissioners then: Joseph Butler, John Fletcher, Peter Freer, Patty Kwiatkowski, and Mike Sullivan.


Odds & Ends –


Noem at odds with Trump-appointed panel over future of FEMA
Instead of further shrinking and dismantling FEMA, the FEMA Review Council wants to make it more independent.
A panel appointed by President Donald Trump to review whether to eliminate the Federal Emergency Management Agency has instead concluded in a report that the agency should be more powerful and autonomous. Homeland Security Secretary Kristi L. Noem, however, wants to take FEMA in a different direction. The wrangling over the FEMA review council’s long-awaited report, which has been in the works for nearly 10 months, will help determine the fate of one of Trump’s controversial efforts to reshape the government and its ability to respond to disasters such as floods, fires and hurricanes. Noem, as the council co-chair, is responsible for finalizing the report and sending it to Trump for review. Her draft, which is not finished, recommends keeping FEMA within the Department of Homeland Security and largely removing FEMA from its direct role in disaster relief, instead turning it into more of a grant-making operation, according to five people familiar with the situation who spoke on the condition of anonymity to discuss the private deliberations. The council’s earlier draft did not recommend those changes, but rather that FEMA gets elevated to a Cabinet-level office. Noem’s office also wants to reduce the federal government’s share of disaster-related costs to 50 percent, with states having to fund the other 50 percent with cash, which some council members staunchly opposed, according to a person familiar with the situation. Under FEMA guidelines, the federal government covers about 75 percent of costs, and in extreme cases it will front nearly 100 percent for a period of time. The council is recommending FEMA keep its current cost share responsibility, which is defined by the Stafford Act. A spokesperson for DHS denied Noem was trying to alter the report. “Secretary Noem is the Chairwoman of the council and has worked with committee members collaboratively on the reform report,” DHS spokeswoman Tricia McLaughlin said in a statement. She said the council has “spent months working to provide recommendations to reshape and reform the bureaucratic mess that exists at FEMA.” The negotiations over the report are still in flux, and the president’s final decision is not yet clear, according to people familiar with the process. Since he initially floated “reforming and overhauling FEMA — or maybe getting rid of FEMA” in January, Trump has met with first responders and victims’ families in disaster areas and heard from advisers and Republican officials who oppose eliminating the agency. The final report, which carries no legal weight but is a recommendation to the president for FEMA’s next steps, is expected in mid-December. The New York Times first reported details of tensions around the FEMA Review Council’s report earlier Wednesday. White House spokeswoman Abigail Jackson described the council’s mandate as recommending how to make sure “the federal role remains supplemental and appropriate to the scale of disaster.” “Secretary Noem is working hard to implement the President’s vision that will best serve the American public,” Jackson said. Trump, who has been highly critical of FEMA, appointed the council in part to address criticism of the way the federal government responds to natural disasters, according to people involved in the process. The 10-member council, led by Noem and co-chaired by Secretary of Defense Pete Hegseth, is composed of Republican state and local elected officials, a veteran FEMA official and an insurance CEO. “When we first heard about the creation of this council, I think there were concerns that it would not do its due diligence,” said Pete Gaynor, who led FEMA for a time during Trump’s first administration. “But I think the council has done some pretty good work. I think they have made some positive recommendations on turning this thing from an overly complicated recovery process to something more simplified I think meets everyone’s goals.” In early November, the council submitted a 160-page draft proposal on how to revamp FEMA and improve the country’s disaster response system — the result of about 13,000 public comments and about a dozen public and closed meetings with communities, many small and rural, from Puerto Rico to Louisiana to Wyoming to California. The overarching conclusion aligned with Trump’s impulse to push more disaster-response capabilities and decisions to states. But the council, according to a person involved in the process and a review of meetings, became more focused on improving and elevating the agency, rather than shrinking or eliminating it. “President Trump is putting Americans first by creating a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity to methodically align and strengthen how emergency management is integrated across all levels of government,” Kevin Guthrie, Florida’s director of emergency management, said during an August FEMA review council meeting in Oklahoma City. “We don’t get an opportunity to hit the reset button often, and we’ve been given that opportunity through this committee.” Some of the council’s detailed suggestions include making it easier for disaster-stricken residents and communities to get FEMA’s Individual and Public Assistance funds by accelerating the dispersal of funding to the communities and reforming how FEMA manages the National Flood Insurance Program, according to three people familiar with the report and a copy of its table of contents. It also proposed moving FEMA out of DHS and making it a Cabinet-level department. But after the report’s submission, Noem and her top adviser, former Trump campaign manager Corey Lewandowski, cut the draft proposal to fewer than 20 pages, while keeping open the possibility of releasing the rest as supplemental material, officials said. Some White House officials received a copy of the council’s unedited draft, according to two people familiar with the matter. 
“It’s like Edward Scissorhands,” a person familiar with the situation said of Noem’s edited version of the report. “She wants to chop it up and decentralize and really drastically limit FEMA. Many members on the council are not happy with how she has put her thumb on the scale.” Noem’s revisions also include a recommendation to further cut FEMA staff by about half and have FEMA only handle debris removal and emergency protective measures when responding to a disaster, moving most of its other work — such as helping repair damaged utilities, roads and bridges, public buildings and parks — to other agencies, according to a person familiar with the reports. In addition, about a month ago, Noem announced a desire to relocate FEMA’s headquarters from D.C. to Texas, which Politico first reported. Those ideas concerned some experts on the council who warned that state and local governments lack the resources to take over those responsibilities from FEMA and that the changes needed to be phased in to give states and local communities time to shift their budgets to better support their own emergency management capabilities. After Trump commissioned the council through an executive order in January, the administration had largely pinned FEMA’s future on what the council would suggest. The members took that mission seriously, according to people familiar with the process. While it was clear to some that Trump and Noem both desired to get rid of FEMA as it exists today, members of the council spent months sifting through feedback from all corners of the U.S., including tribes that often struggle to get federal disaster assistance, and determined that FEMA needed to make its programs more accessible to rural regions, according to people familiar with the report. The council also highlighted the need to mitigate risk by enabling communities to rebuild more safely, they said. That effort, one person said, created some tension between some council members and Noem and Lewandowski, who would often come into their meetings and interject his thoughts. One example is Noem’s proposal to move FEMA to Texas, and potentially tap Nim Kidd, the head of the Texas Division of Emergency Management and a member of the council, to lead the agency. She argued that relocating the agency’s headquarters was one of Trump’s desires, according to two people with knowledge of the situation, who added that some members of the council were shocked by the proposal. That shift had not been something the council was discussing, and relocating much of the agency’s operations out West seemed counterintuitive to the council’s goal of enabling FEMA to operate more efficiently and nimbly when responding to disasters across the U.S., those people said. White House officials told some council members that the relocation was not one of Trump’s priorities. Transferring much of the agency’s operations nearly across the country would make it much harder to coordinate a federal emergency response, experts and current and former officials said, especially since one of FEMA’s key responsibilities is ensuring that the executive branch can function during a national emergency, such as a terrorist attack, and overseeing national emergency communication systems. For the last few months, there has been speculation as to whether Noem would accept the council’s outline for the future of FEMA and thus the nation’s disaster response framework. At the National Emergency Management Association’s conference last month, Guthrie, the Florida emergency management director, addressed attendees, telling them about the much-awaited council report. Cameron Hamilton, FEMA’s former acting administrator whom Noem fired this spring for going against her desire to eliminate the agency, then asked him a blunt question: “What degree of confidence do you have that [the] report that you submit to DHS will be what is submitted to the president?” “[Guthrie] sighed,” Hamilton recalled. “He said he feels confident in the report that they will submit to the Secretary. And that’s where he stopped.”
Read more » click here


Sunset over a serene beach with waves gently rolling in.

After getting pounded by storms and offshore hurricanes, what will wounded NC beaches do?
Recent storms and hurricanes passing the N.C. coast have pounded area beaches with heavy surf, causing significant erosion and raising concerns.
On Topsail Island, chunks of sand that had been pumped onto the beaches in Surf City and Topsail Beach in the past year have washed away. In Wrightsville Beach, the pounding waves from the slow-moving early October subtropical storm left large escarpments along much of the New Hanover County town’s beach and residents worried if the town’s beach would survive until a scheduled federal nourishment project in 2027. Down in Ocean Isle Beach in Brunswick County, the recent storm and heavy surf from several tropical systems that have passed by the East Coast while staying offshore have amplified an existing erosion problem on the barrier island’s east end and raised questions about the effectiveness of a terminal groin built three years ago to stabilize the beach. But nowhere along the N.C. coast has this hurricane season’s damage been worse than on the Outer Banks, where nine homes in Buxton collapsed into the Atlantic over a two-week span in late September and early October and left highway crews struggling to keep N.C. 12, the islands’ lifeline, open on Hatteras and Ocracoke islands. The damage, albeit highly localized to beachfront areas, shows that it doesn’t necessarily take a landfalling hurricane to make it a bad hurricane season for coastal communities. But experts say it also highlights that how we live, develop and try to protect our coast is increasingly becoming untenable, especially as costs for beach nourishment projects continue to rise and climate change promises to fuel higher seas and stronger storms in the coming years. The trajectory we’re on is unsustainable, said Dr. Robert Young, director of the Program for the Study of Developed Shorelines at Western Carolina University.

Why are the beaches so beaten?
When a large subtropical storm started forming in the Caribbean, officials knew it could be a problem for the East Coast especially since many coastal areas had already been pounded this summer by strong swells from several hurricanes that had passed by offshore. But this storm was different, from its path close to the coast to its big footprint. “This storm was a real beach-eater from Florida to Long Island (N.Y.),” Young said. The unnamed storm has left beach officials wondering what measures they can take to protect some of the most valuable real estate in their coastal communities, never mind also having an attractive asset to draw visitors back to fuel their tourist-dependent economies. But Young said damaged and, in some cases, completely eroded beaches along 1,000 miles of U.S. coastline won’t be an easy problem to fix. There are logistical issues, including a very small pool of U.S. contractors to actually do nourishment projects. Then there are the financial questions, especially in this political environment, if spending money to pump sand that might quickly wash away is the best use of taxpayer dollars. And then there’s the practical question. “We need to allow ourselves to consider slightly changing the map of our coastal communities and concentrate our money and sand on areas that can be saved,” Young said. He said this is especially true in communities where local taxpayers, sometimes with the state’s help, fund their own nourishment projects instead of having the federal government pick up most of the beach-building costs, as is the case in New Hanover County’s three beach towns. Already, officials in North Topsail Beach and in Dare County on the Outer Banks have said they don’t have the funds to nourish parts of their beachfront. And in Surf City, residents are in an uproar over a 30% increase in property taxes this year that town officials say is partly needed to help pay for beach nourishment. While surrendering erosion-prone areas of North Topsail Beach and the Outer Banks, for example, to Mother Nature might not be popular, managed retreat is really the only option if we want to save other parts of our coastal communities where it is feasible to try and protect property and vital infrastructure, Young said. “It’s already a burden for many of these small towns and the economics for continuing to do it are becoming more and more sketchy,” he said of the rising costs of beach nourishment and other erosion-control projects.

What’s going to happen?
While putting a Band-Aid on wounded beaches isn’t a long-term solution, it’s something coastal officials might have to look at in the coming weeks and months. Actions could include trucking in fresh sand; knocking down escarpments to makes beaches safer for visitors and to allow wave energy to be dissipated to some degree; and fast-tracking small beach-building projects, such as dredging sand from easily accessible inlets or other coastal waterways. Federal and state officials also could see about securing funding to help finance projects, although the current government shutdown could stymie that. But big-scale nourishment projects, the favored way of dealing with beach erosion woes, take time to plan, design and finance. Young said another option that could help coastal communities recover is to wave a century-old federal law, the 1906 Foreign Dredge Act, that limits dredging to U.S. companies. Opening beach nourishment work to foreign companies, primarily European, could help increase competition, lower prices and allow more work to be done within the sometimes restrictive environmental windows designed to protect nesting sea turtles and shorebirds. The rising cost of beach nourishment work has already been felt in the Wilmington area, with the federal project to nourish Carolina and Kure beaches delayed a year until this winter after the initial bids came in well over budget. Another option is to hope that the upcoming nor’easter season is a mild one and that a lot of the sand that has washed away is just offshore and will eventually be pushed back onshore over the next few weeks and months. Beaches naturally ebb and flow, so wide changes and shifting sands aren’t unusual. But Young said almost all of North Carolina’s beaches today have been engineered and modified one way or another by human hands. “I think it’s fair to say a lot of that sand simply isn’t going to come back,” he said. “It’s just gone.”
Read more » click here


This and That


Why deer-car collisions are rising in the Wilmington area, and November is the worst month
As development pushes out from Wilmington, deer-vehicle collisions are on the rise. But the number of deer also appears to be increasing as they adapt and hunting becomes more difficult in many areas
Billy Sampson said he didn’t see much before the collision. The sun had just set as he drove on Sidbury Road in northern New Hanover County headed home from work in November 2024. Just a streak crossing the road before the crash, and then a young doe sitting on his cracked windshield, her neck broken. “You just don’t have time to react,” Sampson said. “It happens before you know it.” Luckily, the damage to Sampson’s car was minimal, and he escaped the incident with only frayed nerves. But deer-vehicle collisions are an increasingly common occurrence in the Wilmington area as the region continues to boom. With subdivisions popping up in formerly off-the-beaten-track areas, deer and human interaction are rising. And with white-tailed deer among the most adaptable of all large animals in North America, in many areas their number are increasing just as the number of residents around the Cape Fear coast and other fast-growing parts of the Tar Heel State continue to rise. The result is an increase in deer-vehicle collisions on area roads after a slight downturn during the COVID-19 pandemic shutdown due to the reduction in traveling. With November the most common month for collisions, here’s a look at why drivers might want to pay a bit more attention out driving over the next few weeks and why this could be a troublesome situation that’s here to stay.

By the numbers
According to the N.C. Department of Transportation’s latest animal-related crash report, which tracked animal-vehicle collisions stretching back to 2017, last year showed a rising trend of incidents. Brunswick County saw the highest number of collisions in the Wilmington area, with 1,422 between 2022-24, ranking ninth in the state. Pender County saw 1,103 crashes over the same three-year period. The damage caused by the 2022-24 collisions was valued at $4.6 million in Brunswick and $3.4 million in Pender, with 39 total injures in Brunswick and 49 including one fatal in Pender. Fast-growing Wake County, home to Raleigh and Cary, saw the most animal crashes out of North Carolina’s 100 counties in the 2022-24 period, recording 2,676. Although state collision report forms don’t distinguish between animal types, data analyses shows that approximately 90% of all reported animal related crashes involve deer. In all three counties, 2024 saw the highest number of crashes a trend that’s been increasing since 2020. While that’s partly due to the COVID-19 pandemic-related restrictions earlier this decade, which severely curtailed people’s traveling, the figures also likely reflect the tremendous population growth the three counties have seen in recent years. Brunswick County, for example, has seen it’s population jump from roughly 136,000 in 2020 to an estimated 175,000 in 2025. Due to its relatively small size and largely urban nature, deer-vehicle collisions in New Hanover County aren’t as high as larger counties, but are still a worry especially as development pushes into the undeveloped northern parts of the county. According to the DOT report, New Hanover saw 86 collisions in 2024, and 250 in the 2022-24 window. That ranked 73rd in the state.

When are collisions most common?
According to the DOT report, the most collisions, 23% of the 63,487 recorded statewide 2022-24, occurred in November. Officials say a “perfect storm” of factors is to blame for this. They include November representing the height of the deer-mating season, which sees the animals on the move more than normal. Bucks especially can act erratically and with less caution as they chase does. Throw in Daylight Saving Time, which sees the clocks moved back in early November and means shorter days and more darkness during peak travel times, and it’s harder for drivers to see deer just when they are most active. According to the DOT, tips to help lower the chance of an animal collision include slowing down in areas known to be frequented by deer; driving with high beams on as much as possible; slow down and blow your horn if you see deer on the side of the road; and keep a safe distance between vehicles to help prevent you from becoming collateral damage if the car in front of you strikes a deerAfter November, the three months that saw the most deer-car collisions were October (14.6%), December (12.9%) and January (8.2%). The DOT report also listed times that most crashes occur, and not surprisingly there were centered around dawn and dusk, with 6 a.m. the worst hour with 9.1% of all crashes. Next was 8 p.m., with 8.4% of crashes.

Why are collisions on the rise?
In many areas of Southeastern North Carolina, deer have always been a common part of the landscape. But as areas that used to be forest are turned into subdivisions and shopping centers, people and deer are coming into contact more often. That, however, doesn’t mean deer numbers are dropping per se. Deer, like coyotes, are very adaptable, and can easily live among human development, sharing parks and wooded areas just around the corner or even within neighborhoods. Limits on hunting in many areas due to public sentiment and safety concerns along with a lack of natural predators, aside from cars, also has allowed deer numbers to explode in many areas. That many yards and gardens include deer-friendly shrubs and flowers also has helped keep the mammals close to suburbia, since finding food is no longer a problem. According to the N.C. Wildlife Resources Commission, there are an estimated 1 million white-tailed deer in the state, a figure that’s remained relatively stable for a few decades. But while some rural areas have seen deer numbers fall slightly, the opposite has been happening in some of the state’s fast-growing metro areas. “Those areas where populations are rapidly increasing are typically urban/suburban areas where the utilization of hunting as a management tool has been greatly hindered,” the wildlife commission stated on its website. The combination of a lack of predators, a hunting ban and a deer smorgasbord of tasty garden treats saw Bald Head Island’s deer population surge in the late 1990s and early 2000s, prompting the ritzy Brunswick County island to turn to contraception to try and control its herd. But that isn’t an option, due to cost and questions of its effectiveness, for most communities. In areas where hunting remains popular, harvest numbers appear to be rising even as deer-vehicle collisions also are ticking up. In Brunswick County, for example, 2,128 deer were harvested in the 2024-25 season. That compares to 1,737 a decade before in the 2014-15 season, according to the wildlife commission. Pender County showed a similar trend, with hunters taking 3,070 deer in 2024-25 compared to 2,622 in 2014-15. Overall, N.C. hunters harvested nearly 189,000 deer during the 2024-25 season.
Read more » click here


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Fear the deer: Crash data illuminates America’s deadliest animal
Behold the deer, the deadliest beast in North America. Deer are responsible for the deaths of about 440 of the estimated 458 Americans killed in physical confrontations with wildlife in an average year, according to Utah State University biologist Mike Conover, employing some educated guesswork in the latest edition of “Human-Wildlife Interactions.” Those deer-inflicted fatalities are not, so far as we know, caused by deer-on-human predation. They’re the unfortunate result of more than 2 million people a year plowing into deer with their sedans and SUV’s, usually on a two-lane road, often at high speed. You might wonder: Where and when am I most likely to hit a deer? And how can I avoid it? To shed light on this herbivorous hazard, we turned, of course, to data. Specifically, we analyzed more than 1 million animal-vehicle collisions compiled by Calumn Cunningham, Laura Prugh and their colleagues at the University of Washington for a recent paper published in Current Biology. They estimate deer were involved in more than 90 percent of the collisions, which occurred in 23 states between 1994 and 2021. With a few exceptions, the data show deer are at their most dangerous in November. Indeed, the deer threat peaks just before Thanksgiving typically Nov. 7 through 14 when you’re about three times more likely to hit a deer than at any other time of year. Experienced deer hunters can probably guess why driving in November can turn into Russian roulette on certain highways and byways: In much of the country, that’s rutting season. And during the rut, deer focus on procreation, not self-preservation. Marianne Gauldin of the Alabama Wildlife and Freshwater Fisheries Division compares rutting bucks to teenage boys. “They are hyper-focused on the opportunity to breed, and they therefore lose some of their wits,” Gauldin said. “They are full tilt looking for does, chasing does and running after does for the opportunity to breed. And they are doing this with tunnel vision … literally running across the road.” Does share similar distractions. They’re either in estrus  hormonally receptive to sex and looking to breed or fleeing hot-and-bothered bucks until their cycles catch up. Collisions occur more often in states with the most white-tailed deer which experts say tend to have a shorter, sharper rut than the western mule deer and in states with long stretches of busy rural roads. Separate insurance claim data from State Farm, which is widely cited in academic research, shows a driver out minding her own business on the wending, bending roads of West Virginia had a 1 in 35 chance of hitting an animal between June 2021 and June 2022, making the Mountain State easily the most dangerous in terms of deer-car collisions. Montana and Michigan were next. D.C. drivers, by contrast, had only a 1 in 907 chance of stopping a buck while driving down Pennsylvania Avenue, or anywhere else. Fun fact: Deer are responsible for at least 69 percent of animal-related accident claims, according to State Farm. Another 12 percent of claims involve unidentified animals, many of which could be deer that bounded off before the driver got a good look at them or were mangled beyond recognition in the crash. The third-most-dangerous animals on the road are undifferentiated rodents, which are cited in 5 percent of all animal-related accident claims. However, State Farm spokesperson Dave Phillips noted that many of the drivers never make contact with said rodent: The vast majority of those accidents occur when motorists swerve to avoid a suicidal squirrel or moseying marmot. Our more calendar-conscious readers will note that peak deer-crash season coincides with another big moment in November: the first week of daylight saving time, which begins the first Sunday of the month. And the University of Washington team has found that the two events are not unrelated. To understand why, we need to spelunk deeper into their data, which breaks new ground by including the exact location, date and hour of all these deer disasters. When we glance at a chart of accidents that includes time of day and time of year, one fact strikes us right between the headlights: Evening, the twilight of each day especially in November is the hour of the  Gotterdeermmerung. Conveniently for us, the University of Washington scholars used accident coordinates and some basic weather math to calculate exactly when the sun would have risen or set at each location. It turns out that deer danger skyrockets about 30 minutes after sunset and remains extraordinarily elevated for almost half an hour. Those with deer-behavior expertise say drivers should be on high alert as darkness falls in autumn especially when careening through the deer’s favorite transitional habitats, the forest-edge ecosystem created by roads and other developments. But they urge us to take a lesson from the thousands of people who land in hospitals and body shops each year after attempting to avoid a turtle or chipmunk: If you do see a deer, don’t swerve. “Slow down as much as you can, obviously, coming up to it,” said Karlin Gill of the National Deer Association, a hunting and conservation organization. “But if it’s unavoidable and you’re going to hit the deer, don’t try and swerve out of the way. That can cause an even worse car wreck, and you still might hit the deer regardless.” Deer crashes also rise in the morning, about 30 minutes before sunrise, but the number is significantly lower than after sunset. To understand why, we need to dig deeper into both deer and human activity patterns. Biologist after biologist told us deer are crepuscular, meaning they’re most active at dawn and dusk. When Texas A&M University wildlife scientist Stephen Webb and his colleagues fitted GPS trackers onto white-tailed deer in Oklahoma, they found deer movement peaks at both sunrise and sunset. “Deer, unlike humans, don’t lay down for eight hours at night and then get up and move throughout the day,” said Gill , who, as a hunter, closely examines deer behavior. “They actually go through a cycle where they’ll lay down, bed, get up, eat, lay down, bed, get up, eat, and they’ll do this throughout a 24-hour period.” But if deer are equally active at dawn and dusk, why are they so much more likely to be hit in the evening? To untangle that one, we need to examine another somewhat crepuscular species: the American commuter. Our commutes also peak in the morning and evening, but we’re much more likely to be driving at dusk than we are at dawn, and we stay on the roads even as darkness falls, and the deer start moving often squarely into our headlights. It’s a matter of visibility. Deer are just as active two hours before dusk as they are two hours after, yet we’re about 14 times more likely to hit a deer after sundown than we are before. And, as Cunningham notes, right at the peak of the whitetail rut, we throw another variable into the stew: We end daylight saving time. Suddenly, as far as the deer are concerned, our 6 p.m. commute happens an hour later. Millions of drivers find themselves contending with lower visibility just as sex hormones flood the local deer population. “It’s like one of the grandest-scale natural experiments that we can come up with, where humans impose these very arbitrary and abrupt changes on the wildlife,” Cunningham told us from his native Tasmania (he’s at the University of Washington as a Fulbright fellow). People living on the far eastern side of a time zone are about 1.35 times as likely to hit a deer as folks on the far western edge, since folks in the east are more likely to be driving home in the dark. Similarly, folks in Northern states, where days are short and darkness rules the winter, are 1.86 times more likely to hit a deer than their friends in America’s sunny South. Taking these effects into account, the University of Washington team estimates that “falling back” causes a 16 percent jump in deer carnage in the weeks after the shift. It’s possible that adopting permanent daylight saving time would thus save the lives of more than 36,000 deer and 33 humans each year. On the down side, chronobiologist Eva Winnebeck of the University of Surrey argues that any gains might be offset by an increase in deaths spurred by the chronic drowsiness that would inevitably set in if our solar-powered circadian rhythms were forced to endure a never-ending disconnect between the sun and clocks set permanently to daylight saving time. Here at the Department of Data, we’ve found a strong connection between happiness and the great outdoors. So, we’re partial to any move that would give us more daylight hours to get out after work and fish, run or dominate the competitive wood-chopping circuit, circadian rhythms be darned.
Read more » click here

Watch out for deer
NCDOT warns motorists across North Carolina to stay alert for deer now that fall has arrived. Every year during late autumn, auto and body shops across the region brace for a bumper crop of business, comprised of an influx of cars with damage from collisions with deer. Beginning in October, roads across the state become hazardous as North Carolina’s deer population fans out, lurking on highway shoulders in search of food and potential mates. It’s the deadliest time of the year for deer, which also pose a particular danger to motorists. Nearly half of vehicle accidents involving white-tail deer occur from October to December. Deer accidents typically begin rising in October, peak in November and begin dropping off after December, according to the Insurance Institute for Highway Safety. Deer are crepuscular mammals, meaning they’re most active at dawn and dusk which, following the onset of daylight savings time, places them near roads and byways precisely when large numbers of residents are commuting to and from work.

NCDOT has some helpful tips for motorists in regard to deer-vehicle crashes:

    • Although it does not decrease the risk of being in a crash, wearing a seat belt gives you a better chance of avoiding or minimizing injuries if you hit a deer or other animal.
    • Always maintain a safe amount of distance between your vehicle and others, especially at night. If the vehicle ahead of you hits a deer, you could also become involved in a crash.
    • Slowdown in areas posted with deer crossing signs and in heavily wooded areas, especially during the late afternoon and evening.
    • Most deer-vehicle crashes occur where deer are more likely to travel, near bridges or overpasses, railroad tracks, streams, and ditches. Be vigilant when passing through potentially risky landscapes.
    • Drive with high beams on when possible and watch for eyes reflecting in the headlights.
    • Deer often travel in groups, so if you see one deer near a road, be alert that others may be around.
    • If you see deer near a road, slow down and blow your horn with one long blast.
    • Do not swerve to avoid a collision with deer. This could cause you to lose control of your vehicle, increasing the risk of it flipping over, veering into oncoming traffic, or overcorrecting and running off the road and causing a more serious crash.

Officials say the most crashes occur between 6 p.m. and midnight, accounting for about 45% of the overall total. With the end of daylight savings time at 2 a.m. Sunday, Nov. 1, the time shift increases the chance of deer being by roadways when drivers are traveling in the dark, especially for their evening commute. If your vehicle does strike a deer, officials say do not touch the animal. A frightened and wounded deer can be dangerous or further injure itself. Get your vehicle off the road if possible and call 911.
Read more » click here


Factoid That May Interest Only Me 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Gators’ more frequent appearances make splash along coast
Did you hear the one about the alligator? An alligator walks into … a road, a pool, a miniature golf course, onto a beach, underneath a car, up to the front door of a storefront, by a back entrance of a police station. Stop me if you read about this while perusing the headlines of your local newspaper, heard about it on the 6 o’clock news, or saw it plastered across social media platforms this past summer. Alligators have made quite the splash (pun intended) in recent months here in southeastern North Carolina, where seemingly numerous public appearances by these living dinosaurs have produced dramatic headlines and videos shared not only across the state, but the country. But these typically reclusive reptiles aren’t looking for all the attention they’ve been getting, experts say. They just want to be left alone. The problem is, they’re being squeezed out of seclusion as housing developments and retail centers continue to crop up along the coast. “The ever-growing population along the coast of North Carolina is the biggest threat to wildlife in general,” said John Harrelson, a wildlife biologist with the North Carolina Wildlife Resources Commission. “Habitat loss is the biggest threat to wildlife in general, not just alligators, and when people move in and we build communities in places that haven’t historically had people, then that leads to lots of interactions.” And the more interactions that occur, the more comfortable alligators become around people. Harrelson puts alligators into one of two categories: country alligators and city alligators. Country alligators inhabit areas up the Northeast Cape Fear River. He said that those alligators generally try their best to steer clear of humans, he said. But city alligators get used to seeing people and, just like squirrels, birds, deer, and other animals, they become habituated, “realizing that people, for the most part, don’t mean them any harm and that there’s nothing to be worried about,” Harrelson said. Think of it like a cost-benefit analysis where an alligator weighs the risk of being around people and decides whether the reward is worth the risk. “And often times the reward is great enough,” Harrelson said. While development strips away their natural habitat, it tends to provide pockets of prime real estate for alligators in the form of retention ponds. Harrelson works in the commission’s District 4, which includes Brunswick County, and is home to a reported 30 scenic golf courses (think about all of the water hazards well, not a hazard from a gator’s point of view  on just one of those courses). Brunswick, Columbus, Craven, New Hanover, Onslow, and Pender counties are home to the largest populations of American alligators in North Carolina and their turf runs from the state’s coastal plains to Texas. With its barrier island beaches, proximity to Wilmington and Myrtle Beach, South Carolina, and its numerous golf courses, Brunswick County has become a draw for retirees who, for many, move in from areas where there are no alligators. Pair that with the influx of tourists who flock to the county each summer Oak Island’s population more than quintuples between May and August and odds are high people are going to encounter alligators. Boiling Spring Lakes Police Capt. Windy Hager knows that when tourism season picks up, so too do the number of calls going into the Brunswick County town’s law enforcement center about alligator sightings. “When it’s warmer (alligators) become more active and, when you’ve got people who are not familiar with alligators they get a little excited about, ‘Oh, there’s one in the lake!’ Well, yes, that’s where they live and that’s what we have to tell them a lot of times,” Hager said. Hager has lived in the area more than 10 years. She’s accustomed to seeing alligators pretty regularly in their own habitat. But one had to be removed from a swimming pool a couple of weeks ago and the unnamed storm that pummeled Brunswick County with catastrophic rainfall Sept. 16 means there’s a lot of water in places that were previously dry. “I know that there’s two (alligators) in what used to be somebody’s front yard right now in the city because their front yard is flooded,” Hager said. “But they’re just doing their thing and the people who live there are giving them their space. The people are not messing with them and the alligators aren’t messing with the people so they’re sharing space right now.” Two days before he spoke in a telephone interview with Coastal Review, Sunset Beach Police Animal Control Officer Bill Arp had removed a small alligator hanging out underneath a car. “They’ll wind up in people’s garages and on people’s porches, underneath decks, under cars. We find them all over the place,” he said. “Unfortunately, because of such huge development down here, their habitat is starting to shrink and that’s what’s happening. People are calling us and wondering, ‘Why’s it under my car? Why are they on my porch? Why are they in my garage?’ Well, that’s why because the development is robbing them of their other habitat.” Alligator Do’s and Don’ts If an alligator settles in an area near you, wildlife and law enforcement officials have tips on how to safely cohabitate. “A lot of people think, even with birds and deer, it’s nice to feed them,” Arp said. “But alligators, you don’t. Everybody knows an alligator is an apex predator. They’re nice to watch. They’re nice to take pictures of, but to feed them, that’s not a good idea.” Remember what Harrelson said earlier in the story about city alligators? “Individual people feeding alligators is the worst thing you can do,” he said. “Alligators are wild animals and they’ve got to work for their food. An easy meal means, ‘hey I don’t have to continue to fail and fail and make all these attempts when I’m not successful. I can just wait for this person to walk over and, if I approach them, they’re going to give me chicken or bread or marshmallows, a fish scrap or whatever else they’ve got.’ We deal with this all the time, particularly with folks who aren’t locals.” It is illegal to feed alligators. It is also illegal to kill them. American alligators are protected by the Endangered Species Act as threatened. In North Carolina, a permit is required to hunt alligators. The monthlong season is limited to population control at the request of municipalities in Brunswick, Carteret, Columbus, Craven, Hyde, Jones, New Hanover, Onslow, Pamlico, and Pender counties, according to the WRC website. “The Commission does not plan to issue permits to take American alligators, outside of municipality requested population reduction hunts, until further research is conducted to determine the conditions under which alligator populations would be sustained while allowing limited harvest,” the site states. Harrelson said that alligators are relocated only as a last resort because they, like other wildlife, have a propensity to travel long distances to return to where they were captured. “This is something that we face ongoing and, as biologists, something that we have to figure out how to address going forward because our agency isn’t going to pick up and move animals,” Harrelson said. “We want to let wildlife be wildlife for as long as we can and maintain the ecosystems that are out there.” As people build, alligators move. Males can occupy areas greater than 2 miles so, when they move, they’re crossing roads, ditches, and yards. An alligator may be removed from a property when it is considered a nuisance at least 4 feet long and poses a threat to people, pets, or property. To report a potential nuisance alligator, call the N.C. Wildlife Helpline at 866-318-2401. Experts say simply spraying an alligator with a water hose usually prompts the animal to move away. If you’re taking a walk and spot an alligator in or near your path, give the alligator a wide berth and go around it. Never walk up to one or try to touch one. “When an alligator is on a sidewalk or up on a roadway, he’s not hunting, he’s not searching out food. If we give them an opportunity to make that move on their own, most of the time, they will,” Harrelson said. “Our biggest thing, of course, is to keep people safe and then let the animals be animals. That’s what we’re always striving toward.”
Read more » click here


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

More than bearly existing: Why black bears are thriving at the NC coast
Black bears at the beach? Yep, and they are some of the biggest in the world. Here’s how NC brought the animals back from the brink, and why they are now thriving
The North Carolina coast is well-known for its wildlife. Dolphins are frequently seen entertaining boaters and beachgoers, and a lucky few even get to see manatees traversing the Intracoastal Waterway and whales migrating offshore. On land, bobcats and turkeys can often surprise folks, and in the sky ospreys can often put on a show while hunting for fish in local waterways. Eagles are even beginning to show up in greater numbers, with a pair that raised an eaglet at New Hanover County’s Airlie Gardens this year causing quite a social media stir. But bears? Unless you’re a farmer or a hunter, it might come as a surprise to find out that more black bears live in the state’s coastal plain than in the higher elevations of Western N.C., where the Appalachians rise up and Great Smoky Mountain National Park is the nation’s most popular national park and Ursus americanus is its unofficial mascot. Here are some things you might now know about one of Eastern North Carolina’s most unique residents, and how climate change could be changing how bears behave in the coastal region.

Beach bears?
The ability of the bear to bounce back in the state is one of North Carolina’s great wildlife success stories. Unregulated hunting and loss of habitat led to bears being driven into the most isolated pockets of swamp forests and mountain areas for most of last century. But starting in the 1970s with the establishment of bear sanctuaries, strict management strategies, and educating the public about the state’s omnivorous residents, bear numbers have surged back. Today, more than 20,000 bears are estimated to roam North Carolina, and more than half are in the eastern part of the state. Coastal North Carolina is also home to some of the largest black bears in the world, thanks to an ample food supply of farmers’ crops, a relatively mild climate and many large, protected areas  like state game lands such as Holly Shelter in Pender County and federal wildlife refuges like Alligator River near the Outer Banks that offer the bears valuable habitat. The size and number of Eastern N.C.’s black bears also fuels a successful hunting season and helps support the economy in many rural areas. According to the N.C. Wildlife Resources Commission, the numbers of bears harvested by hunters has increased from fewer than 300 in 1980 to more than 4,500 on 2023, the last year figures are available. In the Wilmington area for 2023, hunters took 34 bears in Brunswick County, seven in New Hanover County, and 92 in Pender County. The leading state that year was Hyde County near the Outer Banks, with 288 animals harvested by hunters.

Bears on the hunt
But humans aren’t the only ones on the hunt these days. Bears are beginning to fatten up as they prepare to hibernate in the late fall and winter. In a process called hyperphagia, which means “extreme appetite,” bears will travel long distances and be very opportunistic in looking for food sources. “In late summer through fall, black bears are consuming a variety of hard and soft mast species, from acorns and hickory nuts to pokeberry, cherry, grapes and black gum, said wildlife commission biologist Jenna Malzahn in a release. They’ll also take advantage of agricultural crops, such as soybeans and standing corn, as well as bird feeders and unsecured garbage and compost. With this level of food consumption, which can last through early winter, bears can put on 3 pounds per day and gain anywhere from 20% to close to 100% of their summer weight, according to the commission. With bears traveling so much, human-animal interactions including vehicle strikes peak over the next few weeks.

Will they hibernate at the N.C. coast?
Maybe. But they’ll still often eat even if the weather doesn’t trigger them to hibernate for very long or at all. Even in warmer climates, such as our state, a bears biological clock will still activate this fall feeding frenzy, even for those bears that hibernate briefly or not at all, as natural food scarcity in winter months, not temperatures, has been a key driver for activating the hyperphagia and hibernation process, said Colleen Olfenbuttel, the wildlife commission’s game mammals and surveys supervisor. Even bears that won’t den until January or February still look for food practically around the clock and eat as much as they can find. However, in areas where bears have found dependable year-round supplies of human-provided foods, they may not hibernate at all but will eat as if they are going to. Female bears at the coast have generally been recorded hibernating longer than males, and will give birth during their hibernation, only waking up and emerging with her cubs in the spring when they are able to walk and feed on solid food. Males may den for short periods but may also exhibit lethargic behavior during the winter if they stay awake.

Where will they hibernate in Eastern N.C.?
With few rock formations to den in or under in Eastern N.C., coastal bears will often hibernate in thick vegetation on the ground. They also have been found to use tree cavities and burrow under fallen trees and logs. Bears finding accommodations under abandoned or seldom used human structures, like porches and barns, also has been observed, according to the wildlife commission.

How will a warming climate impact bears?
As warmer weather becomes the norm, North Carolina’s coastal black bear might start to mimic behavior patterns of bears in other Southern states that already deal with a hotter, year-round climate. According to the N.C. State Climate Office, five of North Carolina’s top six warmest years have happened since 2016, and each year in the past decade ranks among the top 22 warmest on record dating back to 1895. That could mean shorter, or no, hibernation for male bears in the state, increased pressure on winter food supplies, and a greater chance of human-bear conflicts as both species share the same space for longer periods of time.
Read more » click here

Black bears are common along the NC coast.
Here’s why and what to know about their habits.
More bears live in the state’s coastal plain than in North Carolina’s mountains. They also are generally larger. And yes, they do hibernate
When people think of bears in North Carolina, most thoughts probably drift to the mountains in the higher elevations of the state and places like Great Smoky Mountain National Park. But black bears the only bear species found in the Tar Heel State are found across North Carolina, and their population is actually larger in the state’s coastal plain than in the mountains. Potentially even more surprising to some is that many bears at the coast, especially females, hibernate like their brethren where frost and snow is a lot more common.

Bears at the coast?
Yes, there are bears lots of them near North Carolina’s beaches and in its coastal forests and swamps. The ability of the bear to bounce back in the state is one of North Carolina’s great wildlife success stories. Unregulated hunting and loss of habitat led to bears being driven into the most isolated pockets of swamp forests and mountain areas for most of the last century. But starting in the 1970s with the establishment of bear sanctuaries, strict management strategies, and educating the public about the state’s omnivorous residents, bear numbers have surged back. Today, more than 20,000 bears are estimated to roam North Carolina, and more than half are in the eastern part of the state. Coastal North Carolina is also home to some of the largest black bears in the world, thanks to an ample food supply of farmers’ crops, a relatively mild climate, and many large, protected areas like state game lands and federal wildlife refuges that offer the bears valuable habitat. According to the wildlife commission, the largest bear ever killed in North Carolina was an 880-pound male taken in Craven County in 1998. The state’s propensity for lots of bears also attracts hunters and fuels economies in many rural areas, with more than 4,000 animals taken during the 2022 bear season  up 11% over 2021 figures. Of those, more than 2,500 bears were taken along the coast. Around the Wilmington area, hunters harvested 34 bears in Brunswick County, 92 in Pender County, and seven in New Hanover County. The popularity, size, and sheer number of bears in Eastern North Carolina also has spawned its own festival, the National Black Bear Festival, which takes place every June in Plymouth, Washington County.

What is hibernation?
In its very basic form, animals enter hibernation as a way to reduce their metabolism in response to a decrease in food supply and sometimes falling temperatures. When bears, in this case, enter hibernation, their internal body clocks slow down. That leads to lower heart rates, reduced breathing, and lower oxygen consumption. The animal’s temperature also drops. According to biologists, this can be by as much as 15 degrees for bears. To prepare for hibernation, bears step up their eating, putting on up to 3 pounds a day in the fall and sometimes into winter. That can mean foraging for a meal for up to 20 hours a day, and they are typically most active at dawn and dusk.

Why do N.C. coastal bears hibernate?
While black bears in colder, northern climates can hibernate for six months or longer, it is generally for shorter periods in North Carolina. But they do hibernate even along the N.C. coast, especially female bears. Males may den for short periods but may also exhibit lethargic behavior during the winter if they stay awake. “Bears studied in eastern North Carolina by radio-telemetry entered dens as early as November and as late as January. These same bears exited dens as early as February and as late as April,” states information on the wildlife commission’s website. “This results in the possibility of bear sightings and roadkills in all months and the misconception that coastal bears do not hibernate. Only human disturbance interrupts these periods of hibernation in North Carolina’s bears.” Females will give birth during their hibernation, only waking up and emerging with her cubs in the spring when they are able to walk and feed on solid food.

Where do they hibernate?
With few rock formations to den in or under in Eastern N.C., coastal bears will often hibernate in thick vegetation on the ground. They also have been found to use tree cavities and burrow under fallen trees and logs. Bears finding accommodations under abandoned or seldom used human structures, like porches and barns, also has been observed.

What about the impact of climate change on N.C. bears?
Scientists are clear that North Carolina is facing a warming climate in the coming years. The only real question is by how much temperatures will increase. As warmer weather becomes the norm, North Carolina’s coastal black bear might start to mimic behavior patterns of bears in other Southern states that already deal with a hotter, year-round climate. That could mean shorter, or no, hibernation for male bears, increased pressure on winter food supplies, and a greater chance of human-bear conflicts as both species share the same space for longer periods of time. But black bears also have proven time and again to be very adaptable to changing conditions, including human encroachment on their habitats. That ability has seen them spread to all of North Carolina’s 100 counties, with number increasing even as the state’s population also continues to rise quickly.
Read more » click here

Bears are smart animals
Time to be smarter than the bear. Elimination of regular and easy food sources is the best deterrent and will cause him/her to move out of our location faster than any other reason. If the bear discovers the pattern of garbage cans going out in the evening, he/she will look for the cans each evening. Consider putting garbage cans out in the morning hours just before the truck arrives so that the bear does not discover cans full of food each week. Please reconsider feeding any other animals during warmer months with an outdoor supply of food because the bear will find it and eat what you put out, thus strengthening his/her reason to remain here. Bird feeders may also be destroyed for the bear to secure the stored grains.

Consistent patterns in OR will help to move the bear to new territory. If some food sources remain available, he/she will find them and remain here. Keep the food sources out of his/her reach. Please consider staying with this habit until the acorns begin to drop in the fall. We have few oak trees within OR, so that source of food is limited. The bear will seek an area with a greater source of food prior to winter.

Bears roam approximately ten miles in all directions to obtain food or shelter. If sources outside of the OR provide him/her with regular food, and our area provides the best shelter, he/ she will remain until late fall once again. Be aware of choices and be aware of walking in forested areas with dogs, etc. Black bears will avoid humans and dogs, but if you accidentally run into one at close proximity, do the following:

If you and he /she are walking toward each other, change your direction and do not run.Constantly check over the shoulder to see if the bear is following you or continuing in another direction.

    • If you happen to get REALLY close to a bear, you can make yourself look as large as possible and yell loudly. A black bear will usually change direction.
    • If there is a bear cub with a mother bear, stay as far away as possible. She will protect the cub at all costs, and you can be in great danger.
    • Review the pamphlet put out by the NC Department of Wildlife:
      https://www.ncwildlife.org/media/1458/download?attachment

Stay aware, stay smart, and stay safe.


Storm Events –


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Hurricane Vehicle Decals
Property owners were provided with four (4) decals that were included in this month’s water bill. It is important that you place your decals in your vehicle or in a safe place. A $10 fee will be assessed to anyone who needs to obtain either additional or replacement decals. Decals will not be issued in the 24-hour period before an anticipated order of evacuation.

The decals are your passes to get back onto the island to check your property in the event that an emergency would necessitate restricting access to the island. Decals must be displayed in the driver side lower left-hand corner of the windshield, where they are not obstructed by any other items. Officials must be able to clearly read the decal from outside the vehicle.

Property owners without a valid decal will not be allowed on the island during restricted access. No other method of identification is accepted in an emergency situation. Click here to visit the Town website to find out more information regarding decals and emergency situations.


EVACUATION, CURFEW & DECALS


NC General Statute 166A-19.22
Power of municipalities and counties to enact ordinances to deal with states of emergency.

Synopsis – The governing body may impose by declaration or enacted ordinance, prohibitions, and restrictions during a state of emergency. This includes the prohibition and restriction of movements of people in public places, including imposing a curfew; directing or compelling the voluntary or mandatory evacuation of all or part of the population, controlling ingress and egress of an emergency area, and providing for the closure of streets, roads, highways, bridges, public vehicular areas. All prohibitions and restrictions imposed by declaration or ordinance shall take effect immediately upon publication of the declaration unless the declaration sets a later time. The prohibitions and restrictions shall expire when they are terminated by the official or entity that imposed them, or when the state of emergency terminates.

Violation – Any person who violates any provisions of an ordinance or a declaration enacted or declared pursuant to this section shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor.


Hot Button Issues

Subjects that are important to people and about which they have strong opinions


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Climate

For more information » click here
.

 


There’s something happening here
What it is ain’t exactly clear


Top Scientists Find Growing Evidence That Greenhouse Gases Are, in Fact, a Danger
The assessment contradicts the Trump administration’s legal arguments for relaxing pollution rules.
The nations leading scientific advisory body issued a major report on Wednesday detailing the strongest evidence to date that carbon dioxide, methane and other planet-warming greenhouse gases are threatening human health. The report, published by the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine, is significant because it could complicate the Trump administrations efforts to revoke a landmark scientific determination, known as the endangerment finding, that underpins the federal governments legal authority to control the pollution that is driving climate change. The finding dates to 2009, when the Environmental Protection Agency concluded that planet-warming greenhouse gases pose a threat to public health and welfare and so should be regulated under the Clean Air Act. The Obama and Biden administrations used that determination to set strict limits on greenhouse gas emissions from cars, power plants and other industrial sources of pollution. But in July, the Trump administration proposed to rescind the endangerment finding and contended that subsequent research had cast significant doubt on its accuracy. The proposal is one of President Trumps most significant steps yet to derail federal climate efforts. If the move is held up in court, future administrations would have no authority under the Clean Air Act to regulate greenhouse gas emissions from the burning of fossil fuels. The new National Academies assessment contradicts the administrations claims. The 136-page report, assembled by a committee of two dozen scientists, concludes that the original endangerment finding was accurate and has stood the test of time. It says that there is now even stronger evidence that rising greenhouse gas levels can threaten public health and well-being, and that new risks have been uncovered. The report notes that multiple lines of evidence now show that human activities such as the burning of fossil fuels and deforestation are producing greenhouse gases that are heating the planet, and that climate change is exacerbating a wide variety of health risks like intense heat waves and increased wildfire smoke. Climate-driven changes in temperature and rainfall patterns have also led to negative effects on crops and less water availability in some places, among other disruptions. The National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine is a nongovernmental body that was originally chartered in 1863 by Abraham Lincoln to advise the nation on scientific and medical questions. The influential body issues roughly 200 reports per year on a range of topics from particle physics to neurobiology, and its members are elected each year. In August, the National Academies announced that it was fast-tracking its study on the endangerment finding so that it could inform the E.P.A.‘s decision-making process. Under federal law, the E.P.A. needs to solicit public comment on its proposal to revoke the finding and then must respond to all of the comments it receives. Some Republicans in Congress criticized the National Academies for racing to complete the report. Representative James Comer of Kentucky, the leading Republican on the House Oversight Committee, wrote in a recent letter to the body that the decision was a blatant partisan act to undermine the Trump Administration and said that some of the members overseeing the report had shown partisan bias. The committee that oversaw the report was led by Shirley Tilghman, an emeritus professor of molecular biology and public affairs and former president of Princeton University. While the committee was largely made up of academics, it also included a former employee of Chevron and a former executive at Cummins, a manufacturer of truck engines. This study was undertaken with the ultimate aim of informing the E.P.A., following its call for public comments, as it considers the status of the endangerment finding, Dr. Tilghman said in a statement. We are hopeful that the evidence summarized here shows the strong base of scientific evidence available to inform sound decision-making. In response to the report, Carolyn Holran, an E.P.A. spokeswoman, said, The endangerment finding has been used by the Obama and Biden administrations to justify trillions of dollars of greenhouse gas regulations covering new motor vehicles and new motor vehicle engines. As we saw in the 16 intervening years since the endangerment finding was made, many of the extremely pessimistic predictions and assumptions E.P.A. relied upon have not materialized as expected. She said the E.P.A. looks forward to responding to a diverse array of perspectives on this issue, when the public comment period ends on Sept. 22. To justify its proposal, the E.P.A. cited a variety of legal and technical arguments, saying among other things that the greenhouse gas emissions from vehicles on American roads are only a small sliver of total global greenhouse gas emissions. But the agency also tried to argue with the mainstream scientific view that climate change poses a significant risk to humanity. It cited a report that the Energy Department commissioned by a working group of five prominent researchers who dissent from the mainstream scientific view of climate change. They were handpicked by Energy Secretary Chris Wright and while their report acknowledged that the Earth is warming, it said that climate change is less damaging economically than commonly believed. In response, a team of more than 85 scientists wrote a 439-page reply, saying that the Energy Department analysis was riddled with errors and cherry-picked data to fit the president’s political agenda. Separately, two environmental groups have filed a lawsuit in federal court charging that the formation of the Energy Departments working group violated the Federal Advisory Committee Act and that the E.P.A. should not rely on its analysis. That case is ongoing. Mr. Wright disbanded the working group this month in the wake of the lawsuit. But the Energy Department has said it has no plans to withdraw its report. In a statement, Andrea Woods, an Energy Department spokeswoman, said that the agency had determined that the working group had achieved its purpose, namely to catalyze broader discussion about the certainties and uncertainties of current climate science. We will continue to engage in the debate in favor of a more science-based and less ideological conversation around climate science. Some legal experts said that the Trump administrations attempts to argue against longstanding scientific findings on climate change could create problems in court for its deregulatory efforts. It might have been a better strategy if they tried to sidestep the arguments about climate science altogether, said Patrick Parenteau, an emeritus professor at the Vermont Law and Graduate School. Instead, they’ve taken shots at climate science and thats triggered an enormous response from scientists, and now they’re going to have to carefully respond to all of these comments, Mr. Parenteau added.  And if they shortchange any of them, that creates a legal vulnerability. Courts are going to be very leery if the E.P.A. tries to ignore or reject the findings of the National Academies of Sciences.
Read more » click here


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Flood Insurance Program

For more information » click here

 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


National Flood Insurance Program: Reauthorization
Congress must periodically renew the NFIP’s statutory authority to operate. On  November 12, 2025, the president signed legislation passed by Congress that extends the National Flood Insurance Program’s (NFIP’s) authorization to January 30, 2026.

Congress must now reauthorize the NFIP
by no later than 11:59 pm on January 30, 2026.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


GenX

For more information » click here

 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Homeowners Insurance

For more information » click here

 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Hurricane Season

For more information » click here

Hurricane season runs from June 1 through November 30


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

No hurricanes hit the U.S. this year, but the storms that formed sent a warning
It’s the first time in a decade no hurricane has made U.S. landfall, even as near-record high ocean heat fueled monster storms.
This year marks the first time in a decade that there hasn’t been a hurricane landfall in the United States. That’s true even as several massive and menacing storms formed, many tracking perilously close to the United States. The Atlantic season, which officially ends Nov. 30, saw the likes of Hurricanes Erin and Imelda, as well as Melissa, one of the most powerful Atlantic hurricanes on record that devastated Jamaica. But it didn’t take a hurricane landfall to have dangerous consequences in the United States. In July, the remnants of Tropical Storm Barry contributed to deadly and devastating flooding in the Texas Hill Country and Tropical Storm Chantal caused destructive and fatal flooding in North Carolina, amid a global trend toward a moister atmosphere“This season was a weird one,” said Philip Klotzbach, a senior hurricane research scientist at Colorado State University. Three storms catapulted to Category 5 intensity — the second-highest number on record for storms of that intensity within a single season. Four storms reached at least Category 4 strength. Four storms also rapidly intensified — Erin, Gabrielle, Humberto and Melissa — meaning that their winds accelerated by at least 35 mph in a day. Klotzbach emphasized that even a small number of intense storms could be more hazardous than many milder ones. “If those massive storms happen to hit something, the potential damage is a lot higher,” he added. In total there were 13 storms — one less than the long-term average. Early forecasts predicted as many as 19 storms this season, well above the number that have since formed. The exact number of storms is challenging to predict months in advance, so scientists often focus more on accumulated cyclone energy (ACE), which is a measure of storm wind strength and duration. Klotzbach added that the year had slightly more ACE than normal, even with fewer storms, underscoring the strength of the systems that did form. No tropical activity is expected in the next week, according to the National Hurricane Center.

Fueling the monster storms
This year’s powerful array of storms was linked by a factor that lies deep below the ocean — high ocean heat. This excess heat is fuel for storm intensification. More than 80 percent of the Atlantic was covered by above-average ocean heat during the season, the third-highest amount on record since records began in 1958, behind only 2023 and 2024. Part of a concerning trend, the near-record high ocean heat — in the top 10 percent of historical observations — covered almost 40 percent of the Atlantic basin. Before 2022, this metric had never been higher than 30 percent, making the recent ascension of ocean heat particularly notable. Instead of churning up cooler waters from below, violent storm winds instead found more warm water beneath the surface, enabling storms to remain or become more intense. But high ocean heat alone doesn’t cause storms to form. A tropical storm begins as a cluster of thunderstorms. When that cluster taps into an unstable atmosphere — one in which warm, buoyant air is rising — it can organize and intensify. That instability is driven by the temperature difference between the warm ocean surface and the much colder upper atmosphere. This vertical gradient, known as the lapse rate, helps set what experts call the potential intensity — the upper limit on how strong a hurricane’s winds can get. “The thing that really powers the hurricane is how fast you can transfer heat from the ocean to the atmosphere. The bigger the temperature difference, the faster you can transfer heat. The faster you can transfer heat, the more powerful the hurricane can be,” said Kerry Emanuel, a professor of atmospheric science at Massachusetts Institute of Technology. But that gradient was not particularly strong this year in some parts of the Atlantic, illustrating why this temperature difference matters more than the sea temperature alone. And it forms part of the reason a warming planet may have fewer tropical storms, but more intense ones overall. “This past summer, the sea surface temperatures across much of the tropical Atlantic were warmer than normal, which is part of what led people to predict that there would be a very busy season,” Emanuel said. But because the air above was also warm, potential intensity was lower than normal. That was partly responsible for why there were fewer than normal storms originating in certain parts of the tropical Atlantic, he said. Then there was the Caribbean, where monster Hurricane Melissa formed. There, the potential intensity was high. There’s little to suggest that this extra ocean heat will subside in 2026, which means it will probably be a key factor again next hurricane season. However, one climate driver that contributed to conditions that were more conducive to hurricanes in 2024 and 2025 — La Niñawill probably fade early next year. It’s unusual to have at least two consecutive years without a hurricane landfall in the United States. It has happened only six times since records began in 1851, the last times in 2009 and 2010.
Read more » click here
 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Inlet Hazard Areas

For more information » click here

 


.A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.
Lockwood Folly Inlet

For more information » click here.

 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Seismic Testing / Offshore Drilling

For more information » click here.

 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Offshore Wind Farms

For more information » click here

 


Things I Think I Think


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Eating out is one of the great little joys of life.

Restaurant Review:
The Dinner Club visits a new restaurant once a month. Ratings reflect the reviewer’s reaction to food, ambience and service, with price taken into consideration.
///// October 2025
Name:           La Cucina Italian Grill
Cuisine:        Italian
Location:     1780 Chandlers Lane, Sunset Beach NC
Contact:       910.579.9777 /
https://www.lacucinasunsetbeach.com/
Food:             Average / Very Good / Excellent / Exceptional
Service:        Efficient / Proficient / Professional / Expert
Ambience:   Drab / Plain / Distinct / Elegant
Cost: $25   Inexpensive <=20 / Moderate <=26 / Expensive <=35 / Exorbitant <=60
Rating:         Three Stars
La Cucina is a local classic Italian restaurant, serving traditional Italian cuisine with a broad-based menu that offers something for everyone. It’s a comfortable, friendly, casual environment, nothing fancy, but very welcoming and the wait staff are very accommodating. Since it’s a small busy place, with seating for only fifty (50) people, if you want to eat there making reservations is advisable. We have always enjoyed the dining experience there. They are serving some of the best Italian cuisine in the area, it’s as good as it gets here. The food is very good, the portions are generous, and the prices for both the food and wine are reasonable. It’s an exceptional value, what’s not to like?


Dining Guide – Local
Old places, New faces
Name:         The Wharf

Location:   1045 B-Var Road, Supply NC
Contact:     910.842.9999 / https://www.thewharfinhb.com/
This spot on the intercoastal waterway was once known as Betty’s Waterfront Restaurant. SmacNally’s has permanently closed, after just two (2) years, and a new eatery The Wharf was announced for the space.


Dining Guide – Local * Lou’s Views

Dining Guide – North * Lou’s Views

Dining Guide – South * Lou’s Views

Restaurant Reviews – North * Lou’s Views

Restaurant Reviews – South * Lou’s Views


Book Review:
Read several books from The New York Times best sellers fiction list monthly
Selection represents this month’s pick of the litter


Cover of the novel 'Shore' by Charlotte featuring an abstract ocean wave.WILD DARK SHORE by Charlotte McConaghy
The novel is set on Shearwater Island, a remote subantarctic desert island that serves as a research station. Scientists have been studying environmental changes there, but the island is receding under rising seas and will soon disappear. The researchers have recently departed, leaving behind a family of four who are the last caretakers. They are preparing to evacuate the island with the world’s largest seed bank. One day, a shipwrecked woman washes ashore unconscious but alive. She recovers under the family’s care, but an atmosphere of tension and distrust arises among them. Facing intensifying storms, the family and the woman must decide if they can trust each other to protect the precious seeds and overcome their past tragedies to build a new future together.


That’s it for this newsletter

See you next month


Lou’s Views . HBPOIN

                    • Gather and disseminate information
                    • Identify the issues and determine how they affect you
                    • Act as a watchdog
                    • Grass roots monthly newsletter since 2008

https://lousviews.com/

10 – Town Meeting

 

Lou’s Views

“Unofficial” Minutes & Comments


BOC’s Public Hearing / Regular Meeting 10/21/25

Board of Commissioners’ Agenda Packet » click here

Audio Recording » click here 


Public Hearing


PUBLIC HEARING: Proposed Revisions to Town of Holden Beach Code of Ordinances Section 157.087, Building Numbers

Agenda Packet – pages 4853

Section 157.087 » click here

Previously reported – September 2025
ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Request a date to be set for a public hearing for revisions to Town Ordinance 157.087

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The Planning & Zoning Board voted to approve revisions to Town Ordinance 157.087

TOWN MANAGER’S RECOMMENDATION:
Follow staff and Planning Board recommendations

Zoning policy
All proposed amendments to the zoning ordinance must go through Planning & Zoning Board for review, comments, and a consistency statement. State statutes require that the governing board hold a public hearing prior to the adoption, amendment, or repeal of any ordinance regulating development.

§157.087 BUILDING NUMBERS.
   (A)   The correct street number shall be clearly visible from the street on all buildings. Numbers shall be block letters, not script, and of a color clearly in contrast with that of the building and shall be a minimum of six inches in height. Numbers shall be provided on each unit in a duplex or multiple unit building and shall consist of the building number with a suffix letter (A, B, C, and the like). Numbers existing on the effective date of this chapter and at least four inches high and clearly visible from the street shall be allowed to remain. Replacement numbers shall comply with this section.

   (B)   Beach front buildings will also have clearly visible house numbers from the strand side meeting the above criteria on size, contrast, etc. Placement shall be on vertical column supporting deck(s) or deck roof on the primary structure. If no such condition exists for the building, or if a clearer line of sight position exists on the building, the numbers shall also be affixed to the primary structure. For buildings with a setback of over 300 feet from the first dune line, a vertical post shall be erected aside the walkway with house numbers affixed. The post shall not exceed eight feet in height above the base of the walkway. The post will be placed on the highest elevation of the walkway within 300 feet of the first dune line. In all cases the numbers must be clearly visible from the strand. Other placements may be acceptable with approval of the Building Inspector.

  (C)   Structures abutting the Atlantic Intercoastal Waterway, canals, and any public trust waters shall have house number affixed to the back of the structure or on the end of the dock/pier visible so as in case an emergency and per the North Carolina Residential Code Section R319.1         

Timbo explained that this is a safety issue. Any changes made to the Zoning Code Section 157 requires a Public Hearing. The motion was made to schedule a Public Hearing for Zoning Ordinance change before the next BOC’s Regular Meeting on October 21st.

Holden Beach schedules public hearing for Oct. 21
The Holden Beach Board of Commissioners will hold a public hearing during its Oct. 21 regular meeting for its plan to amend the town ordinance. The amendment, if adopted, will require property owners along canals and the intracoastal waterway to display their addresses on the back of their homes. Town Planning and Inspections Director Tim Evans said during the board’s June 17 meeting that when his crew drove a boat through the waterways to conduct assessments, they found it difficult to discern their location. “I think we’re playing with a time bomb,†Evans said, “because I think if we ever have a water rescue, or we have a high flooding event, and someone has to come in, they’re not going to be able to find any of these houses.†Commissioner Rick Paarfus asked if Evans wanted the house numbers on a dock piling or on the houses themselves. Evans said it will be up to the property owner but that the numbers simply need to be distinguishable. “Everyone that we have been talking to,†Evans said, “and have asked to do this or told them that they needed to do this, have all complied. They all think it’s a great idea.†The motion to schedule the public hearing for Oct. 21 at 5 p.m. during the board’s regular monthly meeting passed unanimously.
Read more » click here

Update –
The Public Hearing was held to hear comments on requiring property owners along canals and the ICW to display building numbers on the back of their homes. 


Regular Meeting


1. Conflict of Interest Check

2024 Rules of Procedure for the Holden Beach Board of Commissioners
(e) Conflict Check. Immediately after the approval of the agenda, the Presiding Officer shall poll each member to disclose any potential conflicts of interest. In the event that a potential conflict is disclosed, the members will vote on a motion to allow or excuse that member with respect to the agenda item. If excused, the member may not participate in any discussion, debate, or vote with respect to the agenda item.

The Board was polled by Heather our Town Clerk. All of them declared that there was no conflict of interest with any agenda item at this meeting.


2. Annual Parking Report – Jim Varner, Otto Connect (Town Manager Chadwick)

Agenda Packet – pages 1119

Parking Report » click here

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Otto Connect, our parking vendor, met with staff to review the annual parking report. The company usually presents to the board yearly and will be at the meeting to discuss the report summary attached.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The purpose of the presentation is to provide an overview of this year’s parking data.

TOWN MANAGER’S RECOMMENDATION:
Recommend to accept the report as given.

Total Net Revenue:
2022:  $455,841
2023:  $682,933
2024:  $829,399
2025:  $802,448 (YTD)                                            

Planning for 2026 – pending BOC approvals

No Changes recommended

    • Parking rates and fines consistent with Brunswick County beach towns
      • Note: Change to Oak Island Season Permit rate
    • Consideration for Resident Parking Permits – TBD

Assessment underway for signage (updates/replacements/etc.)

    • Continue regular reviews and any updates from the Town
      • NOTE: Pier Lot needs to be repainted – for Handicap spaces
      • NOTE: Block Q parking lot – consideration for 1 hour limit (free) – monitored

Parking Permits:

    • Make 2026 Season Permits available in Dec’25
    • Make all other permits available 1/1/26

Previously reported – March 2024
The Board changed the rates  and extended the season to charge for parking year-round.
They also discussed but did not approve a proposed resident annual pass at a reduced rate.

Update –
Otto Connect presented the annual paid parking report.

Key Takeaways:
This is the first year that we had year round parking
Revenue is ahead of last year and estimated to exceed $850K
Violation payment rate is 74.2%
.   •
Remainder is sent to collections after 30 days
Only 3.6% citation violations
Permits run only for the current calendar year that they were purchased in

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents Text

With over $800K in revenue I think it is time to fix the pier parking lot. It is really unacceptable that the people that pay for parking have to walk through standing water to get to their vehicle. Believe that we need to address the standing water issue, grade the parking lot and put in lines designating parking spots.


3. Presentation of Plaque for Successful Participation in the National Flood Insurance and Community Rating System – Town Manager Chadwick

Agenda Packet – page 20

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Presentation of Plaque for Successful Participation in the National Flood Insurance (NFIP) and Community Rating System (CRS)

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
FEMA has determined the Town will increase to a Class 6 in the NFIP CRS. This determination qualifies our property owners  for a  20% discount on flood insurance premiums for most  NFIP policies issued or renewed  on or after October 1, 2025. This savings is a tangible result of the flood mitigation activities implemented  by the  Town to protect lives and reduce property damage. A plaque will be presented to the Inspections Department staff for their hard work in securing this rating for the Town. Inspections  Director Evans will provide more background information during his monthly report.

FEMA logo with a hurricane in the background.

Community Rating System (CRS)
The National Flood Insurance Program’s (NFIP) Community Rating System (CRS) is a voluntary incentive program that recognizes and encourages community floodplain management activities that exceed the minimum NFIP requirements.

As a result, flood insurance premium rates are discounted to reflect the reduced flood risk resulting from the community actions meeting the three goals of the CRS:

    • Reduce flood damage to insurable property;
    • Strengthen and support the insurance aspects of the NFIP, and
    • Encourage a comprehensive approach to floodplain management.

For CRS participating communities, flood insurance premium rates are discounted in increments of 5% (i.e., a Class 1 community would receive a 45% premium discount, while a Class 9 community would receive a 5% discount (a Class 10 is not participating in the CRS and receives no discount)). The CRS classes for local communities are based on 18 creditable activities, organized under four categories:

    • Public Information
    • Mapping and Regulations
    • Flood Damage Reduction
    • Flood Preparedness

National Flood Insurance Program Community Rating System
For more information » click here

Update –
Town Manager Chadwick
thanked the Planning & Inspections department for their efforts that improved our rating, which translates into lower insurance premiums for all of us. Mayor Holden and Town Manager Chadwick   presented a plaque to the staff and was followed by a photo-op.


4. Police Report – Chief Jeremy Dixon

Agenda Packet – pages 21 – 26

Police Report » click here 


Holden Beach Police patch with sunset and birds design.

Jeremy reviewed the actions that were taken by them last month

 


We are in the shoulder season, they experienced a normal seasonal decline of activity

Festival by the Sea is scheduled for October 26th– 27th
Be patient, expect traffic and plan accordingly


Car “break-ins†are happening on multiple islands including ours

Crime Prevention 101 – Don’t make it easy for them
Don’t leave vehicles unlocked
Don’t leave valuables in your vehicles


Public Service Announcement 


Low Speed Vehicle Safety » click here
Low-speed vehicles (Golf Carts) are required to follow the same traffic laws as every other motor vehicle, including travel lane regulations. They are required to be registered with the DMV and all operators must possess a valid driver’s license.All occupants MUST wear a seat belt, including children who must be secured in an age/weight appropriate child safety restraint.


Download our free app for important updates and notifications.

A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Staffing –

Having the full complement of eleven (11) police officers seems to be an elusive goal.


What he did not say –

Public Service Announcement 
Hunting season runs from October till the end of January
Jeremy stated that hunting is prohibited within Town limits
Please notify the Police Department if you hear shots being fired

§130.01 DISCHARGE OF FIREARMS PROHIBITED; EXCEPTIONS.
   It shall be unlawful for a person to shoot or project any stone, rock, shot, or other hard substance by means of a slingshot, bean shooter, air rifle, popgun, bow, or other similar contrivance, or to fire any pistol, gun, or other firearms within the town except on archery ranges, firing ranges, or in legally-established shooting galleries or ranges, or in the discharge of duty by law enforcement officers, provided that the use of firearms in the destruction of rodents, pigeons, squirrels, or similar animals or birds or reptiles that are considered to be a menace to public health or property may be permitted by special permission of the Chief of Police.

§130.02 HUNTING PROHIBITED.
   It shall be unlawful for any person or group of persons to do any hunting of wildlife with dogs or without dogs within the town limits.


A Message from your Brunswick County Sheriff’s Office

What programs does the Brunswick County Sheriff’s Office offer for seniors?

 Brunswick County has one of the highest senior populations in the state, and our older residents are a vital part of our community. We’re proud to offer several programs designed to support their safety and well-being:
 
Are You OK? – A free daily telephone check-in program for seniors living alone.
Learn more: https://www.brunswicksheriff.com/community-programs/ruok
 
Project Lifesaver – Provides tracking bracelets for individuals who may wander due to Alzheimer’s, dementia, or other cognitive conditions.
Learn more: https://www.brunswicksheriff.com/community-programs/project-lifesaver
 
Senior Citizens Academy – An interactive program that gives seniors a behind-the-scenes look at the Sheriff’s Office and local public safety operations.
Learn more: https://www.brunswicksheriff.com/community-programs/senior-citizens-academy
 
We’re honored to serve and support our senior community every day here in Brunswick County.
 
For more information on all the programs offered by the Sheriff’s Office, visit our website: https://www.brunswicksheriff.com/


If you know something, hear something, or see something –
call 911 and let the police deal with it.


5. Inspections Department Report – Inspections Director Evans

Agenda Packet – pages 27 – 38

Inspections Report » click here 


ACTIVE NEW HOME PERMITS                                                              = 29
OTHER ACTIVE PERMITS                                                                       = 506
PERMITS ISSUED OVER $30,000                                                           = 62
.   *
AMOUNT INCLUDED IN ACTIVE TOTAL
PERMITS ISSUED OVER $100,000                                                         = 4
.   *
AMOUNT INCLUDED IN ACTIVE TOTAL
PERMITS ISSUED SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENTS                          = 2
.   * AMOUNT INCLUDED IN ACTIVE TOTAL
PERMITS ISSUED WAITING PICK UP                                                   = 38
TOTAL PERMITS                                                                                       = 573


PERMITS IN REVIEW                                                                              = 10
CAMA ISSUED                                                                                           = 3
CAMA EXEMPTIONS                                                                                = 8
ZONING ISSUED                                                                                       = 5
NOTICE OF VIOLATIONS                                                                        = 4
DELINEATIONS                                                                                        = 1
CAMA SITE INSPECTIONS                                                                      = 15


PERMITS SERVICED FOR INSPECTIONS FROM 09/01 – 09/30          = 107
TOTAL INSPECTIONS MADE                                                               = 252


National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP) Community Assistance Visit (CAV)

This letter is to inform you that the Community Assistance Visit (CAV) for the Town of Holden Beach performed on April 20, 2023, has been finalized and our office has determined that all requested items have been adequately addressed, and this CAV is considered closed.

The Town of Holden Beach has been enrolled in the regular phase of the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP) since May 26, 1972, thus making flood insurance and other Federal benefits available throughout the Town. Presently there are 1,937 flood insurance policies in force. for coverage in the amount of $568,083,000.

Participation in the NFIP is voluntary; for a community to maintain compliance in the program it must effectively administer and enforce floodplain management regulations  that meet or exceed the minimum standards established by the NFIP as set forth in Title 44, Code of  Federal Regulations (CFR), Section 60.3. The overall goal of participation in the NFIP is to reduce the loss of lives and property from flooding. Through this process, we have observed that town staff are effectively implementing the overall goal of the NFIP which is to reduce the loss of lives and property from flooding for the community.

Please continue to enforce all provisions of the town’s floodplain management regulations and maintain all records pertaining to floodplain management indefinitely. Often agencies purge building permits and other types of zoning/development permits on a regular retention schedule; however. records pertaining to floodplain development should be kept in perpetuity.

Update –
Timbo briefly reviewed department activity last month, the department is staying busy. The town staff are effectively implementing the overall goal of the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP), they got a near perfect score on their annual evaluation.


Construction Too Box Vector ImageContractors Information Seminar
The Planning & Inspections Department, supported by the town staff, will be hosting the fourteenth  annual Contractors Information Seminar.


6. Finance Department Report – Finance Officer McRainey

Agenda Packet – pages 39 – 44

Finance Report » click here 

Update –
Daniel briefly reviewed the Finance Report


7. Public Works Department Report – Public Works Director Benton

Agenda Packet – pages 4546

Public Works Report » click here 

Department Overview
The Public Works Department continues to focus on maintaining the quality of life for residents and visitors to Holden Beach through consistent operations and upkeep of town infrastructure . Our activities this month included routine maintenance, repairs, and preparedness for weather events .

Key Activities and Accomplishments

.   a) Roadway Maintenance & Repairs

• Pothole Repair: Several areas on the island were identified and repaired, ensuring safer driving
• Signage Repairs: We installed and repaired traffic signs around the town 

.   b) Storm Management 

      • Generator Maintenance: Made sure that all Vac Station generators were fueled and ready to be in use if
      • Flooding : Serviced our pumps and made sure we had proper discharge hose in the event we had to pump streets.
      • Park : Removed shades from park and winterized the splash
      • Valves: Crew located and exercised all water and sewer valves on the

.   c) Water and Sewer

      • Water Meters: Crew installed 6 new water services this
      • Water Leaks: We had 4 water service leaks.
      • Water Meter Changeouts and Rereads: Crew completed a list with around 230 meters that needed to be reread. Crew identified 30 of those meters to be bad and changed them out.
      • Sewer Pits: Crew installed 4 new sewer pits this
      • Service Calls : Crew ran close to 100 service calls this This included calls just to speak with a customer or cut the water on and off, sewer pit calls, etc.

Capital Projects & Long-Term Maintenance

.   a) Ongoing Projects

      • Pump Station 2: We had Air Vac on site this past Wednesday and Thursday to start up the new pumps. Everything went as planned and we are now running on the new pumps.
      • Meter Maintenance: We are continuing to repair and replace

.   b) Upcoming Projects

      • Fire Hydrants: We are preparing to begin grinding and painting all of our Our plan is to be finished early spring.
      • Station 1: We are looking to replace vacuum pumps in Station l and  re plumb  the station as we

Conclusion
The Public Works Department remains committed to serving the Holden Beach community with quality, timely services. Our team is focused on ensuring safety, cleanliness, and effective infrastructure. We continue to work diligently on ongoing projects and are prepared to tackle any issues that arise in the future.

Update –
Chris/Beef briefly reviewed the Publics Work Report


8. Town Manager Report – Town Manager Chadwick

Agenda Packet – page 47

Town Manager Report » click here

Bryan reviewed the Town Manager Report

A two-story yellow house with closed shutters and a metal roof during sunset.

 

Greensboro Street / Sewer Lift Station #2
Staff met onsite with contractor and engineer on 9/23/2025
Contractor did not meet October 1st construction ending deadline
.   •
flood door order error means projected delivery date of November 14th

Previously reported – September 2025
91% complete, scheduled completion date of October 1st
Ready for final payment request date of October 30th

Previously reported – August 2025
Sixth application for payment was submitted to funding agencies
82% complete based on the time line

Previously reported – July 2025
Progress meeting between engineer, contractor, and town staff was held on June 26th
Fourth application for payment submitted to EPA
State still lags in sending payments and now they are doing a computer system changeover

Previously reported – June 2025
Contractor given an additional seventy-two (72) days to complete the project
Construction schedule completion will now be around October

Previously reported – April 2025
Construction schedule anticipates completion in August
Buy America Build America waivers granted by EPA


Construction workers installing a roof on a new house framed with wooden trusses.

Block Q Restrooms & Parking
Contractor is moving toward completion by the end of October

Previously reported – September 2025
Apparently vendor still having issues
Contractor had to have structural engineer back out to reevaluate some work performed
Optimistic that they will still meet the grant deadline

Previously reported – August 2025
They have had numerous construction issues
Contractor had to have structural engineer back out to reevaluate some work performed.
Meeting with contractor, Pinnacle, and structural engineer occurred on August 7th
Contractor was at the meeting to address the BOC’s concerns
Timbo is monitoring the situation very closely and is confident we are back on track
The estimated completion date is now not till the end of September
The BOC’s are concerned about the work being completed as required
If the project is not done
by the deadline it could jeopardize the grant funding

Previously reported – July 2025

A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.
Breaking News
– now the vendor is saying completion will be sometime late in October, which may create some problems for the Town

 

Contractor struggled early to meet expectations but staff has engaged in several meetings and things appear to be improving
Deliverable for completion remains optimistic for end of August but money will need to be reallocated for contract at July meeting
Pouring concrete, the week of July 1st

Previously reported – June 2025
They have some serious concerns about the work that is being done there
New project superintendent taking over

Previously reported – May 2025
The bathroom on Block Q is scheduled to be completed by August 20th
There will be a Ground Breaking ceremony on June 4th at 10:00am

Previously reported – April 2025
Extension applied for with the state


Ocean Boulevard Stormwater
PPA has been executed on both sides
A meeting is being scheduled with the staff and the Corps for next steps

Previously reported – September 2025
Corps developed PPA
McGill presenting on additional areas of concern as part of September agenda

Previously reported – August 2025
Awaiting Project Partnership Agreement from Wilmington District

Previously reported – July 2025
The Letter Report that Bob Keistler mentioned had the financial certification completed by finance officer
Wilmington District was submitting the Draft Letter Report for review

Previously reported – June 2025
The Town was awarded $2.2M in Environmental Infrastructure Disaster Relief Funding for stormwater projects. To get started USACE requires the execution of the Project Partnership Agreement. The Town portion of the 2.2 million dollar project is 25%, which would cost us $550,000. The motion was made to approve the project partnership agreement with the USACE and have the town staff execute the paperwork.


Pier Site
Future Scope of Work Discussion – TBD

Previously reported – September 2025
On hold awaiting the bond referendum results

Previously reported – August 2025
Draft report ready and on agenda for consideration
Future Scope of Work Discussion

THB Newsletter (04/15/25)
Work has been completed and the pier parking lot and walkways are now open.
Please be mindful not to stand or sit under the pier structure.


NC Resilient Coastal Communities Program
Engineer to contact town staff once contracts are signed with the State

Previously reported – September 2025
The Town participated in an orientation session regarding Phase I of the program on September 9th

Previously reported – August 2025
The Town was selected to receive a technical assistance award through the program
ESP Associates has been assigned as our engineer firm and will receive $70,000
Staff will have an orientation session regarding our phase of the program on 09/09 

Previously reported – April 2025

N.C. Resilient Coastal Communities Program » click here

North Carolina Division of Coastal Management  is accepting applications from eligible communities for no-cost technical assistance to complete Phases I and 2 of the Resilient Coastal Communities Program. The motion was made to complete an application to Resilient Coastal Communities Program by the deadline of April 25th, if it is  at all possible.


LWF/Bend Widener Project
The County voted to provide funds back per our request

Previously reported – September 2025
The motion was made to approve Ordinance 25-14 to provide funds for the Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway (AIWW) Crossing/Bend Widener Project which is for the Lockwood Folly Inlet dredging. Christy is working with the county to recoup a percentage of the 25% local share.


Employee Updates
Carey Redwine received her Electrical Inspector Level I certification

Previously reported – September 2025
We filled the vacant Public Works Supervisor position by promoting from within
Mark Thomas Senior Public Service Tech was promoted to Supervisor


County Fire Services
Attended a meeting with the County and other municipalities to discuss fire services


In Case You Missed It –


THB Newsletter (09/09/25)
PUBLIC NOTICE
Every year, Brunswick County Public Utilities and the towns, cities, and other utilities that purchase water from Brunswick County implement an annual flushing program. Public Utilities employees flush the water mains by opening fire hydrants and allowing them to flow freely for a short period of time. The flushing cleans out sediment and allows routine maintenance of the more than 1,440 miles of water lines and over 7,789 fire hydrants in the Brunswick County service area. Flushing may result in discoloration and presence of sediment in your water. These conditions are not harmful and are temporary. During the annual flushing program, a slight change is made in the water treatment process to facilitate an effective flushing program. Throughout the year, Brunswick County Public Utilities adds combined chlorine (in the form of chloramines), to the water as the primary disinfectant. During the annual flushing program, chlorine is added in an uncombined state, commonly referred to as free chlorine. Free chlorine is more effective than combined chlorine at reacting with sediments suspended during flushing. This common practice is also used as preventive maintenance to kill bacteria that, though harmless when consumed by humans, can introduce unwanted taste and odor, and create issues with maintaining a disinfectant residual. Brunswick County will use free chlorine as the primary disinfectant from October 7, 2025, through November 2025. Depending on your location within the distribution system and usage patterns, it could take 7 to 10 days for your drinking water to transition from combined chlorine to free chlorine at the beginning of the flushing program. The annual change from chloramines to free chlorine for this brief period is required by the North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality to promote optimal disinfection throughout the water distribution system. You may experience a change in the taste or smell of your drinking water while free chlorine is being used as the primary disinfection agent. If you are especially sensitive to the taste and odor of chlorine, try keeping an open container of drinking water in your refrigerator. This will enable the chlorine to dissipate and reduce the taste of chlorine in your water. Remember – drinking water has a shelf life. Change out the water in your refrigerated container weekly.

Note: If you have an aquarium or pond, always test the water that you add to your aquatic environment to be sure it is free of any chlorine before adding fish or other animals. Chemical additives with directions for removing either free chlorine or chloramines from water for use in fish tanks or ponds are available at pet/fish supply stores. Kidney dialysis clinics and customers on home kidney dialysis equipment should also be aware of this change.

If you have any questions regarding this process, contact Brunswick County Public Utilities at 910.253.2657, 910.371.3490, 910.454.0512, or via email, or contact your water service provider directly at pworks@hbtownhall.com.


Dog Reminders
Please remember that any time your dog is off your premise, they must be on a leash, cord or chain at all times. Also, dog owners must remove dog waste immediately after it is deposited by the dog when on public property or any private property, including vacant lots, without the permission of the private property owner. Dog waste stations are conveniently located throughout the island.


Emergency Operations Center
The EOC building is being used by Tri-Beach Fire Department while they renovate their fire station on Sabbath Home


National Flood Insurance Program: Reauthorization
Congress must periodically renew the NFIP’s statutory authority to operate. On March 14, 2025, the president signed legislation passed by Congress that extends the National Flood Insurance Program’s (NFIP’s) authorization to September 30, 2025.

As the federal government shutdown drags on, one quiet corner of the housing market has seized up: The sales of homes in flood-prone areas. With the National Flood Insurance Program lapsed since Oct. 1, the government can no longer issue most new policies or renewals, leaving buyers who need coverage for their mortgage uncovered, and throwing deals that had already been negotiated into uncertainty.


News from Town of Holden Beach
The town sends out emails of events, news, agendas, notifications and emergency information. If you would like to be added to their mailing list, please go to their web site to complete your subscription to the Holden Beach E-Newsletter.
For more information » click here


Upcoming Events –

Monster Mash Trunk-or-Treat / October 31st
SBI Three Bridge Tour / November 8th
Veterans Appreciation Luncheon / November 10th
Volunteer Appreciation Luncheon / November 14th
Turkey Trot  / November 27th
Tree Lighting / December 4th


9. Discussion and Possible Approval of Ordinance 25-15, An Ordinance Amending Town of Holden Beach Code of Ordinances Section 157.087, Building Numbers – Inspections Director Evans (Town Manager Chadwick)

Agenda Packet – pages 4853

Ordinance 25-15 » click here

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and Possible Action on Proposed Changes to Holden Beach Code of Ordinances, Section 157.087, Building Numbers

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Proposed revisions to Section 157.087, Building Numbers were presented  to the Board at the September meeting. The Board scheduled a public hearing for October 21st . The amendment  has already been reviewed and approved by the  Planning & Zoning Board. If the Board would like to move forward with the proposed changes, the recommended motion would be to approve Ordinances 25-15, along with the corresponding Statement of Consistency.

TOWN MANAGER’S RECOMMENDATION:
 Recommend approval based on staff and Planning & Zoning Board opinion.

Zoning policy
All proposed amendments to the zoning ordinance must go through Planning & Zoning Board for review, comments, and a consistency statement. State statutes require that the governing board hold a public hearing prior to the adoption, amendment, or repeal of any ordinance regulating development.

§157.087 BUILDING NUMBERS.
   (A)   The correct street number shall be clearly visible from the street on all buildings. Numbers shall be block letters, not script, and of a color clearly in contrast with that of the building and shall be a minimum of six inches in height. Numbers shall be provided on each unit in a duplex or multiple unit building and shall consist of the building number with a suffix letter (A, B, C, and the like). Numbers existing on the effective date of this chapter and at least four inches high and clearly visible from the street shall be allowed to remain. Replacement numbers shall comply with this section.

   (B)   Beach front buildings will also have clearly visible house numbers from the strand side meeting the above criteria on size, contrast, etc. Placement shall be on vertical column supporting deck(s) or deck roof on the primary structure. If no such condition exists for the building, or if a clearer line of sight position exists on the building, the numbers shall also be affixed to the primary structure. For buildings with a setback of over 300 feet from the first dune line, a vertical post shall be erected aside the walkway with house numbers affixed. The post shall not exceed eight feet in height above the base of the walkway. The post will be placed on the highest elevation of the walkway within 300 feet of the first dune line. In all cases the numbers must be clearly visible from the strand. Other placements may be acceptable with approval of the Building Inspector.

  (C)   Structures abutting the Atlantic Intercoastal Waterway, canals, and any public trust waters shall have house number affixed to the back of the structure or on the end of the dock/pier visible so as in case an emergency and per the North Carolina Residential Code Section R319.1         

Timbo explained that this is a safety issue. Any changes made to the Zoning Code Section 157 requires a Public Hearing. The motion was made to schedule a Public Hearing for Zoning Ordinance change before the next BOC’s Regular Meeting on October 21st. 

Update –
Public Hearing was held at the beginning of the meeting as required. The proposed ordinance change requires property owners with homes on the waterways to display building numbers on the back of their homes.  The motion was made to accept Consistency Statement and Ordinance 25-15 as submitted.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously


10. ADA Assessment Update – Inspections Director Evans (Town Manager Chadwick)

Agenda Packet – pages 5467

ADA Assessment Report » click here 

Executive Summary
This comprehensive report  assesses the Americans with Disabilities Act  (ADA) compliance of key public facilities in the Town of Holden Beach, North Carolina, as of October 1, 2025. The evaluation covers nineteen (19) physical locations, including parking areas, walkways, restrooms, parks, and municipal buildings, alongside a digital accessibility review of the town’s website (https://hbtownhall.com/). Assessments are based on ADA standards for physical elements (e.g., signage, access routes, slopes, landings, handrails, fixtures) and Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.1 Level AA for digital accessibility.

Key findings indicate that most physical facilities are fully or partially compliant, requiring minor maintenance (e.g., repainting, signage adjustments, walkway sealing) or limited construction (e.g., concrete pads at Sailfish Park). Digital accessibility needs enhancements to support assistive technologies. Budget allocations, including $500,00 for ADA projects in FY 2024-2025 (required by Mediation Agreement), $180,00 for existing projects. A proposed FY 2025-2026 budget maintaining tax rates, support these efforts. Total estimated costs for physical fixes range from $500,000 to $1M over 2-3 years, with digital upgrades at $5,000-$20,000 initially and $1,000-$5,000 annually. Three future sites are identified for assessment. Prioritizing these recommendations will ensure equitable access, mitigate legal risks {e.g., lawsuits averaging $10,000-$50,000 per case). and align with Holden Beach’s tourism-driven economy.

Overall Recommendations and  Prioritization

    • Physical: Address Sailfish Park (concrete pad, routes) and construction sites (103.5 QBE, Block Q). Maintain annually to counter coastal
    • Digital: Audit com, implement fixes (alt text, contrast, navigation), and train staff.
    • Coastal Challenges: Use corrosion-resistant materials, clear sand regularly, and coordinate with NC DEQ for environmental
    • Funding: Leverage SPART funds ($334,000), pursue NC DEQ grants ($2.25M statewide in 2025).
    • Community: Engage via public hearings (e.g., October 21, 2025) and
    • Future: Assess new sites (357.5 OBW Walkway, 1017 OBW Walkway, 1191 OBW – New Walkway at West End Gate). And all improvements to existing non-compliant walkways.
    • Update: Perform annual ADA assessment for the Town of Holden Beach, for budget analysis and workload.

Previously reported – February 2025

Small Town ADA Assessment » click here

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and possible action- Small Town ADA Assessment

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
ADA compliance is a federal requirement under the American with Disabilities Act. Often, ADA compliance can be overlooked when considering activities, maintenance, and changing guidelines such as the ABA requirements for certain activities and locations. The town has indicated a desire to make the activities and structures located within the Town as accessible as possible and practical and to ensure compliance with the ADA guidelines.

TOWN MANAGER’S RECOMMENDATION:
Receive outline and timeline and provide feedback as necessary to staff.

The Americans with Disabilities Act gives civil rights protections to individuals with disabilities like those provided to individuals because of race, color, sex, national origin, age, and religion. It guarantees equal opportunity for individuals with disabilities in employment, transportation, State and local government services, telecommunications, and in the goods and services provided by businesses.

    • Existing Facilities: Program Accessibility
    • New Construction, Alterations, and Additions
    • Maintenance and Accessible Features
    • Effective Communications,
    • Process for complying with ADA

Director Evans presented the ADA Assessment plan. He stated that they started the evaluation when we entered into the Key Bridge Mediation Agreement. The town has indicated a desire to make the activities and structures located within the Town as accessible as possible and practical and to ensure compliance with the ADA guidelines. The goal is to identify areas where we don’t meet state or federal requirements, plus any opportunities for improvement. The Town has spent more than $750,000 so far and when projects are completed it will have exceeded what was required.

Update –
Timbo developed a Small Town ADA Assessment which he described as a good start. We still don’t meet all of the ADA guideline requirements yet. Motion was made to accept the assessment, which will be posted to the Town’s website for public review.

A decision was made –
Approved unanimously


11. Presentation and Discussion of the Legal Responsibilities and Obligations for the Pier Property under the PARTF Grant Agreement – Attorney Moore (Mayor Pro Tem Myers and Commissioner Paarfus)

Agenda Packet – pages 68 – 84

PARF Grant Report » click here

 ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Presentation and Discussion of the Legal Responsibilities and Obligations for the Pier Property under the PARTF grant agreement by the Town Attorney.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
At the October 2024 BOC meeting, there  were several questions that remained after the Town Attorney’s presentation of the Town’s legal responsibilities and obligations for the pier property under the PARTF grant agreement. There was also a concern from two commissioners that the information presented may not agree with the PARTF/ Recreation Resource Service’s understanding of the agreement. This presentation and the attached documents  are intended  to answer  these questions  and  to demonstrate  that the two parties are in agreement as to the Town’s responsibilities and obligations under the agreement.

Legal Requirements for the Pier Grants

Remaining Obligation
Only remaining legal obligation regarding the PARTF grant for property located at 441 Ocean Blvd W (246DB001 and 246DB002) is to develop the property for public use under the five (5) year development requirement for property acquired with PARTF funds.

Until development is complete, the Town must keep the property open to the public to the greatest extent possible. Interim facilities must at least include public access or parking on the site and some form of recreation such as a picnic area, trail, or access.

Grant Requirements
The property must be kept for public use and recreation in perpetuity.

    • In other words, that means forever

Town may not discriminate against any person on the basis of race, sex, color, national origin, age, residency, or ability with regard to use of property or facilities.

Resident parking fees may be no less than 1â„2 the amount charged to non-residents. Ex: Non-resident fees are $200/year; lowest resident fee would be $100/year

The purpose of this memorandum is to explain the Town of Holden Beach’s legal obligations to NC Parks and Recreation Trust Fund (“PARTF”) for the grant obtained for land acquisition of the parcels with Tax Parcel Numbers 246DB001 and 246OB002, collectively known as the “Pier Property”. This memorandum will explore and define the remaining legal obligations, grant requirements, and legal options.

The Town’s only remaining legal obligation to PARTF at this time is to develop the property for public use under the five (5) year development requirement for property acquired with PARTF funds. To fulfill this obligation, the Town is not tied to the conceptual plan submitted with the application for developing the property. Development may be in the form of parking lot enhancement, bathroom or bathhouse enhancement, improvements of camping area, picnic tables, shaded areas, or other recreational facilities. The Town is not limited to the aforementioned ideas so long as whatever is developed on the property allows for public recreational use thereof. In the interim, the Town must keep the property open to the public to the greatest extent possible. Further, PARTF states that interim facilities must at least include public access or parking on the site and some form of recreation such as a picnic area, trail, or access.

Although all other legal obligations have been met, the PARTF Grant Manual for Local Governments lists several requirements that the Town must follow with regards to the Pier Property since the land was acquired with PARTF assistance via land acquisition grant. The property must be kept for  public  use  and  recreation  in  perpetuity. The Town may not discriminate against any person on the basis of race. sex, color, national origin, age, residency or ability with  regard  to  use  of property  or  facilities. Of  particular  concern regarding parking fees, the Town may have lower parking or admission fees available for residents, but non-resident fees cannot be more than twice the amount charged to residents. Additionally, if the Town applies for additional PARTF grants available for development of the Pier Property, the facilities resulting therefrom must be operated and maintained to provide  public recreation  for twenty-five (25) years from  the project’s  completion,  keep said area open and accessible  for public use at all appropriate times, and conduct a site inspection on behalf of N.C. Department  of Natural  and  Cultural  Resources(DNCR) at least once every five (5) years.

The Town has already met other legal obligations, and the deed restriction has been recorded for both parcels. The question  of  removing said  restriction  from  the  Pier  Property has been posed, for which there are two (2) options: 1) return the grant or 2) conversion. It is important to note than returning the grant would render the Town ineligible for any and all PARTF grants and the amount to be repaid would be the current market property, not the original grant amount of $500,000.

PARTF defines conversion as the use of property acquired with PARTF assistance for a purpose other than public recreation and occurs in several different instances: 1) exchanging encumbered property with another parcel, 2) selling encumbered property, 3) making use of the property for purposes other than  public  recreation, 4) leasing  the property, or 5) permanently closing all or a portion of the property to the public.

PARTF strongly discourages conversion, and the mitigation process would be time consuming and costly for the Town. Mitigation measures would require the Town replace the Pier Property with a new property of equivalent fair market value and recreational or natural resource usefulness at the time of the conversion and would require prior DNCR approval. The request will be denied if approval would impede access to or result in a net loss of recreational opportunities  for  the surrounding  community.  If the  request  is approved,  the replacement property will be encumbered by the same obligations and deed restrictions.

If it is determined  the  land cannot  be  replaced, the conversion  may  be  mitigated  by the Town repaying PARTF with funds  equal  to  the  current  value  of  the  land. Thus, selling the property triggers  a  conversion  with  the  mitigation  measure  being  repayment  of  current land value to PARTF.  A conversion may also be triggered by adding any public or private facilities, other than public recreation facilities (or facilities to support recreation) to the property . This includes  the addition or cellular towers, town halls, fire stations, libraries, etc. for long term  use; however, short  term uses (less  than one year) are not considered a conversion, but do require DNCR approval.

Additionally, leasing or otherwise granting control  of all or  a  portion  of the  property to another entity will trigger a conversion unless said lease fits one of the  two (2) following exceptions. First, a short-term lease, under one year,  which  has  minimal  negative  impact  on the public recreational value of the project is not a conversion but does require DNCR approval. Second, a lease for the purpose of having an entity operate  the property on behalf of the Town for public recreational purposes is not a conversion, but DNCR must he notified and aware of such operational leases.

After researching and weighing the pros and cons of each available option previously discussed, it is my legal opinion that it is in the Town’s best interest to develop the Pier Property for recreational use as any funds from sale thereof would not go toward repayment of the loan, but  to PARTF as consideration for the  removal of the deed  restriction on the parcels.

Previously reported – May 2024
Some of the Board members still have questions regarding what the Town is legally required to do by having accepted these grants. Basically, they want to know what can be included and what is required to be included before they approve any plan of action. They simply want to have all our ducks in a row and feel that the prudent thing to do is have our Town attorney review them. The motion was made to have the Town attorney investigate the Town’s legal requirements for the pier grants.

Previously reported – October 2024
BOC’s tasked Town Attorney to report on Town’s legal obligations for grants acquired on pier properties.

Legal Obligations on Pier Properties (Abridged Version)
5 year Development Requirement for property acquired with PARTF funds:

Town is not tied to the conceptual plan, but it does provide ideas for developing the property.

Development  can  be  in  the  form  of parking  lot  enhancement, bathroom or bathhouse enhancement, improvements of camping are,. picnic tables, shaded areas, recreational facilities, etc. Not  limited  to any of these ideas.

Pier House deemed to have no value in structure at purchase; may be removed, replaced, repurposed, etc.

Public recreation use should begin ASAP, can be delayed up to 5 years from start date of the PARTF grant contract. Property must be open to public to greatest extent possible.

    • Interim facilities must at least include public access/parking on the site and some form of recreation (picnic area, trail, access, etc.)

Logo of North Carolina Parks & Recreation Trust Fund.

The Town Attorney was tasked with determining our legal requirements by accepting the pier grants. Sydnee briefly reviewed the grant guidelines and presented a summary of the Town’s obligations. She was not able to get some of the answers from the grant itself. This is her official legal position after doing research and after speaking to Brittany the state coordinator, who is the grant liaison person.

Key Takeaways

    • Need to retain and use property for public access
    • Town must keep property/facilities open and accessible for public use
    • Need to develop parcels for recreational purposes
    • Town must operate and maintain property
    • Town is not tied to the conceptual plan
    • Pier house has no value and can be removed, replaced, or repurposed

The motion was made to have the Town Attorney prepare a formal opinion to codify the information

Update –
Our Town Attorney Sydnee Moore did  an analysis of the pier grant requirements. The intent of the discussion was to clarify obligations and responsibilities that were mutually agreed to. Specifically, to make sure everyone understands the constraints that we have there.


12. Direction and Possible Action on Request for Qualifications for Technical Services to Develop a Comprehensive Design Plan for Jordan Boulevard, Block Q, Bridge Area and Former Pavilion Properties – Assistant Town Manager Ferguson (Town Manager Chadwick)

Agenda Packet – pages 8590

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
At the September BOC meeting, the board directed staff to bring back an RFQ for a master plan for Block Q, Jordan Boulevard, the bridge area and the site of the former pavilion.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The purpose of the RFQ is to solicit professional design firms that can bring their expertise regarding all the property available. The following document is attached for your consideration and further direction.

TOWN MANAGER’S RECOMMENDATION:
Recommend approval to distribute RFQ for a master plan as prepared by staff.

Editor’s note –
A Request for Qualifications (RFQ) is a document that asks potential suppliers or vendors to detail their background and experience providing a specific good or service. In this case, the buyer is only concerned about the vendor’s skills and experience. Professionals responding will be selected solely based on their qualifications and not on price. Once a firm is selected the Town will negotiate a contract for the desired services. Therefore, the response is not a bid.

Previously reported – September 2025
ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and possible action to direct staff to develop a Request for Qualifications (RFQ) for technical services to develop a comprehensive plan for the Jordan Blvd, Block Q, bridge area and former pavilion properties.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
There have been several proposals for the development of Block Q with amenities such as a band stand/pavilion, pickle ball courts, boat parking and vehicle parking. However, a comprehensive plan to develop not only block Q but the surrounding parcels (Jordan Blvd, former pavilion site, bridge area) is needed to make the most efficient use of the available properties to provide these amenities. Subsequent construction of these amenities could then be accomplished in phases according to priorities and budget availability. The intent is to allow a professional design firm to bring their expertise and creativity to bear in developing the master plan, considering all the property available. The BOC should provide some initial guide lines for the RFQ but shall not constrain the firm to those guidelines in developing the master plans.

Possible motion:
Instruct staff to develop an RFQ for a comprehensive design for Block Q, Jordan Blvd, bridge area, and the site of the former pavilion to be reviewed by the BOC.

They want to develop a comprehensive plan not only for block Q but also the surrounding parcels. The Board is trying to approach the development by keeping the end in mind. The plan is to only provide the vendor with guidelines of what they would like to see there. The motion was made to instruct staff to develop an RFQ for a comprehensive design for Block Q, Jordan Blvd, bridge area, and the site of the former pavilion to be reviewed by the BOC.

Update –
Christy presented the Request for Qualifications (RFQ) document a comprehensive design plan for Block Q,  Jordan Boulevard, the bridge area, and the site of the former pavilion for their consideration. Commissioner Paarfus was not ready to support this document as written. The vote to approve the RFQ failed.  Mayor Holden attempted to do an end run by proposing that they bring back the previous plans so that they can move forward with a concert venue. After considerable discussion that mostly revolved around protocols the Town Manager intervened. The staff will incorporate comments from the commissioners regarding the RFQ. They will also look at moving forward with the original concert venue plan separately as another option. Staff will have something prepared for them by the next regular BOC’s meeting.

No decision was made – No action taken\

Farmer plowing a field with two horses on a sunny day.How many times have we plowed this field?!

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents Text

Know the difference between wants and needs?
One of the most basic concepts of economics is want vs. need.
A need is something you have to have.
It’s something you can’t do without.
A want is something you would like to have.
It’s not absolutely necessary, but it would be a good thing to have

Leonardo Di Caprio Holding a Glass, See You Next Month Text


13. Discussion and Possible Action on Donation Request from the General Federation Women’s Club of Holden Beach – Assistant Town Manager Ferguson (Town Manager Chadwick)

Agenda Packet – pages 9194

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
During budget workshops, there was a desire by some commissioners that donations come before the BOC for approval. GFWC is one of the organizations that submitted a request and is asking for the donation to be released.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
This request was included as part of the budget message and the subsequent adoption. The board can review the following application in order to make a determination.

TOWN MANAGER’S RECOMMENDATION:
Recommend approval based on funding approved by commissioners in current FY26 budget.

Logo of the General Federation of Women's Clubs, established 1890.

GFWC of Holden Beach is a volunteer community service organization, and member of the General Federation of Women’s Clubs (GFWC), which is 130 years strong, and “Living the Volunteer Spiritâ€. We are a diverse, fun-loving, group of women, dedicated to serving our community and country, offering opportunity for personal growth and leadership, and   promoting friendship and fellowship among our members.            

Update –
There was no discussion, they approved the donation request as submitted.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously


14. Mayor’s Comments

He did not say all of this but this is what he usually says:
Alan was thankful that we got through the storm events this year with minimal damage. Although hurricane season is still on the calendar, traditionally by the middle of October we have been out of the woods. He feels that we have safely made it through another hurricane season and have been very fortunate this year.


15. Executive Session Pursuant to North Carolina General Statute 143-318.11(a)(3), To Consult with the Town Attorney

No decision was made – No action taken


General Obligation Bond Referendum –


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Resolution 25-03 » click here

Resolution 25-04
» click here

Resolution 25-06 » click here

Bond Order
» click here

Resolution 25-07 » click here


Original Version / Pier Bond – FAQ’s

What is the referendum for?
It is only for the demolition and removal of the existing pier and construction of a new pier.  It does not cover the debt on the initial purchase, building a pier building, maintenance, or any operating costs.

Can the bond money be used to construct a new pier building?
No,  the bond money can only be used to remove the existing pier and construct a new one.  Additional new debt may be needed to construct a building.  (Source: Bond Counsel)

Can the bond money be used to pay for the pier property?
No, the land was purchased in March 2022 at a cost of $3.2M financed at 3.18% over 15 years with an annual debt service cost of $260k.  (Source: Audit Reports)

Why do we need to vote on a referendum?
Since the land was used as collateral for financing the purchase of the pier property, we will need to issue General Obligation (GO) bonds. Issuing General Obligation (GO) bonds (which use taxing authority as collateral) is the best way to fund the construction of a new pier, and General Obligation bonds require a voter referendum. (Source: State Statute § 159-61 (a))

When will we vote on the referendum?
The referendum will be forwarded to the Brunswick County Board of Elections and appear on the November 4th ballot for voter consideration.

What will the referendum ballot say?
It will have a YES or NO vote on approving the bonds.  The final wording will be set on September 5th, but it is required to state: 1) total amount of the bonds; 2) the amount of the principal and interest payments to pay off the debt; and 3) the amount property taxes would need to be increased to cover the payments. (Source: State Statute § 159‑61 (d))

Will property owners get to vote?
No, only voters who are registered to vote at Holden Beach, NC can vote on the referendum. (Source: State Statute§ 159-61 (a))

Will all registered voters in Brunswick County get to vote on the referendum?
No, only registered voters who live on the island.  (Source: Board of Elections)

How much will it cost to build a new pier?
The engineer’s Not-To-Exceed estimated construction cost is $7.3M.  The estimated interest cost of the bond is $4.3M, making the total cost $11.6M. (Sources: HDR report and Town of Holden Beach and bond financial advisor)

Are grants available to pay for the pier?
Not at this time.  Our lobbyist has been working with town staff to search for grant opportunities but they have not identified any.  A PARTF grant of $500k was obtained for the purchase of the land in 2022. (Source: Budget Meeting Minutes)

How will this affect my property taxes?
The estimated amount of property tax liability increase for each one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) of property tax value to service the cumulative cost over the life of the bond provided above would be $31.60 per year.

Taxes will increase 22.6%
Our current tax rate is 14 cents per $100
The new tax rate would be 17.16 cents per $100

The estimated amount of property tax liability increase for each one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) of property tax value to service the cumulative cost over the life of the bond provided above would be $31.60 per year.

Property tax increase of $0.0316 per $100.00 of assessed valuation
A home on the island with a value of $1,000,000 estimated cost will be:
($1,000,000 % $100,000) x $31.60 = $316.00 per year
$316.00 x 20 years = $6,320

Our current tax rate is 14 cents per $100
The new tax rate would be 17.16 cents per $100
This would be a 22.6% tax increase

If the referendum fails, can we still build the pier?
Probably not, since it is unlikely, at least in the short-term, that the  Local  Government  Commission  would approve an alternate form of financing for a project that did not pass at a General Obligation Bond referendum. (Source: Bond Counsel)

Could we use our fund balances to pay for it in cash?
Possibly, but depleting our funds would impact other planned investments like the fire station and beach nourishment. (Source: Holden Beach Town Budget)

Could the BOC levy an assessment to pay for it?
Yes, but the BOC would need to go against the will of the voters. (Source: Town Ordinances)

 If the referendum passes, are we required to build the pier?
No. It is unlikely that the Local  Government  Commission  would not approve debt passed at a referendum. The  Board of Commissioners would then have to take action to actually issue the bonds in the future and they have discretion as to whether to issue some or all of the bonds or none at all. (Source: Bond Counsel)

If the referendum passes, how long can we wait before issuing the bonds?
Seven (7) years. 

How long is the term of the bonds?
The expected term of the bonds is twenty (20) years. 

Can we insure the pier against storms?
No, a new pier will be uninsurable for wind or water, and we will still need to pay off the bonds even if the pier is damaged in a storm and is no longer usable. (Sources: LGC, Town of Holden Beach)

What is the design of the new pier?
It is a wooden, pedestrian-grade, 996-foot-long pier with a covered “T†at the end – very similar to the design of the original pier, but taller and stronger for better protection from waves. (Source: HDR report)

How deep will the water be at the end of the pier?
Between 10 to 20 feet, depending upon the tide, according to beach profile elevation survey conducted by the engineer. (Source: HDR report)

How much will it cost to maintain the pier?
The engineer’s estimated funding needs for maintenance, preservation, rehabilitation, and major capital replacement projects to extend its life to 50 years is $3.6M, which equates to $72,560 per year on an annualized basis. (Source: HDR report).

How much will it cost to operate the pier?
The engineer did not estimate operating costs, but they are anticipated to include water, electricity, insurance (liability, vandalism & fire) and personnel costs for staffing it.   (Source: HDR presentation to the BOC)

How will the pier generate revenue for the town?
Operating revenues have not been estimated, but are anticipated to include admission and fishing fees, increased parking revenues, and increased occupancy tax revenues.  Any increase in sales tax revenue would be insignificant due to the way it is allocated within the county. (Source: Town Budget)

Will the pier generate a profit?
Most likely no, since it is very doubtful if pier revenues will exceed operating and maintenance costs, let alone cover debt service costs.  (Source: HDR report on lifecycle costs)

Can parking revenue pay for the pier?
Partially, but all parking revenues are currently being used to pay other expenses, including the debt service cost of the pier property purchase. These expenses would need to be reduced, and/or parking fees increased, before parking revenues could be used to cover a meaningful portion of the debt service cost of the bonds. (Source: Town Budget)

Can we save the existing pier?
Possibly, but according to our engineering studies, it would cost more than to replace it, and the old pier does not comply with current building codes and would not be as strong as a new one. (Source: HDR report)

How much will it cost to remove the existing pier?
The $7.3M Not-To-Exceed estimate includes removal of the existing pier.  There is no cost estimate for removing the existing pier without replacing it. (Source: HDR report)

Will there be a new pier building?
Most likely, but there are no viable plans or cost estimates at this time, and the building design is dependent on the fate of the pier.  There are significant PARTF grant restrictions on what functions the building can support (i.e., it must be dedicated as a recreation site for the use and benefit of the public for a minimum of 25 years). (Source: PARTF Grant Contract)

Is a Public-Private Partnership a viable approach to pay for the pier or the building?
Possibly, but it would be a very complex arrangement that must meet the requirements of the PARTF grant and would require Local Government Commission approval.  (Source: NC Session Law 2013-401; House Bill 857)


Updated Version / Pier Bond – FAQ’s

What is the referendum for?
It is only for the demolition and removal of the existing pier and construction of a new pier. It does not cover the debt on the initial purchase, building a pier building, maintenance, or any operating costs.  

Can the bond money be used to construct a new pier building?
No, the bond money can only be used to remove the existing pier and construct a new one. Additional new debt may be needed to construct a building. (Source: Bond Counsel)

Can the bond money be used to pay for the pier property?
No, the land was purchased in March 2022 at a cost of $3.2M financed at 3.18% over 15 years with an annual debt service cost of $260k. (Source: Audit Reports)

Why do we need to vote on a referendum?
Issuing General Obligation (GO) bonds (which use taxing authority as collateral) is the best way to fund the construction of a new pier, and General Obligation bonds require a voter referendum. (Source: State Statute § 159‑61 (a))

When will we vote on the referendum?
The referendum will be forwarded to the Brunswick County Board of Elections and appear on the November 4th ballot for voter consideration.

What will the referendum ballot say?
It will have a YES or NO vote on approving the bonds. 

Additional property taxes may be levied on property located in the Town of Holden Beach, North Carolina in an amount sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on bonds if approved by the following ballot question.

Shall the order authorizing $7,300,000 of bonds plus interest to finance the capital costs of the demolition and removal of the existing pier and construction of a new pier, including any improvements related thereto, and providing that additional taxes may be levied in an amount sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on the bonds be approved, in light of the following:

(1) The estimated cumulative cost over the life of the bond, using the highest interest rate charged for similar debt over the last 20 years, would be $11,586,345 (consisting of $7,300,000 principal amount of bonds plus $4,286,345 of interest).

(2) The estimated amount of property tax liability increase for each one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) of property tax value to service the cumulative cost over the life of the bond provided above would be $31.60 per year.

Will all property owners get to vote?
No, only voters who are registered to vote at Holden Beach, NC can vote on the referendum. (Source: State Statute § 159‑61 (a))

Will all registered voters in Brunswick County get to vote on the referendum?
No, only voters who are registered to vote at Holden Beach, NC can vote on the referendum. (Source: Board of Elections)

How much will it cost to build a new pier?
The estimated cumulative cost over the life of the bond, using the highest interest rate charged for similar debt over the last 20 years, would be $11,586,345 (consisting of $7,300,000 principal amount of bonds plus $4,286,345 of interest. 

Are grants available to pay for the pier?
There may be grant opportunities available in the future. Our lobbyist has been working with town staff to search for grant opportunities but none have been available this early on in the process. (Source: Budget Meeting Minutes)

How will this referendum affect my property taxes?
Your taxes may increase to a maximum as follows:

The estimated amount of property tax liability increase for each one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) of property tax value to service the cumulative cost over the life of the bond provided above would be $31.60 per year.

For a property on the island with a value of $1,000,000 estimated cost will be:
($1,000,000 /$100,000) x $31.60 = $316.00 per year
$316.00 x 20 years = $6,320

If the referendum fails, can we still build the pier?
Funding the pier will be more challenging, since it is unlikely, at least in the short-term, that the Local Government Commission would approve an alternate form of financing for a project that did not pass at a General Obligation Bond referendum. (Source: Bond Counsel) Other forms of paying for the pier have not been explored at this time and may be challenging based on costs outlined in our Capital Improvement Plan. 

If the referendum passes, are we required to build the pier?
No. It is unlikely that the LGC would not approve debt passed at a referendum. The Board of Commissioners would then have to take action to actually issue the bonds in the future and they have discretion as to whether to issue some or all of the bonds or none at all. (Source: Bond Counsel) The Town has seven years to issue the bonds.

How long is the term of the bonds?
The expected term of the bonds is twenty (20) years.

Can we insure the pier against storms?
No, a new pier will be uninsurable for wind or water. (Source: Town of Holden Beach)

What is the design of the new pier?
It is a wooden, pedestrian-grade, 996-foot-long pier with a covered “T†at the end – very similar to the design of the original pier, but taller and stronger for better protection from waves. (Source: HDR report)

How deep will the water be at the end of the pier?
Between 10 to 20 feet, depending upon the tide, according to beach profile elevation survey conducted by the engineer. (Source: HDR report)

How much will it cost to maintain the pier?
The engineer’s estimated funding needs for maintenance, preservation, rehabilitation, and major capital replacement projects to extend its life to 50 years is $3.6M, which equates to $72,560 per year on an annualized basis. (Source: HDR report).

How much will it cost to operate the pier?
The engineer did not estimate operating costs.

How will the pier generate revenue for the town?
Operating revenues have not been established.

Will the pier generate a profit?
We do not know. 

Can parking revenue pay for the pier?
All parking revenues are currently being used to pay other expenses, including the debt service cost of the pier property purchase. (Source: Holden Beach Town Budget)

Can we save the existing pier?
According to our engineering studies, it would cost more to repair the pier than to replace it, and the old pier does not comply with current building codes and would not be as strong as a new one. (Source: HDR report)

How much will it cost to remove the existing pier?
The $7.3M Not-To-Exceed estimate includes removal of the existing pier. There is no cost estimate for removing the existing pier without replacing it. (Source: HDR report)

Will there be a new pier building?
Most likely, but there are no viable plans or cost estimates at this time.  

Is a Public-Private Partnership a viable approach to pay for the pier or the building?
It would be a very complex arrangement that must meet the requirements of the PARTF grant. 


Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents TextThis Board has outlined the necessary steps and costs for constructing a new pier and is presenting the decision to the community through a public referendum. The referendum allows for the public to decide whether to spend the money for a pier not just the five (5) Board members. Personally, I believe that most of the public would like to have a pier but the high cost may lead to limited public support. I just don’t think that the island property owners are willing to pay for it.

A Traffic Police Icon Holding a Mic and Text

Editor’s note –
Received the following anonymous email from HBVoter
Do not know who sent it or who else they sent it to
That said, we are including it, as submitted, so that you get another point of view


 Let’s talk about the Pier Bond Referendum

 Dear Holden Beach Voters,

The Holden Beach Commissioners have voted to put the Pier Bond referendum on the 2025 November ballot. They are asking the voters if they want to pay to rebuild the Pier instead of unilaterally deciding like the previous board (that included Page Dyer and Rick Smith) did with the Pier property purchase; here’s your chance to make your voice heard.

Here are some critical facts about the new Pier:

★    The Pier Cannot be insured! If it gets destroyed the taxpayers will continue to pay the debt with nothing to show for it

○     Would you build a $7.3M home and not insure it? So why would/should the taxpayers build a $7.3M structure that is in the direct path of hurricanes?

★    Taxes will go up 22.6% based on the total cost of $11.6M ($7.3M + interest)

○     $31.6 per $100k property value per year

■     That means a $1M home would pay $316/year or $6,320 over 20 years

○     Is this the best use of our money? Wouldn’t this money be better spent on critical infrastructure such as:

■     Sand Renourishment – FEMA and the CORE will likely not help us when we have our next hurricane
■     New Fire Station – Holden Beach needs a year-round fire station on the island, not just 7am-7pm during tourist season
■     Stormwater mitigation – We need to be able to drive down Ocean Blvd after a storm
■     Sewer Sub-Stations – Replacement pumps are expensive!

★    A BOC could still build a Pier if the referendum does not pass

○     If the referendum does not pass in November, a BOC could still build a new pier similar to how the previous board (that included Page Dyer and Rick Smith) did when they BOUGHT the Pier property against the wishes of the homeowners BUT:

■     The LGC would not let the town borrow the money if the voters voted against a tax increase via the referendum

            • A new BOC could still use savings to build the pier without a loan – but this savings should be going toward critical infrastructure (Sand Renourishment, Fire Station, Stormwater Mitigations, Sewer Sub-Stations, etc.) not an amenity like the Pier (which cannot be insured!)
            • A new BOC could impose a tax assessment to pay for the Pier regardless of the Voters’ wishes (A tax assessment is a fixed dollar amount added to every property tax)
            • This is why it’s important to elect new commissioners that will respect the referendum vote (Chad Hock and Maria Surprise)

○     The Commissioners would be proceeding against the voters’ express wishes if they proceeded to build a new Pier. Going against the voters who voted them into office to represent them is not a smart idea. Wait, that’s exactly what the previous board (which included Page Dyer and Rick Smith) did when they bought the Pier for $3.3M.  But remember the ‘3’ replaced that board, and it is VERY unlikely they would vote to go against the voters choice – isn’t that why they voted to have the referendum? To let the voters decide if they wanted a new Pier – so let’s vote to keep like-minded people in the majority like Chad Hock and Maria Surprise (BTW, Page Dyer and Rick Smith voted against the referendum initially)

 ★    The Pier will NEVER be self-sustaining or financially viable.

○     This cost does NOT include the loan repayment cost for the $7.3M loan to BUILD the Pier

○     Do the math. The projected Maintenance cost alone is projected to be an average of $72k/year for 20 years.

○     $72,000/365 days/$10 (1 rod cost on Oak Island) = 20 people fishing on the pier every single day of the year to pay for the maintenance cost only

○     This cost does NOT include the loan repayment cost for the $3.3M loan to BUY the Pier property

○     This cost does NOT include operating cost – liability insurance, electricity, water, cleaning, trash, employee costs, etc.

○     So, if you’re expecting a new Pier to pay for itself with fishing fees it will never happen. It’s a recreational amenity like the parks or the basketball/pickleball court – it is not a business, which is why a Public-Private Partnership) PPP was never a viable option for building the pier (even though Page Dyer brings a PPP up at every BOC meeting)

★    The Pier will not bring in significant additional economic benefits to Holden beach

○     There has not been a decrease in Occupancy tax during the last three years that the Pier has been closed, proving that tourists are coming to Holden Beach for the BEACH not the Pier.

○     Paying $11.6M for an uninsurable Pier is an extremely high risk venture for the taxpayers who would be funding it

So please get out and VOTE NO for the Pier Referendum in the November 4th election!! You need to make your voice heard to the commissioners. It will be much harder for the BOC to build a Pier if the referendum does not pass

And while you’re there voting I highly encourage you to vote for Maria Surprise and Chad  Hock let’s keep the momentum going on making fact based fiscally sound decisions and letting the voters weigh in on important decisions like the Pier.

Illustration of a man in a suit giving a thumbs-up with a speech bubble.


Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents Text
Personally, I am strongly against constructing the pier.


First and foremost,
how are we going to pay for this?

If the bond referendum passes then great, if that’s what the people paying for it want.

If not, it’s preposterous to think that donations, fundraisers, paid parking, or grants will be adequate to cover the $11.6M total cost.

So far donations are not even a half of one percent,  they are nowhere near that amount which would be $58,000, which is grossly inadequate.

The paid parking revenue, for the entire island, does not even cover the pier property purchase debt obligation.

The current federal administration is clawing back funds that have already been approved so it is not likely that we would be getting any grants anytime soon.

Therefore, it is not a realistic expectation that we will be able to raise adequate funds elsewhere.


 Other talking points to consider –

 Taxes will increase by 22.6%

The pier will never be financially viable

Pier revenues will not even cover operating and maintenance costs, let alone cover debt service costs


The pier cannot be insured, we will still need to pay off the bonds even if the pier is damaged in a storm and is no longer usable


 Plans for the pier property are all over the place, it is not a panacea

Frankly, this is not a viable location for a year-round business and does not have adequate parking even for a seasonal business

The parking lot there has been full throughout the year regardless of the weather

That is without either the pier being available for use or any business running out of a building there

There just is not adequate parking there to support beachgoers, fisherman, and whatever else we plan to do with a building there. 


The pier has a huge economic impact via tourism and rental occupancy is a cockamamie narrative

No one is renting a house at the beach just because we have a pier

The Pier is a nice amenity but it will not bring in any significant additional economic benefits to the town

The Holden Beach Fishing Pier has been closed to the public since 2022 due to significant disrepair 

Occupancy tax revenue has not been negatively impacted 

during the period that the pier has been closed

¯\_(ツ)_/¯

2018-19           $2,931,730
2019-20           $3,008,435
2020-21           $3,946,327
2021-22           $4,730,112
2022-23           $5,117,217
2023-24           $5,306,333
2024-25           $4,181,413
2025-26           $4,050,000 / budget estimate

Bold 'VOTE NO' text with a dark purple gradient background.

Holden Beach Property Owners Association

UNOFFICIAL HOLDEN BEACH TAXPAYER STRAW POLL

HBPOA’s Role: Ensuring Every Taxpayer Has a Voice

Under its charter, HBPOA is committed to giving all Holden Beach property owners a chance to be heard—whether or not they are eligible to vote in November.

To that end, HBPOA is conducting this Unofficial Straw Poll, asking each Holden Beach Household to vote Yes or No on the exact same Referendum that will be on the November 6 Ballot.

 How the Straw Poll Works

    • HBPOA is sending this Unofficial Straw Poll to each of the 2000+ Holden Beach Households by email and/or US Mail.
    • Each Household may cast ONE YES or NO vote on the Referendum question – regardless of the number of residents in the household or whether they are registered Holden Beach voters.
    • Each Household has a Voter ID and a Password to ensure that only one vote can be cast per Household and to assure election integrity and voter anonymity.

This Unofficial Straw Poll is being conducted using Election Runner – an independent third-party service used by many nonprofit organizations.

Go to https://electionrunner.com for more information.

Unofficial Straw Poll Results
The results will be posted on HBPOA’s website: https://holdenbeachpoa.com.


Municipal Elections –


2025 Municipal Elections

The following candidates have officially filed for Holden Beach municipal elections 

Holden Beach Mayor
Mike Felmly           137 Carolina Avenue     Holden Beach
Alan Holden          128 OBW                          Holden Beach (incumbent)

Holden Beach Commissioner
Robert Brown       109 Crab Street               Holden Beach
Sylvia Pate             11 Charlotte Street        Holden Beach
Keith Smith            105 Durham                   Holden Beach
Maria Surprise     159 OBE                           Holden Beach
Chad Hock             1222 OBW                       Holden Beach

Board of Commissioners Duties and Responsibilities include:

      • adopting the annual budget
      • establishing the annual tax rate
      • enacting local ordinances and Town policies
      • formulating policies for the conduct of Town operations
      • making appointments to advisory boards and committees
      • oversee long range plans for the community

2025 Municipal Election Guide Brochure (PDF)


Editor’s note –
In the past , I have not endorsed any candidates nor am I planning to start now. The litmus test for me, to determine whether the nominee will receive my vote, is simply whether they would move forward with constructing the pier even if the referendum failed. Regardless of whom I ultimately vote for, I will support and be at their  service of whoever is  elected.


Women voters league to host Brunswick County municipal candidate forums
With Election Day two months away on Nov. 4, area candidate forums are heating up. In October, the League of Women Voters of Lower Cape Fear is asking for Brunswick County residents who live and vote in Leland, Oak Island, Southport and Holden Beach to join them for four forums. All will be non-partisan, representing candidates in the municipal elections. Voters are welcome to submit questions to LWVLCF.org. Deadlines for Leland and Oak Island are Sept. 20 and Sept. 27 for Southport and Holden Beach.

The schedule is below and all forums are held 6 p.m. – 8 p.m.
Oct. 17 —  Holden Beach Candidate Forum:
Holden Beach Town Hall, 110 Rothschild St.

Additional information about voting and registering to vote can be found here.


2025 Brunswick municipal election forum invitation with dates and locations.

Meet the Candidates Night
The objective of a Candidates Night event is to help the electorate make an informed choice when they vote for Town leaders.

Meet the Candidates >>> Answers

An open envelope with red and blue 'VOTE' buttons floating out.

Be a Voter – Your Vote Matters!


Star News Online / Meet the Candidates


Holden Beach Mayor

There are two candidates running for Mayor of Holden Beach. Mike Felmly is challenging longtime mayor Alan Holden.

This Brunswick County beach town is south of Oak Island and north of Ocean Isle, and according to data from the U.S. Census Bureau, it has a population of about 1,000 full-time residents.

The town has a mayor and a board of five commissioners with one acting as the mayor pro tempore. Commissioners serve four-year terms, and the mayor serves a two-year term. This race is nonpartisan. According to information provided by the Holden Beach town clerk, the mayor receives a stipend of $150 a month and commissioners receive $100 a month.

The municipal election will be held on Tuesday, Nov. 4, and polls will be open from 6:30 a.m. to 7:30 p.m. Voters may also cast their ballots absentee by mail and during the early voting period, which begins Thursday, Oct. 16 and goes through Saturday, Nov. 1. Absentee ballots are due at the Brunswick County Board of Elections office by 7:30 p.m. on Election Day.

Here are the candidates’ responses and their thoughts on current issues.

 Candidate responses have been edited for style, grammar and length.

NOTE: Mike Felmly did not respond to multiple requests to participate in this StarNews candidate questionnaire. If a response is received, this story will be updated.

Alan Holden

    • Age:76
    • Occupation:Businessman (self-employed)
    • Family:Single; three grandchildren
    • Education: 16 years — Methodist University (1971 class)
    • Political experience: Holden Beach Commissioner, 10 years: mayor pro-tempore, two years; mayor, 18 years
    • Political affiliation: Unaffiliated

What are the top issues facing Holden Beach?

Holden:
The town needs to become more unified and celebrate the wonderful place that enticed the residents and visitors to come here.  Protect property values by protecting assets such as the beach strand, water, sewer, canals, etc.

What goals do you have for Holden Beach?

Holden:
As in the past, support the Holden family’s vision of a family beach.

 Why are you the best candidate for this position?

Holden:
My 28 years as mayor and/or commissioner, the many years as emergency director and other years on the planning board and board of adjustments have provided much education and on-the-job training. Also, my 76 years as my one and only ever home on the island have allowed me to witness and be a part of this town even before it became a town, an involved community and state leader in business and everyday life.

 What is your vision for the pier complex?

Holden:
To support the will of the people as I have no vote. The five commissioners will make the decisions.

 What does responsible growth look like in Holden Beach?

Holden:
The island has approximately two-thirds of its lots developed of the potential 3,500 lots. Maintaining the infrastructure to provide adequate services for controlled growth as a family beach without a directional change is my goal. Safety, security, sound management, services, and protection of financial investments are critical.


Holden Beach Board of Commissioners

There are four candidates vying for two seats on the Holden Beach Board of Commissioners.

Voters may cast ballots for two of the following candidates for the board of commissioners: Chad Hock, Sylvia Pate, Keith Smith, and Maria Surprise. Robert E. Brown had also filed to run but withdrew from the race after the filing period ended.

This Brunswick County beach town is south of Oak Island and north of Ocean Isle, and according to data from the U.S. Census Bureau, it has a population of about 1,000 full-time residents.

The town has a mayor and a board of five commissioners with one acting as the mayor pro tempore. Commissioners serve four-year terms, and the mayor serves a two-year term. This race is nonpartisan. According to information provided by the Holden Beach town clerk, the mayor receives a stipend of $150 a month and commissioners receive $100 a month.

The municipal election will be held on Tuesday, Nov. 4, and polls will be open from 6:30 a.m. to 7:30 p.m. Voters may also cast their ballots absentee by mail and during the early voting period, which begins Thursday, Oct. 16 and goes through Saturday, Nov. 1. Absentee ballots are due at the Brunswick County Board of Elections office by 7:30 p.m. on Election Day.

Here are the candidates’ responses and their thoughts on current issues.

Candidate responses have been edited for style, grammar and length.

 Chad Hock

    • Age:53
    • Occupation: Retired
    • Family: Married with two adult children
    • Education:High school graduate; U.S. Army
    • Political experience: Holden Beach planning and zoning
    • Political affiliation: Unaffiliated

Sylvia Pate

    • Age: 72
    • Occupation: Broker/REALTOR with PROACTIVE Real Estate
    • Family: Married; one daughter with three grandchildren
    • Education:S. in organizational leadership and management, University of North Carolina Pembroke; B.S. in special studies, Western Carolina University
    • Political experience: Did not answer
    • Political affiliation: Unaffiliated

Keith Smith

    • Age: 55
    • Occupation:Insurance Adjuster
    • Family: My wife and I have 10 children with ages ranging from 11 to 30. We have one grandchild with two more on the way.
    • Education:I graduated high school from John T. Hoggard High School in Wilmington North Carolina. I have several years of higher education but no completed degrees.
    • Political experience: I have assisted other local candidates to run for elected office, but I have never held an elected office myself. This is the first time I have run for an elected political seat. I have served on the Holden Beach Parks and Recreation Board for the last several years.
    • Political affiliation: Republican

Maria Surprise

    • Age:58
    • Occupation: Retired
    • Family:John Woods, husband
    • Education:S. electrical engineering, University of Vermont
    • Political experience: Town of Holden Beach Planning and Zoning board member; president of the Holden Beach Property Owners Association
    • Political affiliation: Democrat

What are the top issues facing Holden Beach?

 Hock:
1) Cost of living: We must focus how we spend our money, or we will push out those that have lived here for years and force visitors to consider other beaches; 2) Infrastructure: Police fully staffed and incentivize them to live in the community. Fire: we require a new firehouse, equipment, water, and more personnel. Stormwater: extend what we are doing today. Beach nourishment: We cannot depend on anyone else but ourselves. 3) Community: Move on from analysis paralysis and finish Block Q strong. Parking: Homeowners free/discounted parking; 4) Pier: See question 4.

 Pate:
Our Board of Commissioners is divided, leading to decisions not always serving the best interests of Holden Beach. Too often, transparency is lacking, and personal agendas appear to take priority. We need a comprehensive strategic plan to guide the many major projects on the horizon and ensure alignment with our community’s long-term goals. In addition, recent stormwater and water studies highlight infrastructure needs that must be addressed in addition to the need for a new fire department building and fully staffed police department. It’s time for accountable leadership, open communication, and a clear vision to move Holden Beach forward together.

 Smith:
Economic impact via tourism and rental occupancy; revising term limits for commissioners; transparency of our elected officials; stormwater, water, and sewer functional reliability; recreating and promoting the sense of community in Holden Beach.

Surprise:
Infrastructure, public safety and community. It’s imperative to have robust utilities and a healthy beach strand. The future of FEMA is in question, and we need to plan and prepare to ensure adequate funding. We need a new fire station on the island, and we need to solve the stormwater drainage issue on Ocean Boulevard. Our community is more divided than I’ve seen in the last 25 years, mostly due to issues surrounding the pier. We need leadership to bring residents, guests and property owners together to collaborate on practical solutions.

What goals do you have for Holden Beach?

Hock:
1) Holden Beach Attitude, Holden Beach Latitude: Bring back our sense of community as we are all in this together, and boy, are we lucky to know what a gem Holden Beach is; 2) Execute a plan for our 70th anniversary on February 14, 2029, that secures our community and infrastructure. No more analysis paralysis; 3) Work with the state and federal government to find what we will do together to ensure our current bridge, and our only access, has a service date/replacement date on which we can depend.

Pate:
1) Transform the “Block Q†area to create a versatile and vibrant recreational and community hub, including a pavilion for concerts and events, boat trailer parking, pickleball courts, and open green space. 2) Build a stronger, safer island by securing funding and resources to establish a new fire department on the island and ensure adequate funding for staffing the police department. 3) Bring the pier project complex to life with a fully planned recreational venue by identifying necessary resources such as grants, donations, government earmarks, or public/private partnerships for project completion to minimize or negate any tax burden for property owners.

Smith:
Revise/return the term limits for all commissioners to a two-year term for greater accountability; increase occupancy/reduce vacancy for Holden Beach property owners that rent their properties (1400 properties); move all correspondence for elected officials to city-maintained email servers for quick and easy access for the public to review; make access to public records and public records request transparent and less complicated for town staff; continue to increase capabilities of our infrastructure systems (water, sewer, stormwater drainage); increase parks and recreation offerings for vacationers to provide a better experience; balanced budget

Surprise:
It’s time for collaboration and camaraderie on Holden Beach. One of my main goals is to make the Board of Commissioners a more cohesive body and to encourage a more cooperative environment. It is possible to work together constructively even when there are differences of opinion. Along with my goal of having a strong financial plan to ensure utility robustness and beach strand maintenance, I would love to bring a comprehensive plan for the Block Q and Jordan Boulevard area to fruition. It’s a great outdoor space that could be a beautiful welcome to Holden Beach.

Why are you the best candidate for this position?

Hock:
I lead with “Holden Beach Attitude, Holden Beach Latitude.†We have allowed ourselves to become divided when what we all just want and deserve is the best for our beach community. Bringing a level sense of community for all while a practical focus on what the town can and should do.

Pate:
With deep family roots in Holden Beach, my commitment is to serving the best interests of our community. Change is certain but requires a thoughtful, strategic approach. I bring 35+ years’ experience in economic, community and workforce development, paired with a strong educational background, local government insight and active community involvement. With strong skills in collaboration, problem-solving, and preparation, I would utilize these skills in researching issues, engaging with commissioners and listening to property owners. By working together, we can guide growth wisely while preserving and enhancing the family-friendly character and unique charm that makes Holden Beach such a special place.

Smith:
I don’t get offended very easily, and I forgive quickly. I can usually reach common ground with others. I want to honor those who have come before us by carrying on the traditions of the past while embracing the excitement of the future.

Surprise:
Since the 2023 election, I’ve gained experience as a regular member of the planning and zoning board, attending all meetings since my appointment. I was elected to serve as president of the Holden Beach Property Owners Association, and that responsibility has given me insight into how our residents, guests and property owners feel about the most pressing issues we face. I’m a retired energy executive with a degree in electrical engineering and 30+ years of experience. I’m passionate about the town of Holden Beach, and I would be honored to serve its people.

 What is your vision for the Pier complex?

Hock:
1) This has destroyed our community, which is the worst thing. It is time to look at letting a private group take this project on with our legal team. The LGC/PARTF grant has handcuffed our ability to be flexible with these properties’ choices, so tough decisions are ahead; 2) We have too many needs right now from police, fire, stormwater, and beach nourishment. The cost for the pier is more than our infrastructure needs today. This is not including what it will be to maintain the pier and potentially re-build per the LGC/PARTF.

Pate:
More than a fishing pier — I envision a recreational venue that unites our community and visitors while celebrating the beauty and spirit of Holden Beach. Designed to reflect our island’s character, it will be welcoming, safe, and accessible to all. Picture convenient parking, a beachside cafeÌ, an upstairs restaurant, and a shop with fishing supplies, snacks, and keepsakes. Families can enjoy a game room, residents a community gathering space, and everyone the fishing pier that connects us to the ocean. More than amenities, this vision enhances our economy, builds memories and ensures the heart of Holden Beach continues to shine.

Smith:
A fully functional fishing pier with related amenities and activities to serve the eastern United States throughout the entire year.

Surprise:
If elected to serve as commissioner, I will listen to what the people want and work to ensure a fiscally sound solution for the pier property. I would like to see a beautiful, eco-friendly and ADA-compliant welcoming amenity for residents and guests, along with paid parking and emergency access for our first responders.

What does responsible growth look like in Holden Beach?

Hock:
Growth at any cost is a broken strategy as we can see in Brunswick County. We are faced with an average 17% increase in insurance costs a year, valuations of homes continue to skyrocket meaning higher taxes, and inflation is only increasing, which leads to infrastructure under severe pressure. Holden Beach government must focus on need vs. want scenarios so we can effectively balance the needs of its homeowners and visitors. Growth must be focused on infrastructure first then amenities to ensure we achieve a proper balance and responsible use of taxpayer funds.

Pate:
Responsible growth requires balance—welcoming new development while safeguarding the natural environment, culture and heritage of the Town. This means addressing coastal storm risk management, protecting dunes, marshes, and wetlands, and managing beach erosion. Growth should be guided by a comprehensive strategic plan that prioritizes initiatives with environmental stewardship in mind. At the same time, it must preserve the island’s family-oriented character and heritage, offering amenities and activities that attract vacationers while also maintaining the qualities that make it an appealing place to retire.

Smith:
As there are just over 500 vacant lots, responsible growth must take into account the infrastructure’s capabilities. In addition, any deficiencies in the current infrastructure would need to be addressed in order to accommodate 500 more homes. I am not in favor of placing a moratorium on the growth in Holden Beach.

Surprise:
Responsible growth means investing in our infrastructure to keep it running in top condition as more users drain resources. It means having a stormwater drainage plan to keep our roads navigable. It means common-sense decisions on when to use impervious surfaces and when to use more natural materials. It means investing in public safety and building a new fire station on the island and recruiting more top-notch police officers to our town. 

Read more » click here


Beacon / Meet the Candidates

Town of Holden Beach Board of Commissioners questionnaires


Chad Hock

Office sought:
Town of Holden Beach Commissioner.

Age:
53.

Education:
High school, Army, School of Life.

Profession:
Retired.

Political and public service experience:
Town of Holden Beach Planning and Zoning Board.

How long you have lived in Holden Beach:
Homeowner for 13-plus years.

Email address:
votehock25@gmail.com.

Telephone number:
(910) 448-4714.

Website:
votehock25.com.

Best way for voters to reach you:
Email, call or I will be glad to come to you.

Identify the top issues in the town of Holden Beach you plan to address if elected/reelected:
As there is a limitation of words for most questions, please refer to https://votehock25.com/issues.

Explain how you will address these issues if elected/reelected:
As there is a limitation of words for most questions, please refer to https://votehock25.com/goals.

What are your thoughts on the fire service funding issues in Brunswick County, and if elected/reelected how would you work to ensure the Tri-Beach Volunteer Fire Department receives the funding and resources needed to provide adequate service and balance ensuring citizens will not being paying significantly more for fire service under a new funding mechanism, especially considering there are plans for an additional fire station in town? Holden Beach is unique as we are our own fire district, which means we must fund our fire needs. We need a new firehouse, equipment, water, emergency access and full-time staff. We will not be able to avoid these added costs, this is a core need for the town. To look for balance our focus must be on our needs not our wants.

What is your stance on the pier and Block Q projects, and how would you work with the board to address these projects?
As there is a limitation of words for most questions, please refer to https://votehock25.com/issues.

How do you think the town has accommodated growth while keeping a stable property tax rate? If elected/reelected, what would you do to ensure the town can meet the demands of growth while maintaining low property tax rates?
We are faced with an average 17% increase in insurance costs a year, valuations of homes continue to sky rocket meaning higher taxes and inflation only increasing. This leads to an infrastructure under severe pressure. We must focus how we spend our money or we will push out those that have lived here for years and force visitors to consider other beaches. Simply put: we must focus on our needs versus wants.

The town implemented paid parking a few years ago for the beach season before making paid parking year-round. How do you think the program has gone and what changes, if any, would you work to implement going forward? We have decided to tax home owners twice by requiring full cost parking permits per car like our visitors to the island. We have to consider a better program for homeowners with discounts or even free parking for homeowners.

The sitting board of commissioners has had issues working together. If elected/reelected, how would you work with fellow commissioners to ensure the board is taking the best possible action for Holden Beach citizens? Holden Beach Attitude, Holden Beach Latitude. We must lead everyday with this in mind. We can disagree on policy but at our core we are neighbors doing what we think is best for our community.

If elected/reelected, how much preparation do you plan to do ahead of meetings to ensure you’re informed on the topics at hand?
As much as it takes. We are an extension of our citizens and they depend on us to be prepared, disciplined and, most importantly, with the right attitude.


Sylvia Pate

Office sought:
Town of Holden Beach Commissioner.

Age:
71.

Education:
MS in Organizational Leadership & Management (University of North Carolina Pembroke); BS in Human Resources (Western Carolina University).

Profession:
Realtor/Broker at PROACTIVE Real Estate.

Political and public service experience:
Never served in public office; currently serve on the Brunswick County Association of Realtors Grievance Committee; served on Holden Beach Planning and Zoning Board, Holden Beach Community Alliance, UNCP Alumni Board, Robeson Partnership for Children and Robeson Community Foundation.

How long you have lived in Holden Beach:
in some capacity since 1992 (family since 1968).

Email address:
 sylviahpate@gmail.com.

Telephone number:
(910) 736-2038.

Website:
www.sylviapate.com.

What is the best way for voters to reach you:
Text or email.

Identify the top issues in the town of Holden Beach you plan to address if elected/reelected:
1. Transform the “Block Q†area to create a versatile, vibrant recreational and community hub, including a pavilion, boat trailer parking, pickleball courts and open green space.
2. Bring the pier project complex to life with a fully planned recreational venue by identifying necessary resources such as grants, donations, government earmarks, or public/private partnerships for project completion to minimize/negate any tax burden for property owners.
3. Build a stronger, safer island by securing funding and resources to establish a new fire department on the island and ensure adequate funding for staffing the police department.

Explain how you will address these issues if elected/reelected: Block Q transformation:
Work with the board and community stakeholders to finalize a comprehensive plan for Block Q and move forward with phased implementation. This includes securing funding, setting priorities and ensuring the space becomes a true recreational and community hub with amenities such as a pavilion, boat trailer parking, pickleball courts and green space. Pier project complex: Pursue every possible funding avenue to bring the pier project complex to life. My goal is to deliver a fully planned recreational venue while minimizing or eliminating additional tax burdens on property owners. Public safety investments: Advocate for and help secure funding to build a new fire department on the island, ensuring 24/7 coverage. At the same time, I will work to guarantee adequate funding and resources for staffing our police department so Holden Beach remains a safe and well-protected community.

What are your thoughts on the fire service funding issues in Brunswick County, and if elected/reelected how would you work to ensure the Tri-Beach Volunteer Fire Department receives the funding and resources needed to provide adequate service and balance ensuring citizens will not being paying significantly more for fire service under a new funding mechanism, especially considering there are plans for an additional fire station in town?
This issue must be monitored closely to ensure the Brunswick County Board of Commissioners does not make decisions affecting municipalities without their input. If a fire tax is implemented, it may be tied to property values — potentially resulting in Holden Beach residents paying a disproportionate share. While the town does want to build a new fire station on the island to provide 24/7 coverage, no final decision should be made until we fully understand how county-level fire service funding will impact the town and its residents.

What is your stance on the pier and Block Q projects, and how would you work with the board to address these projects?
I will work with the board to finalize and implement a comprehensive plan for Block Q, transforming it into a vibrant recreational and community hub. The vision includes a pavilion for concerts and events, boat trailer parking, pickleball courts and open green space for all to enjoy. I will also collaborate with the board to reach consensus on the pier project, which I view as more than just a pier — it should include an anchor building that enhances its value to our community. Regardless of the bond referendum outcome, I believe we must exhaust every avenue to secure funding. This includes pursuing grants, earmark requests, fundraising efforts, diversion of some occupancy tax revenue, and public-private partnerships — rather than relying solely on a tax increase.

How do you think the town has accommodated growth while keeping a stable property tax rate? If elected/reelected, what would you do to ensure the town can meet the demands of growth while maintaining low property tax rates?
We are fortunate that Holden Beach has been able to accommodate growth while keeping the tax rate relatively low, thanks in large part to rental occupancy taxes, which generate more revenue than property taxes. Maintaining this income stream is critical — without it, higher taxes would likely be necessary. At the same time, visitors increasingly expect expanded amenities, making it essential to strike the right balance. Responsible growth means welcoming new development while also protecting the town’s natural environment, culture, and heritage. This includes addressing coastal storm risk, safeguarding dunes, marshes, and wetlands, and managing beach erosion. Growth should be guided by a comprehensive strategic plan that places environmental stewardship at the forefront. Equally important, it must preserve Holden Beach’s family-oriented character and heritage — providing amenities and activities that appeal to vacationers while ensuring the island remains an attractive place to retire.

The town implemented paid parking a few years ago for the beach season before making paid parking year-round. How do you think the program has gone and what changes, if any, would you work to implement going forward? From observation, it’s clear that the change was not well received by many. I believe it should be carefully evaluated — both in terms of the actual additional revenue generated by year-round parking and the extra expenses it has created. Based on those results, we can make an informed decision on whether to continue the policy. I am open to making adjustments as the facts dictate.

The sitting board of commissioners has had issues working together. If elected/reelected, how would you work with fellow commissioners to ensure the board is taking the best possible action for Holden Beach citizens?
I believe that working with a divided board requires a strategic, respectful and proactive approach to build trust and strengthen collaboration. My focus would be on fostering one-on-one relationships, encouraging professionalism and promoting a shared vision for the town. In meetings, I would actively listen to colleagues, address disagreements promptly, engage in constructive debate and uphold proper decorum to ensure discussions remain productive and respectful.

If elected/reelected, how much preparation do you plan to do ahead of meetings to ensure you’re informed on the topics at hand?
Simply put — whatever it takes. Specifically, I would do my homework and come prepared by thoroughly reviewing the agenda and related materials in advance, allowing me to make notes, develop questions and consider each item carefully. For complex or high-impact issues, I would dig deeper by researching the financial implications, evaluate potential community impact, and, when helpful, look to examples from other communities. I would listen by seeking input from property owners to ensure their voices are part of the decision-making process. I would decide responsibly as this preparation would ensure that every vote I cast will be well-informed and in the best interest of Holden Beach.


Keith Smith

Office sought:
Town of Holden Beach Commissioner.

Age:
55.

Education:
Diploma.

Profession:
Insurance adjuster.

Political and public service experience:
Served other candidates on their local government campaigns. I have served Holden Beach for the past few years as a member on the Parks and Recreation Board.

How long you have lived in Holden Beach:
Moved here in 2020.

Email address:
infor@votingforkeith.com.

Telephone number:
(270) 401-3278.

Website:
votingforkeith.com.

Best way for voters to reach you:
Email.

Identify the top issues in the town of Holden Beach you plan to address if elected/reelected:
Preserving vacation-based economy, supporting local tourism to make sure the monies are there to pay the bills, maintaining financial stability, ensuring infrastructure and services keep pace with growth and fostering community collaboration.

Explain how you will address these issues if elected/reelected:
I will work with the board to protect our family friendly atmosphere and traditions; support capital improvements including the pier and Block Q projects; maintain low property taxes while planning responsibly for growth; and encourage collaboration among commissioners, town staff and residents to make informed decisions.

What are your thoughts on the fire service funding issues in Brunswick County, and if elected/reelected how would you work to ensure the Tri-Beach Volunteer Fire Department receives the funding and resources needed to provide adequate service and balance ensuring citizens will not be paying significantly more for fire service under a new funding mechanism, especially considering there are plans for an additional fire station in town?
Fire service in Brunswick County faces rising costs and increasing call volumes, and Tri-Beach Volunteer Fire Department must have the resources to provide timely, effective service. If elected, I would work to ensure funding is fair, sustainable and transparent. I support exploring a balanced approach — such as a district-based fire tax phased in gradually (if approved), while seeking grants, shared resources and partnerships to offset costs. I would prioritize Tri-Beach’s operational and capital needs, including the planned additional station, ensuring careful planning to maximize efficiency and response times. Citizen input, transparency and accountability would guide all decisions, so residents understand what they’re paying for and are protected from sudden or disproportionate increases. My goal is to find a funding solution that allows Tri-Beach to serve the community effectively without overburdening taxpayers.

What is your stance on the pier and Block Q projects, and how would you work with the board to address these projects?
I strongly support both the pier and Block Q projects because they represent opportunities to enhance our community, boost tourism and preserve the family-oriented, small-town character of Holden Beach. The pier was a gathering place, a symbol of our heritage, and can be a way to create experiences that bring families together. Similarly, Block Q has the potential to be a hub for community activity and recreation. If elected, I would work closely with the board to ensure these projects are approached thoughtfully and responsibly. That means fostering open communication among all commissioners and reviewing all practical and financial aspects before moving forward. I believe in creating a collaborative process where each project is evaluated not just on its immediate impact but on its long-term benefit to the community. By doing so, we can protect our town’s character while pursuing improvements that enhance quality of life and community pride.

How do you think the town has accommodated growth while keeping a stable property tax rate? If elected/reelected, what would you do to ensure the town can meet the demands of growth while maintaining low property tax rates?
Holden Beach staff has done a good job managing growth while keeping property taxes stable by maintaining a conservative approach to controlling spending. However, we can’t overlook that we currently have a least 500 undeveloped lots remaining, and as those are built on, our demands for core services — like police, fire, sanitation and infrastructure — will naturally increase. If elected, I will focus on proactive planning and long-term financial stability. That means prioritizing projects that improve efficiency, exploring partnerships and grants to offset costs, and ensuring that any new development contributes fairly to the town’s needs. We can continue to protect our small-town charm and quality of life while being financially responsible. Growth doesn’t have to mean higher taxes — it just requires smart planning and teamwork.

The town implemented paid parking a few years ago for the beach season before making paid parking year-round. How do you think the program has gone and what changes, if any, would you work to implement going forward? Year-round paid parking has shown both benefits and growing pains. On one hand, it’s generated much-needed revenue that helps offset the costs of maintaining beach access, facilities and infrastructure that both residents and visitors use. On the other hand, I’ve heard from property owners and locals that the program could be refined to better reflect our town’s character and seasonal rhythms. Going forward, I’d like to see a more balanced approach, one that keeps the convenience and fairness of paid parking for visitors during peak times but explores ways to offer flexibility or consideration for residents and off-season guests. We should also take a close look at where the funds are going and ensure that the revenue is directly reinvested into things that make Holden Beach better for everyone: beach maintenance, public safety, and community amenities.

The sitting board of commissioners has had issues working together. If elected/reelected, how would you work with fellow commissioners to ensure the board is taking the best possible action for Holden Beach citizens?
I would advocate for adding an open work session before key decisions, giving commissioners and the public time to review options, ask questions and work through the details together. This approach ensures decisions are thoughtful, transparent and in the best interest of Holden Beach. It would also foster a better working environment and encourage open communication in the decision-making process. Currently, the way things are handled often leads to behind-the-scenes discussions, which can leave some voices unheard and create unnecessary tension. Additionally, the work session provides a cooling-off period, helping commissioners resolve disagreements constructively rather than rushing into a 3-2 vote after a heated discussion.

If elected/reelected, how much preparation do you plan to do ahead of meetings to ensure you’re informed on the topics at hand?
It is essential to review agendas, supporting materials and relevant data ahead of meetings so that I can ask informed questions, understand the information and represent the interests of our community. Being well-prepared isn’t just about showing up, it’s about making responsible choices that keep Holden Beach moving forward while protecting values and resources. I believe preparation is essential, but time alone doesn’t guarantee being fully informed. You can water a seed all you want, but it won’t grow into a strong tree without sunlight and the right soil. Similarly, commissioners can’t be expected to make the best decisions without the proper process and opportunities to engage with the material. That’s why I support open work sessions before key decisions, giving everyone, commissioners and the public alike, an opportunity to review options, ask questions and work through the details. This ensures decisions are in the best interest of Holden Beach.
 


Maria Surprise

Office sought:
Town of Holden Beach Commissioner.

Age:
58.

Education:
Bachelor of Science, Electrical Engineering, University of Vermont.

Profession:
Retired energy executive.

Political and public service experience:
Town of Holden Beach Planning & Zoning Board, regular member; President, Holden Beach Property Owners Association.

How long you have lived in Holden Beach:
Full-time since 2018, and part-time since 1998.

Email address:
msurprise@icloud.com.

Telephone number:
(404) 353-7441.

Website:
mariasurprise.com.

Best way for voters to reach you:
Email me through my website and feel free to call or text my cell phone.

Identify the top issues in the town of Holden Beach you plan to address if elected/reelected:
Infrastructure, public safety and community. It’s imperative to have robust utilities and a healthy beach strand. Our community is more divided than I’ve seen in the last 25 years, and we need leadership to bring residents, guests and property owners together to collaborate on practical solutions.

Explain how you will address these issues if elected/reelected:
It’s time for cooperation and camaraderie on Holden Beach. Along with my goal of having a strong financial plan to maintain our utilities and beach strand, I want to bring a comprehensive plan for the Block Q/Jordan Boulevard area to fruition for the benefit of our community.

What are your thoughts on the fire service funding issues in Brunswick County, and if elected/reelected how would you work to ensure the Tri-Beach Volunteer Fire Department receives the funding and resources needed to provide adequate service and balance ensuring citizens will not being paying significantly more for fire service under a new funding mechanism, especially considering there are plans for an additional fire station in town? With the tremendous growth Brunswick County is experiencing, funding and resources for fire services absolutely need to be maintained. There’s opportunity for the municipalities in Brunswick County to work in conjunction with the Brunswick County Commissioners to bring funding solutions that work for everyone and do not place an extensive burden on only a few. Having a fire station on Holden Beach would help our town attract additional top-notch first responders to protect our community.

What is your stance on the pier and Block Q projects, and how would you work with the board to address these projects?
If elected to serve as commissioner, I will listen to what the people want, and work with the board to ensure fiscally sound solutions. In both areas, I would love to see beautiful, eco-friendly and ADA-compliant amenities for residents and guests, along with paid parking and emergency access for our first responders. Block Q seems ideal for a bandstand and green space for our residents and guests. The pier property is more complex, given the constraints of the PARTF Grant and the fact that a new pier cannot be insured. I am against using taxpayer money to build a new pier. If other funding sources can be found and used in accordance with the PARTF Grant agreement, I would be open to finding a workable solution.

How do you think the town has accommodated growth while keeping a stable property tax rate? If elected/reelected, what would you do to ensure the town can meet the demands of growth while maintaining low property tax rates?
There are obvious constraints to growth on Holden Beach, and using more concrete translates to more stormwater drainage issues. Ecologically, it makes sense to keep as much natural and green space as possible, to help our island withstand ever-increasing storms and keep sand on our beaches. Responsible growth means investing in our infrastructure to keep it running in top condition as more users drain resources. It means having a stormwater drainage plan to keep our roads navigable. It means common-sense decisions on when to use impervious surfaces and when to use natural materials. It means investing in public safety and building a new fire station on the island and recruiting more top-notch police officers to our Town.

The town implemented paid parking a few years ago for the beach season before making paid parking year-round. How do you think the program went in its first year and what changes, if any, would you work to implement going forward?
Paid parking is working well, and most of the issues we had during the first year implementation have been fixed. Going forward, I’d like to find a way to offer residents a reduced rate, and when the pier property and Block Q projects are complete, I would support an increased parking rate that would include the cost of using the amenities.

The sitting board of commissioners has had issues working together. If elected/reelected, how would you work with fellow commissioners to ensure the board is taking the best possible action for Holden Beach citizens?
We have to remember that we have much more in common than we think. Everyone I’ve spoken to during my campaign loves Holden Beach and wants to see our town maintained as a welcoming family beach, as it has been since its incorporation. Working together means compromise and finding ways to move forward while still respecting one another as human beings. I have a wealth of experience working with people on opposite sides and finding ways of bringing them together. I plan to use those skills to help foster a spirit of cooperation and camaraderie. It’s important to remind the board that we serve the people of Holden Beach and we need to make critical decisions keeping them in mind.

If elected/reelected, how much preparation do you plan to do ahead of meetings to ensure you’re informed on the topics at hand?
As much as is needed to understand the topics at hand and ask informed questions about the agenda items. The town releases the BOC agenda and packet the Thursday before the meeting. That gives the board plenty of time to review the information and address any questions or issues prior to the meeting. If elected, I will encourage all board members to do the same, because if we’re starting from the same page, we can have more productive dialog on critical agenda items.


Mike Felmly

Office sought:
Town of Holden Beach Mayor.

Age:
74.

Education:
BA, Biology; MA Educational Administration; MA, Instructional Design; Advanced Certificate, U.S. Army War College.

Profession:
Naval Officer.

Political and public service experience:
Over 35 years of government leadership experience. Responsibilities range from leading individuals throughout the globe in groups of 20 to 30 to managing hundreds of individuals both operationally and strategically. Experience in Washington, DC included managing a budget of more than 1.9 billion dollars.

How long you have lived in Holden Beach:
13 years.

Email address:
Felmly@gmail.com.

Telephone number:
(401) 862-0595.

Website:
N/A.

Best way for voters to reach you:
Text.

Identify the top issues in the town of Holden Beach you plan to address if elected/reelected:
Strategic leaders have an obligation to develop a strategy to guide their constituents into the future. Developing a strategy ensures the community develops a long-range end state, identifies the ways, and means to achieve the community values. Advocating for developing and instituting a responsible and transparent strategy to determine the vision and the direction of the town. Ensuring sound and responsible management of the town’s tax structure and finances from a responsible Capital Improvement Program (CIP). This would include recommending a forensic audit of the town’s major components. Responsible and mature management of town’s leadership and decision-making process is required.

Explain how you will address these issues if elected/reelected:
The activities of “mayor†are regulated by general statute and those that are conferred upon the mayor by the commissioners pursuant to law. Bottom line is that a mayor’s duties are meant to be very, very limited — responsible management, civic and administrative duties. But, carried out with respect and dignity. As such, I would advocate a restructure of all town “plans†into a responsible ends, ways, means strategy which has the buy-in of the taxpayers and board of commissioners. The current leadership process being employed by the “town†leader is more helter-skelter than organized and not sized to the “town’s†(taxpayers) or commissioner’s desired end-state. One of the mayor’s most responsible jobs is to keep the commissioners informed and to ensure the commissioners desires are carried out. The town’s current six-some-odd plans or programs are a potpourri of separate and somewhat ineffective “wants†and “desires†of various homeowners, residents, vacationers, “special interests†and visitors. They’re not properly documented in the CIP, consisting of a one-page worksheet and does not resource or accurately support the plans. The CIP does not ensure infrastructure and public facilities meet current and future needs. It should address immediate and future requirements and anticipate growth, tech advancements and sustainability. A responsible CIP prioritizes projects based on need, funding and community benefit, ensuring that resources are allocated effectively.

What are your thoughts on the fire service funding issues in Brunswick County and if elected/reelected how would you work to ensure the Tri-Beach Volunteer Fire Department receives the funding and resources needed to provide adequate service and balance ensuring citizens will not being paying significantly more for fire service under a new funding mechanism, especially considering there are plans for an additional fire station in town?
No response provided.

What is your stance on the pier and Block Q projects, and, if elected/reelected, how would you work with the board to address these projects?
No response provided.

The town implemented paid parking a few years ago for the beach season before making paid parking year-round. How do you think the program went in its first year and what changes, if any, would you work to implement going forward?
No response provided.

How do you think the town has accommodated growth while keeping a stable property tax rate? If elected/reelected, what would you do to ensure the town can meet the demands of growth while maintaining low property tax rates?
No response provided.

How would you work with the board of commissioners to ensure the board is taking the best possible action for Holden Beach citizens?
No response provided.

If elected/reelected, how much preparation do you plan to do ahead of meetings to ensure you’re informed on the topics at hand?
No response provided.


Alan Holden

Office sought:
Town of Holden Beach Mayor.

Age:
76.

Education:
High school, Methodist University graduate, professional designations and licenses.

Profession:
Businessman.

Political and public service experience:
Mayor of Holden Beach for 18 years; Commissioner, 10 years; served on board of adjustment and planning board; Emergency Management Director; president, HB Property Owners Association; chairman, Brunswick Hospital Board of Trustees and Brunswick Community College Board of Trustees; Fireman, Tri-Beach Volunteer Fire Department; Brunswick Community College Foundation Board; Holden Beach Chapel Trustee. Additional political & public service: president, NC Association of Resort Towns and Convention Cities, West Brunswick Booster Club, Toastmaster Club, Brunswick County Chamber of Commerce; Methodist University Board of Visitors; Brunswick County Planning Board; Health Dept Advisory Board; Tourism Development Authority; NC Travel Council; NC Travel Industry Association; NC Coastal Resources Commission Advisory Board; Holden Beach Merchants Association; Tri-Beach Volunteer Fire Department Advisory Board.

How long you lived in Holden Beach:
76 years (entire life).

Email address:
alan@alanholdenrealty.com.

Telephone number:
910-842-8686 (w).

Website:
No campaign website.

What is the best way for voters to reach you:
Call or email.

Identify the top issues in the town of Holden Beach you plan to address if re-elected:
Managing the town’s properties, funds, infrastructure and other assets are of prime importance. Public safety and protection of properties are critical, including the beach strand and canals. Taxes, insurance and cost of ownership are major concerns.

Explain how you will address these issues if re-elected:
Listen to the people, gather facts, consider options, and apply my knowledge and skills to address the issue.

What are your thoughts on the fire service funding issues in Brunswick County and if re-elected how would you work to ensure the Tri-Beach Volunteer Fire Department receives the funding and resources needed to provide adequate service and balance ensuring citizens will not be paying significantly more for fire service under a new funding mechanism, especially considering there are plans for an additional fire station in town?
Holden Beach cannot, and should not, make any decisions regarding the fire service funding until Brunswick County makes the decision of how it will address the issue. As a former firefighter with Tri-Beach Fire Department, and a current member of the advisory board there, I know the importance of this service. I am not aware of plans for an additional fire station, but I am aware of plans to upgrade or replace the one on the island.

What is your stance on the pier and Block Q projects, and, if re-elected, how would you work with the board to address these projects?
There is so much misinformation about the pier that has caused a lot of confusion. It appears the majority of the commissioners will push for a “bond vote†before the end of the year, which many consider a yes or no vote for a pier on Holden Beach. Much money has been wasted on studies, proposals, etc. during this delay of action period. The same goes for Block Q. I am left out of these votes and discussions under the new rules of procedure imposed after the last election.

The town implemented paid parking a few years ago for the beach season before making paid parking year-round. How do you think the program went in its first year and what changes, if any, would you work to implement going forward?
The Holden Beach commissioners took a bold step in implementing paid parking and took much criticism because of it. Neighboring towns observed and have now done the same thing. Again, the commissioners make the decision.

How do you think the town has accommodated growth while keeping a stable property tax rate? If re-elected, what would you do to ensure the town can meet the demands of growth while maintaining low property tax rates? If I had a vote, I would cut some of the budget line items and stop doing some of the things that keep being done repeatedly.

How would you work with the board of commissioners to ensure the board is taking the best possible action for Holden Beach citizens?
I would ask the board to go back to the procedure the town operated under prior to the last election that allowed my ability to participate more freely in discussion and suggestions.

If re-elected, how much preparation do you plan to do ahead of meetings to ensure you’re informed on the topics at hand?
I currently look at the Holden Beach Mayor’s job as a 24/7 obligation. The many boards, events, activities, etc. that I am involved with help me stay on top of the issues. The many contacts and resources I have worked with over the decades of service allow me to find information if I do not already know the answer.
 


General Comments –

Commissioner Tracey Thomas – was not in attendance, she did participate remotely

BOC’s Meeting
The Board of Commissioners’ next Regular Meeting is scheduled on the third Tuesday of the month, November 18th 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

It’s not like they don’t have anything to work on …

The following seven (7) items are what’s In the Works/Loose Ends queue:

        • Accommodation/Occupancy Tax Compliance 2018
        • Block Q Project/Carolina Avenue 2021
        • Dog Park 2019
        • Fire Station Project 2023
        • Pavilion Replacement – 2024
        • Pier Properties Project 2021
        • Rights-of-Way 2021

The definition of loose ends is a fragment of unfinished business or a detail that is not yet settled or explained, which is the current status of these items. All of these items were started and then put on hold, and they were never put back in the queue. This Board needs to continue working on them and move these items to closure.

A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

.

Lost in the Sauce –

.

 



From 2024

Open Flame Devices
Discussion on Possible Actions for Non-Legislative Actions to Inform the Public of Holden Beach Code of Ordinances §91.17, Concerning the Placement of Open Flame Devices – Commissioners Dyer and Paarfus

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion on possible actions for non-legislative actions to inform the public of the Holden Beach General regulation 91.17 restriction concerning the placement of open flame devices

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Several residents have observed the practice of using open flame devices under houses in violation of 91.17 (attached). This usually is the result of the individual having no knowledge of the regulation’s required standoff distance. It is desirable to find an effective means of informing the public about this important safety issue., particularly because houses typically burn in 2;3 or 3’s due to proximity and environmental concerns.

§91.17 OPEN FLAME DEVICES.
Charcoal burners and other open flame devices shall not be operated on or within ten feet of combustible construction. Exception: propane fueled grills.

Discussion was about ways of informing the public concerning the placement of open flame devices. They tossed around a couple of ideas and they felt that they could communicate most effectively through the property management companies. It was decided to have the staff contact the property management companies to get their input on ways to improve communications regarding Town ordinances.

Editor’s Note –
It is my understanding that Hobbs Realty addresses this issue by recommending, if they opt for charcoal, that each rental property have park grills fixed in place away from the structure. That seems like a pretty simple solution, albeit with a minor cost for each rental property. They also notify guests in arrival emails of pertinent ordinances like this one. I’m thinking those are ideas could be a benchmark for the other rental companies.

From 2023

Removing Sand from the Beach
Discussion and Possible Action on Regulations for Removing Sand from the Beach – Mayor Holden

No person, firm or corporation shall remove or cause to be removed any beach sand from its natural state, except necessary excavation in preparation for building, remodeling, or repairing the premises; provided that any beach sand so removed shall be placed nearer the road adjoining the premises or, at the option of the owner of the premises, hauled to another suitable location within the town limits, provided also that the sand dunes lying adjacent to the ocean front shall not be lowered below six feet in height above the abutting street elevation, and that in making such excavation no vegetation shall be destroyed which is growing on the front slope of the ocean front sand dune. Provided further that under no circumstances shall any quantity of beach sand be transported to a location outside the town limits.

Agenda packet included Ordinances from Caswell Beach, Ocean Isle Beach, and Sunset Beach. Alan requested that the town staff examine existing rules regarding the removal of sand from the island. He specifically requested that ordinance includes language stating that under no circumstances shall any quantity of beach sand be transported to a location outside the town limits. The Board instructed the town staff to craft an ordinance that will not allow hauling sand off the island.


Parking Regulated on Public Rights-of-Way

Black and white image with bold text about not needing rules.§ 72.02 PARKING REGULATED ON PUBLIC RIGHTS-OF-WAY.
(A) Parking shall be prohibited at all times within the corporate limits of the town on all public streets, rights-of-way, and on town-owned property unless specifically authorized in this chapter.

Sign indicating no parking except in designated town-wide parking spaces at Holden Beach.

Per Town ordinance, town-wide there is no parking on the streets or rights-of-way except in designated parking spaces identified by Pay-to-Park signs. Paid parking will be enforced April 1st – October 31st in all Holden Beach designated parking areas.

A white travel trailer parked on a grassy area near a road.

The public cannot legally park their vehicles in the rights-of-way except in designated parking spaces. Three days a week I ride my bike and I see this RV, pictured above, that is  parked illegally on High Point Street in the rights-of-way. It’s parked there for weeks, several times a year. The Police Department acknowledged it is not supposed to be there. That said, nothing has been done. Selective enforcement is when a Town enforces rules against some homeowners and not others and is unacceptable. Ordinance enforcement needs to be fair and consistent, not giving any one preferential treatment. If we overlook parking violations for some, then we have to overlook others too. If so, where does the line form so that they can get in the queue too?

Vintage illustration of a pig and men debating animal equality.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.



Hurricane Season
For more information » click here.

Be prepared – have a plan!


No matter what a storm outlook is for a given year,
vigilance and preparedness is urged.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Why This Year’s Hurricanes Keep Turning Away From the East Coast
There are six weeks left in the Atlantic hurricane season.

Dexter, Erin, Gabrielle, Humberto, Imelda, then Jerry. Again and again, this year’s Atlantic hurricane season has featured storms that seemed to be heading straight to the United States, only to suddenly take a sharp turn toward the east, veering away from land and out to the open ocean. Typically, by this time in an Atlantic season, at least three hurricanes or tropical storms would have made landfall in the United States. But with 12 named storms so far this year — four of them hurricanes — the only one to make U.S. landfall was Tropical Storm Chantal, which came ashore in South Carolina in early July. (Another, Tropical Storm Barry, made landfall in Mexico in late June.) Each storm’s eastward turn has its own unique causes, but John Cangialosi, a senior hurricane specialist at the National Hurricane Center, said two main factors determine a storm’s path: where it formed and what is steering it.

Steering
The main steering mechanism for Atlantic storms comes from a large high pressure system known as the Bermuda high. The Bermuda high (also called the subtropical high) normally sits in the Atlantic Ocean. Its light winds circulate in a clockwise direction, which usually push hurricanes westward in the tropical Atlantic, before guiding them northward along its western edge. “They are the primary steering for storms,†Mr. Cangialosi said. However, he added that nearby low pressure systems — along the East Coast, for example — and their associated cold fronts can influence the Bermuda high’s strength. “They can cause the high to weaken and shift, and cause these storms to turn,†he said. “So, it’s a combination of both of those features.†According to the National Hurricane Center, a strong Bermuda high generally pushes hurricanes farther west, toward Florida and the Gulf of Mexico, before turning them northward. A weaker Bermuda high, however, doesn’t drive storms as far west. Instead, it turns them northward sooner, either toward the East Coast of the United States or eastward and out to sea. This year, the eastward paths of Hurricanes Erin, Gabrielle and Humberto and Tropical Storm Jerry were influenced by a weak Bermuda high. Tropical Storm Dexter differed a bit, said Dr. Phil Klotzbach, a senior research scientist at the Department of Atmospheric Science at Colorado State University — another atmospheric steering mechanism was at play: the jet stream. The jet stream is a fast-moving ribbon of air high in the atmosphere that flows from west to east across the North Atlantic. It not only steers storms but can also accelerate or even intensify them. Dr. Klotzbach said Dexter was “already in the jet stream flow†when it formed to the northeast of the North Carolina coast, causing the storm to move away from the U.S. Sometimes a nearby Atlantic storm can lend a helping hand. Last month’s Imelda, Dr. Klotzbach said, “was a really lucky case for the United States.†With Hurricane Humberto positioned to Imelda’s east, which helped weaken the western edge of the Bermuda high just in time, causing Imelda to slow down. The two storms also orbited around a shared center point, in what meteorologists call the Fujiwhara effect. “Then Humberto’s circulation helped pull Imelda to the east,†he said.

Location
Where a storm forms also plays a key role in determining its track. The farther east a storm develops, Mr. Cangialosi said, the more likely it is to encounter a low pressure system along its westward path, which may turn it northward and then eastward, much like the paths of Erin and Humberto. “But hypothetically,†he said, “if a storm forms far to the west, like over the western Caribbean or over the Gulf, in those cases they would probably not avoid the United States with similar patterns.â€Â From October through November, storms tend to form farther west.

What to expect
Months ago, forecasters at the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration said they expected an above-average season this year, with up to 18 total named storms by the time it ends in November. A typical season has 14 named storms. Looking ahead, Mr. Cangialosi said, as the season moves into the rest of October and November, storms are expected to form closer to home. “They would be much less likely to miss the U.S.,†he said. “Doesn’t mean they can’t. It just means they are closer to home and therefore would have less of an opportunity to recurve.†Hurricane landfalls after mid-October are “fairly rare,†Dr. Klotzbach said, largely because vertical wind shear near the United States is typically quite strong this time of year. Strong vertical wind shear, or the change in wind direction and wind speed with height, can disrupt a storm’s structure, making it harder for hurricanes to maintain their intensity. On Thursday, the National Hurricane Center began tracking what might become the next named storm sometime in the next week. “It’s still a long way away, so there is a lot of uncertainty,†Dr. Klotzbach said, “but there is a pretty robust signal in the various models.â€
Read more » click here


Do you enjoy this newsletter?
Then please forward it to a friend!


Lou’s Views . HBPOIN

• Gather and disseminate information
• Identify the issues and determine how they affect you

• Act as a watchdog
• Grass roots monthly newsletter since 2008

https://lousviews.com/

 

10 – News & Views

 

Lou’s Views
News & Views / October Edition


Calendar of Events –


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

N.C. Festival by the Sea
October 25th & 26th
Holden Beach

 

Hosted by the Holden Beach Merchants Association this annual two-day festival which started in the 1980’s occurs on the last full weekend in October. The festival is kicked off with a parade down the Holden Beach causeway. There is a fishing tournament, horseshoe tournament, and a sandcastle building contest. Vendors provide food, arts and crafts, amusement rides and other activities. There is live musical entertainment both days at the Holden Beach’s Pavilion.
For more information » click here


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Discover a wide range of things to do in the Brunswick Islands for an experience that goes beyond the beach.
For more information » click here.


Calendar of Events Island 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Monster Mash Trunk-or-Treat
The Town of Holden Beach will hold a trunk-or-treat on Friday, October 31st from 5:30-7:00 p.m. at Bridgeview Park. Residents, property owners, and businesses may register by October 11th to decorate your trunk and pass out candy.Trunks must be ready by 5:00 p.m. No political activity may be represented at the booth displays. There will be a prize for best decorated trunk and a costume contest held at 6:00 p.m. Categories include 3 and under, 4-7, 8-11, 12-15 and adult. Register by emailing Christy at christy.ferguson@hbtownhall.com. Those planning to attend the event may also email so that there is a headcount for candy purposes. In the email, please indicate whether you will be setting up a truck or trick-or-treating.

A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Logo for SBI Three Bridge Tour by Rotary Club of South Brunswick Islands.SBI Three Bridge Tour 
The South Brunswick Islands Rotary Clubs SBI Three Bridge Tour is set to take place on Saturday, November 8th, in Ocean Isle Beach, North Carolina. This event offers a unique opportunity for cyclists to ride across the three bridges of Sunset Beach, Ocean Isle Beach, and Holden Beach. Participants can choose from various ride options, including family-friendly routes and more challenging distances, ensuring a memorable experience for everyone. The tour supports local and international Rotary projects, enriching the lives of children and youth in Brunswick County. Proceeds from the event will be used to fund these projects, providing experiences and learning opportunities that will benefit the community.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Veterans Appreciation Luncheon
The Town of Holden Beach will hold its Veterans Appreciation Luncheon on Monday, November 10th. The event will be held at 11:30 a.m. in the Town Hall Board Room. Please RSVP by emailing Christy at christy.ferguson@hbtownhall.com prior to Friday, November 1st with your name and the name of your guest. 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

Volunteer Appreciation Luncheon
The Town of Holden Beach will hold its annual Volunteer Appreciation Luncheon on Friday, November 14th at noon.Town board and committee members are invited to attend and bring a guest. Please RSVP by emailing Christy at christy.ferguson@hbtownhall.com with your name and the total number in your party.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Turkey Trot
The Town of Holden Beach will hold its annual Turkey Trot on Thanksgiving morning Thursday, November 27th at 8:00 a.m. All individuals interested in participating should email Christy at christy.ferguson@hbtownhall.com to register. Please bring a canned food item to donate to the local food pantry.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Tree Lighting
The Town of Holden Beach will hold its annual tree lighting ceremony on Thursday, December 4th at 6:00 p.m. with entertainment beginning at 5:30 p.m.


Parks & Recreation / Programs & Events
For more information » click here


Reminders 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

 

Pets on the Beach Strand
Pets – Chapter 90 / Animals / 90.20

Effective September 10th

 

      • Pets allowed back on the beach strand during the hours of 9:00am through 5:00pm
      • Dog’s need to be on a leash
      • Owner’s need to clean up after their animals

A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

Bird Nesting Area
NC Wildlife Commission has posted signs that say –
Bird Nesting Area
The signs are posted on the west end beach strand around 1335 OBW.
People and dogs are supposed to stay out of the area from April through November
. 1) It’s a Plover nesting area
. 2) Allows migrating birds a place to land and rest without being disturbed


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.News from Town of Holden Beach
The town sends out emails of events, news, agendas, notifications, and emergency information. If you would like to be added to their mailing list, please go to their web site to complete your subscription to the Holden Beach E-Newsletter.
For more information »
click here


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Paid Parking

Paid parking in Holden Beach
Paid parking will be enforced from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. daily with free parking before and after that time. All parking will use license plates for verification.

Rates
Parking rates for a single vehicle in all designated areas will be:

$5 per hour for up to four hours
$20 per day for any duration greater than four hours
$80 per week for seven consecutive days

Handicap Parking
A vehicle displaying a handicap license plate and/or hang tag parked in a designated handicap space is free. Any other parking space will require a parking permit via the app.

Annual Passes
Annual permits for the calendar year allow vehicles (this includes low-speed vehicles and trailers) access to designated parking.

$175 for a single vehicle

Passes can be purchased via the app, website or by telephone.

Where to Park
Per ordinance, there is no parking on the streets or rights-of-way except in designated parking spaces identified by Pay-to-Park signs. Click here to view an interactive map. The table with authorized parking can be viewed below.

Citations will be issued for:

      • Parking without an active paid permit in a designated parking area
      • Parking within 40 feet of a street intersection
      • Parking in a crosswalk, sidewalk, or pedestrian access ways
      • Parking blocking a driveway or mailbox
      • Parking facing opposing traffic
      • Parking in a no parking zone, or within right-of-way
      • Parking on any portion of the roadway or travel lane
      • Parking a non-LSV vehicle in an authorized LSV location

How Do I Pay to Park
The Town uses the SurfCAST by Otto Connect Mobile Solution. This is a mobile app downloadable for Apple and Android devices. Download the app today. Users will setup their account, enter their license plate details and pay for parking directly on the app. Alternatively, users can scan the QR Code located on the parking signs to access a secure website.

The Otto Connect customer service team will be available to help via phone and email.

A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Solid Waste Pickup Schedule

GFL Environmental change in service, October through May trash pickup will be once a week.

 

Please note:

Trash carts must be at the street by 6:00 a.m. on the pickup day
BAG the trash before putting it in the cart
Carts will be rolled back to the front of the house


GFL Refuse Collection Policy
GFL has recently notified all Brunswick County residents that they will no longer accept extra bags of refuse outside of the collection cart. This is not a new policy but is stricter enforcement of an existing policy. While in the past GFL drivers would at times make exceptions and take additional bags of refuse, the tremendous growth in housing within Brunswick County makes this practice cost prohibitive and causes drivers to fall behind schedule.


Solid Waste Pickup Schedule 

starting October once a week

Recycling

starting October every other week pick-up


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Yard Waste Service
Yard debris is collected on the second (2nd) and fourth (4th) Fridays during the months of October, November, and December.Yard debris needs to be secured in a biodegradable bag (not plastic) or bundled in a maximum length not to exceed five (5) feet and fifty (50) pounds in weight. Each residence is allowed a total of ten (10) items, which can include a combination of bundles of brush and limbs meeting the required length and weight and/ or biodegradable bags. Picks-ups are not provided for vacant lots or construction sites.


Curbside Recycling – 2025A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.
GFL Environmental is now offering curbside recycling for Town properties that desire to participate in the service. The service cost per cart is $119.35 annually paid in advance to the Town of Holden Beach. The service consists of a ninety-six (96) gallon cart that is emptied every other week during the months of October – May and weekly during the months of June – September.
Curbside Recycling Application » click here
Curbside Recycling Calendar » click here


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Trash Can Requirements – Rental Properties
GFL Environmental – trash can requirements
Ordinance 07-13, Section 50.08

Rental properties have specific number of trashcans based on number of bedrooms.

* One extra trash can per every 2 bedrooms
.
.

§ 50.08 RENTAL HOMES.
(A) Rental homes, as defined in Chapter 157, that are rented as part of the summer rental season, are subject to high numbers of guests, resulting in abnormally large volumes of trash. This type of occupancy use presents a significantly higher impact than homes not used for summer rentals. In interest of public health and sanitation and environmental concerns, all rental home shall have a minimum of one trash can per two bedrooms. Homes with an odd number of bedrooms shall round up (for examples one to two bedrooms – one trash can; three to four bedrooms – two trash cans; five – six bedrooms – three trash cans, and the like).


Upon Further Review 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

 

 

A Second Helping

 

 

They just completed the twenty-first year of the program. For the last fifteen (15) weeks they have collected food on Saturday mornings in front of Beach Mart; the food is distributed to the needy in Brunswick County. During this summer season, they collected 10,057 pounds of food and $1,360 in monetary donations. Their food collections have now exceeded three hundred and seventeen thousand (317,000) pounds of food since this program began in June of 2005. Hunger exists everywhere in this country. Thanks to the Holden Beach vacationers for donating again this year! Cash donations are gratefully accepted. One hundred percent (100%) of these cash donations are used to buy more food. You can be assured that the money will be very well spent.

Mail Donations to:
A Second Helping

% Sharon United Methodist Church
2030 Holden Beach Road
Supply, NC 28462


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.ReadyBrunswick Emergency Notifications Alerts
Brunswick County uses ReadyBrunswick as part of the County’s effort to continuously improve communications during emergency situations within our area. Powered by Everbridge, the ReadyBrunswick notification system sends emergency notifications in a variety of communication methods such as:

        • Landline (Voice)
        • VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)
        • Mobile (Voice)
        • Mobile SMS (Text Messaging)
        • Email

In the case of an emergency, you may choose to receive notifications via one or all of these communication methods. It’s recommended that you register several media options to receive messages in the event a particular communication device is unavailable.
For more information » click here


Corrections & Amplifications 


Ocean Isle Beach Terminal Groin, Holden Beach AreaOIB Terminal Groin
Ocean Isle Beach completed construction of a terminal groin on its east end in April 2022 to help protect the beach immediately behind it. However, this structure has contributed to significant erosion at the east end near Shallotte Inlet by interrupting natural longshore drift, prompting ongoing efforts such as sandbag use to prevent ocean encroachment on properties in that area.

Coastal area with rough waves hitting the shore and buildings nearby.

View of OIB east of the terminal groin after Hurricane Erin passed offshore 

2024 OIB SHORELINE AND INLET ANNUAL MONITORING REPORT

On Holden Beach, the recent volume change rates (May 2024 to November 2024) along the oceanfront shoreline indicated erosion at 12 of the 21 monitoring stations. Similarly, the MHW shoreline change rates indicated a shoreline retreat at 15 of the 21 monitoring stations. The long-term post-construction linear shoreline changes along the Holden Beach oceanfront shoreline indicated landward retreat. However, volumetric changes indicated slight accretion (0.2 cy/ft./yr.) within this area over the long-term period. The shoreline threshold analysis results along the Holden Beach oceanfront shoreline show that the post-construction shoreline change threshold was exceeded at only one monitoring station. This is the first time a threshold has been exceeded at Holden Beach since this annual analysis started in 2022. In addition, the analysis of May 2024 aerial imagery-derived wet/dry line revealed an 885 ft. section of Holden Beachs inlet shoreline that exceeded the inlet shoreline threshold by a maximum distance of 100 feet. The inlet shoreline threshold on Holden Beach was also exceeded in Year-2. This marks two straight years where this threshold was exceeded. The inlet shoreline recession is believed to likely be attributed to a combination of morphological changes within Shallotte Inlet including the position and orientation of the main channel through Shallotte Inlet and the formation of a flood channel on the inlet shoulder of Holden Beach. Regardless, as stated in the Plan, because the shoreline changes in this area exceeded the threshold over the entire 2-year confirmation period, an assessment of the proper responsive measures will be made through coordination with State and Federal regulatory officials. 

Wooden breakwater structures on a sandy beach under a clear blue sky.Sand is vanishing on east side of Ocean Isle’s $11M erosion fix
When the Army Corps of Engineers issued its final decision on the terminal groin project here more than eight years ago, the document conveyed a prescient warning. A terminal groin “may increase erosion along the easternmost point of Ocean Isle Beach, down-drift of the structure.†Today, the shoreline east of terminal groin is being gnawed away, vanishing beach in front of a neighborhood of grand, multimillion-dollar homes built shortly after the $11 million erosion-control structure was completed in spring 2022. A wall of sandbags fends off waves from reaching some of the waterfront homes on the ocean side of the gated community thats advertised as “luxurious coastal living.†Several lots remain vacant because the properties no longer have enough beachfront necessary to meet the state’s ocean setback requirements. “I would have never developed the property if I had known this was going to happen,†said Doc Dunlap, a developer with Pointe OIB, LLC. “It’s just devastating to tell you the truth. I even had plans myself to build there, have a summer home.†The caveat written in the federal record of decision all those years ago, one that was a central argument in a lawsuit to try and stop the terminal groin from being built, was not explicitly pointed out to the developers of The Pointe, they say. In an email responding to Coastal Review’s questions, the Division of Coastal Management said it, “is not aware of any specific notification to those property owners other than the standard (area of environmental concern) hazard notice.†“We were just under the impression that all of this was going to be extremely positive and help protect this part of the beach,†said Jimmy Bell, who contributed to the planning and implementation of the community. “And then, once we started experiencing this massive erosion, I started researching groins more. We had engineers and other people that were helping, and we were informed and under the impression that it was going to all be good, and now it’s turning out to not be quite as good.†Ocean Isle Beach Mayor Debbie Smith pushed back on those claims. “My heart breaks for them, but the developers knew that that groin was going in,†she said. “They knew it was not designed to protect that area. It was not designed to harm it, but they also know that adjacent 2,000 feet west of them was a line of sandbags and most of them had been there for years.†The developers are now seeking legal representation as they continue to try to figure out how to protect the oceanfront properties within the 44-lot neighborhood. “Mr. Dunlap is extremely disappointed in the decisions made that resulted in the placement and construction of the terminal groin and the erosion damages it has caused,†John Hilton III, corporate counsel to Pointe OIB, stated in an email. “He is committed to holding those who made these decisions legally accountable and also seeking a remedy to correct the ongoing erosion. We are working to obtain local legal counsel to explore and pursue all available options.

Erosion-battered shore
The east end of the island at Shallotte Inlet historically accreted and eroded naturally as the inlet wagged back and forth between Ocean Isle Beach and Holden Beach up until Hurricane Hazel hit in 1954. When the powerful hurricane – likely a Category 4 storm using the Saffir-Simpson scale developed in 1971 – made landfall in October 1954 near the South Carolina border, it caused the inlet channel to move in a more easterly direction, accelerating erosion at the east end of the barrier island. Erosion has remained persistent in that area since the 1970s, according to N.C. Division of Coastal Management records. The worst of the erosion occurred along about a mile of oceanfront shore beginning near the inlet. An encroaching ocean claimed homes, damaged and destroyed public utilities, and prompted the N.C. Department of Transportation to abandon state-maintained streets. In 2005, the town was permitted to install at the east a wall of sandbags to barricade private properties and infrastructure from ocean waves. Sandbags revetments are, under state rules, to be used as a temporary measure to hold erosion at bay. In 2011, the North Carolina General Assembly repealed a decades-old state law that prohibited permanent, hardened erosion-control structures from being built on North Carolina beaches. Under the revised law, a handful of beach communities, including Ocean Isle Beach, get the option to pursue installing a terminal groin at an inlet area. Terminal groins are wall-like structures built perpendicular to the shore at inlets to contain sand in areas of high erosion like the east end of Ocean Isle Beach. These structures are controversial because they capture sand that travels down the beach near shore, depleting the sand supply to the beach immediately downdrift of the structure, stripping land that is natural habitat for, among others, sea turtles and shorebirds. Ocean Isle Beach Sea Turtle Protection Organization Island Coordinator Deb Allen said that beach conditions east of the terminal groin have hindered turtles from nesting there this season. Escarpment, sandbags and debris that Allen believes is coming from the development have impeded turtles from accessing the sandy areas they seek to lay their eggs. As of early September, the organization had recorded four false crawls, which is when a female turtle crawls onto a beach only to return to the ocean without laying eggs, and three nests east of the terminal groin, Allen said. The potential for that type of impact to wildlife was argued in a lawsuit the Southern Environmental Law Center filed on behalf of the National Audubon Society in August 2017 challenging the Corps’ approval of Ocean Isle Beach’s project. The lawsuit claimed that the Corps failed to objectively evaluate alternatives to the terminal groin, including those that would be less costly to Ocean Isle residents and less destructive to the coast, particularly to what was then the undeveloped area on the island’s east end. The lawsuit, which later included the town, came to an end in March 2021 after a panel of appellate court judges affirmed a lower court’s decision that the Corps fairly considered the alternatives included in an environmental impact statement, or EIS, examining the proposed project. “As we went through and talked about the impacts of terminal groins in the EIS, this was the central argument – will the land east of the groin erode at a more rapid pace? And, everything we could point to, all of the science, said yes,†said Geoff Gisler, program director of SELC’s Chapel Hill office. “There’s only so much sand and the way that these structures operate is they keep more of it in one place and necessarily take it from somewhere else. That’s why we have seen over and over again that when you build a groin towards the end of an island, what happens is the island erodes at the end. That there is less sand going to the east end is not an accident.â€

Righting this wrong
Gisler said the SELC will be following how the town and the Corps respond to the erosion that is occurring east of the terminal groin. “The town committed and the Corps committed to righting this wrong if it occurred and that’s what we’ll be looking at,†he said. Under conditions in the town’s federal permit, the town is required to monitor the sand spit east of The Pointe as well as the town’s shoreline and that of neighboring Holden Beach to the west. Should those shorelines erode past boundaries identified in 1999, “consideration will be given to modifying the structure to allow more sediment to move from west to east past the structure,†according to final EIS. The town also has the option to nourish an eroded shoreline. “In the event the negative impacts of the terminal groin cannot be mitigated with beach nourishment or possible modifications to the design of the terminal groin, the terminal groin would be removed,†the EIS states. The Corps and the Division of Coastal Management are reviewing the monitoring report submitted by the engineering firm hired by the town, Coastal Protection Engineering of North Carolina. That report indicates that erosion “has exceeded the 1999 shoreline threshold for the area immediately east of the groin.†“However, the applicant is working on a modification request to alter this threshold as the shoreline had eroded landward of part of that threshold prior to construction of the groin,†according to the division. A beach maintenance project scheduled for fall 2026 to inject sand west of the terminal groin is anticipated to increase the rate of sand that bypasses the terminal groin and “would serve to ‘feed’ the shoreline immediately east of the groin with additional material,†according to the town’s engineer. But The Pointe’s developers and property owners say they can’t wait another year. “There’s got to be an exception to the standard application restrictions (i.e., sandbag placement and height) the (Coastal Area Management Act/Coastal Resources Commission) process has today to protect near term east of the groin due to emergency status and a path longer term that can get us to a point of evaluating what we can do for the groin from a redesign standpoint that would protect all both west and east of the groin,†property owner Brendan Flynn said. “What we’re dealing with now in my view is we need to have another review of what could be done to enhance the groin’s performance to benefit and protect the other part of this island.†Smith said that the terminal groin is doing what it was designed to do. “It is building up right adjacent to the groin,†she said. “It just has not built anything far enough down to protect this new development. I wish Mother Nature would reserve herself and build it up right now instead of taking it away. I wish I had some magic bullet for them too, but I don’t today. It’s really up to them to take some action.†Kerri Allen, director of the North Carolina Coastal Federation’s southeast office in Wrightsville Beach, called the situation “heartbreaking,†but not surprising. The Coastal Federation publishes Coastal Review. “When you alter the natural movement of sand with a hardened structure like the terminal groin, you might protect one stretch of beach, but you inevitably put other areas at greater risk,†she said. “And, unfortunately, the erosion we’re seeing east of the groin is exactly what experts warn could happen. That being said, the purpose of this groin was to protect existing infrastructure that was already at risk. Instead, new homes were built in an area that’s incredibly vulnerable and these homeowners are now facing devastating losses. Moving forward, we need to focus on solutions that don’t just shift the problem from one place to another and ensure that public resources aren’t used to subsidize these risky, short-term development decisions.†“I think this is a pivotal moment for Ocean Isle and for other coastal towns,†she continued. “We have an opportunity to step back, look at the science, and commit to managing our coast in a way that protects both our communities and the natural systems that sustain them. That means resisting the temptation to build our way out of these challenges because, ultimately, the ocean always wins.
Read more » click here

Construction site with heavy machinery and building under cloudy sky.

 

Eroded sandy terrain with exposed rock formations under a cloudy sky.

The 'Most Interesting Man in the World' meme about saying 'I told you so'.Previously reported – August 2018
Recognition of 2018 Pelican Award from the North Carolina Coastal Federation to the Town of Holden Beach Board of Commissioners for Outstanding Leadership and Dedication to Keep Our Coast Accessible and Public – Commissioner Butler and Commissioner Freer

Logo of the South Carolina Coastal Conservation League.

Group of people holding framed awards at an event.Town of Holden Beach, Dunescape Property Owners’ Association and the Holden Beach Property Owners Association For Outstanding Leadership and Dedication to Keep Our Coast Accessible and Public

Flanked by the beautiful Lockwoods Folly Inlet, the eastern end of Holden Beach was threatened to be forever changed by an unnecessary and expensive engineered structure. But on April 17, 2018, the Holden Beach Board of Commissioners unanimously voted to permanently revoke the town’s permit application for a terminal groin with the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. This historic move would not have been possible without the diligent evaluation of potential impacts by dedicated residents of the Dunescape Property Owners’ Association and the Holden Beach Property Owners Association — Rhonda and Tom Dixon, Tom and Vicki Myers, Jay and Denise Holden, John and Margaret Witten, Rich Weigand, Lou Cutajar and Skip Klapheke. These and other Holden Beach residents tirelessly fought to bring to light the detrimental effects the terminal groin — a rock, concrete, stone or metal structure built at an inlet, perpendicular to the coast — would have had on the island’s natural habitat and shoreline. Their forethought and action also positioned the town to save a lot of money for a project that likely would not work. The residents of Holden Beach persevered in their opposition and are true pioneers in showing how to exercise sound coastal management decision- making and recognizing that expensive hardened structures along our beaches are not the answer to erosion.

Holden Beach, associations honored with Pelican Award
Six years ago, Holden Beach considered constructing a terminal groin. Town officials received input from Holden Beach Property Owners Association and the Dunescape Property Association to teach residents about the process and possible outcomes before commissioners ultimately voted not to pursue the project. On July 28, the North Carolina Coastal Federation honored the town and the two associations with its Pelican Award for “outstanding leadership and dedication to keep the North Carolina coast accessible and public.
Read more » click here

A Look Back: Holden Beachs (Un)Done Deal
A terminal groin at the east end of Holden Beach was a given.
Read more » click here

Terminal Groin Committee Report

Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents TextAt the time that the Board was considering a terminal groin at the east end of the island there was quite the brouhaha. After considerable research and meetings, it appears that their decision not to build a terminal groin at an initial cost of thirty (30) million dollars was the right decision. US Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) warned us about the very issue that Ocean Island is currently experiencing.   I would be remiss not to recognize those Commissioners that prevented this situation from happening to us on Holden Beach. My thanks to the elected Commissioners then: Joseph Butler, John Fletcher, Peter Freer, Patty Kwiatkowski, and Mike Sullivan.


Map showing the boundary of Oraka Bay and surrounding areas.Carolina Bays Parkway project S.C. 31

OCEAN RIDGE MASTER ASSOCIATION COMMUNITY IMPACT COMMITTEE
The North Carolina Department of Transportation (NCDOT) is implementing several initiatives to relocate the Carolina Bays Parkway Extension to Brunswick County. Following extensive planning and anticipation, a recent environmental assessment has identified a suitable location for the significant highway project and initiated a public comment period. The NCDOT and the South Carolina Department of Transportation (SCDOT) are collaborating to extend South Carolina Highway 31 (SC 31), commonly referred to as the Carolina Bays Parkway, from South Carolina Highway 9 (SC 9) in Horry County to U.S. Route 17 (US 17) in Brunswick County. Should the project secure funding and proceed with construction, it will result in a newly constructed multi-lane full-access freeway that will connect the Carolinas. The route will be constructed in phases, potentially enhancing evacuation routes as Brunswick County experiences population growth. The Carolina Bays Parkway Extension project commenced in 2006 with a feasibility study that evaluated conceptual alternative routes. The construction of the road would have a significant impact on areas situated on either side of U.S. 17 in southern Brunswick County. The North Carolina Department of Transportation (NCDOT) had prepared seven alternative maps for preferred routes in Brunswick County, which ultimately converge onto U.S. 17. However, five alternatives have been eliminated, and the options have been reduced to Routes 4 and 4a. Attached are the maps for each route. The North Carolina Department of Transportation (NCDOT) website, updated on August 22, indicates that the $797 million project is currently in development with an anticipated commencement date of 2028. North Carolina’s portion of the project is projected to incur a cost of $610.9 million. South Carolina has secured the necessary funding and intends to initiate the process to connect Carolina Bays 31 from Route 9 to the state line at Hickman Road.  Currently, North Carolina has secured funding for only the planning document, but not for the right-of-way or construction phases. Public hearings for the North Carolina side of the extension have been postponed on several occasions as the NCDOT awaited the availability of the draft environmental impact statement. However, the draft environmental impact statement is now available, and public hearings have been scheduled. The proposed project will involve two pre-hearing open houses and corridor public hearings. During these events, information will be presented, and NCDOT representatives will be available to address inquiries. The first public hearing will be from 5-8 p.m. on Sept. 29 at the Sea Trail Convention Center in Sunset Beach. The second hearing will be 5-8 p.m. on Sept. 30 at the North Strand Recreation Center in Longs, South Carolina. Alternative map 4 is identified in the Draft Environmental Impact Statement as the preferred alternative. Alternative map 4 crosses through Hickman’s Crossroads and the Longwood area and continuing out to connect to Route 17 at the intersection of Route 904 and Route 17. Following the public hearing, the merger team will meet to select the preferred/ least environmentally damaging practicable alternative corridor, also called LEDPA, in accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act/ Section 404 Merger Process. This includes consideration of public comments and the local sponsors’ preferred alternative, potential impacts to noise, low income and disadvantaged populations, cultural resources and the environment are considered when selecting the least environmentally damaging and practicable alternative route. According to the merger process, the preferred/LEDPA corridor is the best solution to the problem satisfying the transportation need and considering environmental and community resources.

Landing spot identified for new highway connecting Brunswick County to SC
The North Carolina Department of Transportation is taking several steps toward moving the Carolina Bays Parkway Extension into Brunswick County. After years of planning and hoping, a recent environment statement has identified a landing spot for the major highway project and kickstarted a public comment period. The NCDOT and the South Carolina Department of Transportation are working together to extend S.C. 31, known as Carolina Bays Parkway, from S.C. 9 in Horry County, South Carolina, to U.S. 17 in Brunswick County. If funded and constructed, the proposed project will result in a new multi-lane full access freeway connecting the Carolinas. The route will be built in phases and could enhance evacuation routes as Brunswick County continues to grow in population.

Carolina Bays Parkway Extension project history
The Carolina Bays Parkway Extension project began in 2006 with a feasibility study with conceptual alternative routes. The road, if constructed, could impact places on each side of U.S. 17 in southern Brunswick County. NCDOT has seven alternative maps for preferred routes in Brunswick County that will eventually dump onto U.S. 17. However, five alternatives cross on the northern side of U.S. 17 around Hickman Crossroads along Hickman Road in Calabash. Interactive maps of the alternatives can be viewed on NCDOT’s website. “The primary purpose of the project is to improve transportation in the area by enhancing mobility and connectivity for traffic moving in and through the project area,” per NCDOT website.

New movement on the nearly $800 million project
The NCDOT website, updated Aug. 22, states the $797 million project is in development with an anticipated start date of 2028. The project is also part of NCDOT and SCDOT’s state transportation improvement program. North Carolina’s portion is expected to cost ​$610.9 million, per the website. “In North Carolina, this project is currently funded for the planning document, but not for right-of-way or construction,” Jenkins said.
Read more » click here

Previously reported- June 2025
To fast-track highway extension into Brunswick, leaders push for toll study
A toll could be the only way to fund a new highway connecting North and South Carolina. After years of waiting, one local transportation organization is pressing the gas on a new highway in Brunswick County as the clock continues to tick by without funding.

Here’s what to know.

A new highway?
The N.C. Department of Transportation and the S.C. Department of Transportation are working together to extend S.C. 31, known as Carolina Bays Parkway, from S.C. 9 in Horry County, South Carolina, to U.S. 17 in Brunswick County. The Carolina Bays Parkway Extension project began in 2006 with a feasibility study with conceptual alternative routes and has evolved into seven potential​routes being studied. Interactive maps of the alternatives can be viewed on NCDOT’s website.

Funding troubles for North Carolina
The NCDOT’s website, last updated in October 2024, has the total project cost estimated at $552 million with North Carolina’s portion costing $367 million. However, the Federal Infrastructure Projects Permitting Dashboard lists the estimated project cost at $797 million.
Read more » click here

Previously reported – February 2025
Boom or doom: How a new highway could transform rural Brunswick County
A new road in southern Brunswick County will open the flood gates of opportunity for some but could close the
Read more » click here


Odds & Ends –


Sunset over a serene beach with waves gently rolling in.

After getting pounded by storms and offshore hurricanes, what will wounded NC beaches do?
Recent storms and hurricanes passing the N.C. coast have pounded area beaches with heavy surf, causing significant erosion and raising concerns.
On Topsail Island, chunks of sand that had been pumped onto the beaches in Surf City and Topsail Beach in the past year have washed away. In Wrightsville Beach, the pounding waves from the slow-moving early October subtropical storm left large escarpments along much of the New Hanover County town’s beach and residents worried if the town’s beach would survive until a scheduled federal nourishment project in 2027. Down in Ocean Isle Beach in Brunswick County, the recent storm and heavy surf from several tropical systems that have passed by the East Coast while staying offshore have amplified an existing erosion problem on the barrier island’s east end and raised questions about the effectiveness of a terminal groin built three years ago to stabilize the beach. But nowhere along the N.C. coast has this hurricane season’s damage been worse than on the Outer Banks, where nine homes in Buxton collapsed into the Atlantic over a two-week span in late September and early October and left highway crews struggling to keep N.C. 12, the islands’ lifeline, open on Hatteras and Ocracoke islands. The damage, albeit highly localized to beachfront areas, shows that it doesn’t necessarily take a landfalling hurricane to make it a bad hurricane season for coastal communities. But experts say it also highlights that how we live, develop and try to protect our coast is increasingly becoming untenable, especially as costs for beach nourishment projects continue to rise and climate change promises to fuel higher seas and stronger storms in the coming years. “The trajectory we’re on is unsustainableâ€, said Dr. Robert Young, director of the Program for the Study of Developed Shorelines at Western Carolina University.

Why are the beaches so beaten?
When a large subtropical storm started forming in the Caribbean, officials knew it could be a problem for the East Coast − especially since many coastal areas had already been pounded this summer by strong swells from several hurricanes that had passed by offshore. But this storm was different, from its path close to the coast to its big footprint. “This storm was a real beach-eater from Florida to Long Island (N.Y.),” Young said. The unnamed storm has left beach officials wondering what measures they can take to protect some of the most valuable real estate in their coastal communities, never mind also having an attractive asset to draw visitors back to fuel their tourist-dependent economies. But Young said damaged and, in some cases, completely eroded beaches along 1,000 miles of U.S. coastline won’t be an easy problem to fix. There are logistical issues, including a very small pool of U.S. contractors to actually do nourishment projects. Then there are the financial questions, especially in this political environment, if spending money to pump sand that might quickly wash away is the best use of taxpayer dollars. And then there’s the practical question. “We need to allow ourselves to consider slightly changing the map of our coastal communities and concentrate our money and sand on areas that can be saved,” Young said. He said this is especially true in communities where local taxpayers, sometimes with the state’s help, fund their own nourishment projects instead of having the federal government pick up most of the beach-building costs, as is the case in New Hanover County’s three beach towns. Already, officials in North Topsail Beach and in Dare County on the Outer Banks have said they don’t have the funds to nourish parts of their beachfront. And in Surf City, residents are in an uproar over a 30% increase in property taxes this year that town officials say is partly needed to help pay for beach nourishment. While surrendering erosion-prone areas of North Topsail Beach and the Outer Banks, for example, to Mother Nature might not be popular, managed retreat is really the only option if we want to save other parts of our coastal communities where it is feasible to try and protect property and vital infrastructure, Young said. “It’s already a burden for many of these small towns and the economics for continuing to do it are becoming more and more sketchy,” he said of the rising costs of beach nourishment and other erosion-control projects.

What’s going to happen?
While putting a Band-Aid on wounded beaches isn’t a long-term solution, it’s something coastal officials might have to look at in the coming weeks and months. Actions could include trucking in fresh sand; knocking down escarpments to makes beaches safer for visitors and to allow wave energy to be dissipated to some degree; and fast-tracking small beach-building projects, such as dredging sand from easily accessible inlets or other coastal waterways. Federal and state officials also could see about securing funding to help finance projects, although the current government shutdown could stymie that. But big-scale nourishment projects, the favored way of dealing with beach erosion woes, take time to plan, design and finance. Young said another option that could help coastal communities recover is to wave a century-old federal law, the 1906 Foreign Dredge Act, that limits dredging to U.S. companies. Opening beach nourishment work to foreign companies, primarily European, could help increase competition, lower prices and allow more work to be done within the sometimes restrictive environmental windows designed to protect nesting sea turtles and shorebirds. The rising cost of beach nourishment work has already been felt in the Wilmington area, with the federal project to nourish Carolina and Kure beaches delayed a year until this winter after the initial bids came in well over budget. Another option is to hope that the upcoming nor’easter season is a mild one and that a lot of the sand that has washed away is just offshore and will eventually be pushed back onshore over the next few weeks and months. Beaches naturally ebb and flow, so wide changes and shifting sands aren’t unusual. But Young said almost all of North Carolina’s beaches today have been engineered and modified one way or another by human hands. “I think it’s fair to say a lot of that sand simply isn’t going to come back,” he said. “It’s just gone.”
Read more » click here


Map showing coastal towns along the southern shore.

Brunswick County 2024 Visitor Impact released
Domestic and international visitors in Brunswick County spent over $1.22 billion in 2024, an increase of 4.8% from 2023. Brunswick County ranked No. 6 among North Carolina’s 100 counties in visitor spending in 2024. This data comes from an annual study commissioned by Visit North Carolina, a unit of the Economic Development Partnership of North Carolina. “We’re pleased to see that 2024 marked another year of continued growth in the economic impact of visitor spending in Brunswick County,†said Whitney Sauls, chair of the Brunswick County Tourism Development Authority. “The latest data released by Visit North Carolina reinforces what we know. The money spent by visitors in our county creates jobs, helps to support our small businesses and generates funds for beach renourishment.â€

Brunswick County tourism impact highlights for 2024:

    • The travel and tourism industry directly employed approximately 5,838 people in Brunswick County, up 4% from 2023.
    • Total payroll directly generated by the tourism industry in Brunswick County was $240.97 million, up 4.5% from 2023.
    • State tax revenue generated in Brunswick County totaled $36.68 million through state sales and excise taxes, and taxes on personal and corporate income. About $51.41 million in local taxes were generated from occupancy and sales and property tax revenue from travel-generated and travel-supported businesses.
    • Each Brunswick County resident saved $523.96 in state and local taxes as a result of visitor spending in the county.

These statistics come from the “Economic Impact of Travel on North Carolina Counties,†which can be accessed at partners.visitnc.com/economic-impact-studies. The study was prepared for Visit North Carolina by Tourism Economics. Statewide, visitor spending in 2024 rose 3.1% to reach a record $36.7 billion. Direct tourism employment increased 1.4% to 230,338 people. “Scenic beauty, outdoor adventure, culinary innovation and authenticity help North Carolina remain a top choice for travelers,†said Wit Tuttell, executive director of Visit NC. “That appeal might be hard to quantify, but as we follow the numbers, we see the payoff in terms of the money that goes to businesses as well as state and local tax bases.â€

NC tourism facts:

    • Total spending by domestic and international visitors in North Carolina reached $36.7 billion in 2024. That sum represents a 3.1% increase over 2023 expenditures.
    • Visitors to North Carolina generated nearly $4.6 billion in federal, state and local taxes in 2024. The total represents a 2.9% increase from 2023.
    • State tax receipts from visitor spending rose 1.1% to $1.36 billion in 2024.
    • Local tax receipts grew 4.3% to $1.29 billion.
    • Direct tourism employment in North Carolina increased 1.4% to 230,338 people.
    • Direct tourism payroll increased 2.6% to over $9.5 billion.
    • Each North Carolina resident saved $242.37 on average in state and local taxes as a direct result of visitor spending in the state.

Read more » click here


This and That –


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Fear the deer: Crash data illuminates America’s deadliest animal
Behold the deer, the deadliest beast in North America. Deer are responsible for the deaths of about 440 of the estimated 458 Americans killed in physical confrontations with wildlife in an average year, according to Utah State University biologist Mike Conover, employing some educated guesswork in the latest edition of “Human-Wildlife Interactions.” Those deer-inflicted fatalities are not, so far as we know, caused by deer-on-human predation. They’re the unfortunate result of more than 2 million people a year plowing into deer with their sedans and SUVs, usually on a two-lane road, often at high speed. You might wonder: Where and when am I most likely to hit a deer? And how can I avoid it? To shed light on this herbivorous hazard, we turned, of course, to data. Specifically, we analyzed more than 1 million animal-vehicle collisions compiled by Calumn Cunningham, Laura Prugh and their colleagues at the University of Washington for a recent paper published in Current Biology. They estimate deer were involved in more than 90 percent of the collisions, which occurred in 23 states between 1994 and 2021. With a few exceptions, the data show deer are at their most dangerous in November. Indeed, the deer threat peaks just before Thanksgiving – typically Nov. 7 through 14 – when you’re about three times more likely to hit a deer than at any other time of year. Experienced deer hunters can probably guess why driving in November can turn into Russian roulette on certain highways and byways: In much of the country, that’s rutting season. And during the rut, deer focus on procreation, not self-preservation. Marianne Gauldin of the Alabama Wildlife and Freshwater Fisheries Division compares rutting bucks to teenage boys. “They are hyper-focused on the opportunity to breed, and they therefore lose some of their wits,” Gauldin said. “They are full tilt looking for does, chasing does and running after does for the opportunity to breed. And they are doing this with tunnel vision … literally running across the road.” Does share similar distractions. They’re either in estrus – hormonally receptive to sex and looking to breed – or fleeing hot-and-bothered bucks until their cycles catch up. Collisions occur more often in states with the most white-tailed deer – which experts say tend to have a shorter, sharper rut than the western mule deer – and in states with long stretches of busy rural roads. Separate insurance claim data from State Farm, which is widely cited in academic research, shows a driver out minding her own business on the wending, bending roads of West Virginia had a 1 in 35 chance of hitting an animal between June 2021 and June 2022, making the Mountain State easily the most dangerous in terms of deer-car collisions. Montana and Michigan were next. D.C. drivers, by contrast, had only a 1 in 907 chance of stopping a buck while driving down Pennsylvania Avenue, or anywhere else. Fun fact: Deer are responsible for at least 69 percent of animal-related accident claims, according to State Farm. Another 12 percent of claims involve unidentified animals, many of which could be deer that bounded off before the driver got a good look at them or were mangled beyond recognition in the crash. The third-most-dangerous animals on the road are undifferentiated rodents, which are cited in 5 percent of all animal-related accident claims. However, State Farm spokesperson Dave Phillips noted that many of the drivers never make contact with said rodent: The vast majority of those accidents occur when motorists swerve to avoid a suicidal squirrel or moseying marmot. Our more calendar-conscious readers will note that peak deer-crash season coincides with another big moment in November: the first week of daylight saving time, which begins the first Sunday of the month. And the University of Washington team has found that the two events are not unrelated. To understand why, we need to spelunk deeper into their data, which breaks new ground by including the exact location, date and hour of all these deer disasters. When we glance at a chart of accidents that includes time of day and time of year, one fact strikes us right between the headlights: Evening, the twilight of each day – especially in November! – is the hour of the  Götterdeermmerung. Conveniently for us, the University of Washington scholars used accident coordinates and some basic weather math to calculate exactly when the sun would have risen or set at each location. It turns out that deer danger skyrockets about 30 minutes after sunset and remains extraordinarily elevated for almost half an hour. Those with deer-behavior expertise say drivers should be on high alert as darkness falls in autumn – especially when careening through the deer’s favorite transitional habitats, the forest-edge ecosystem created by roads and other developments. But they urge us to take a lesson from the thousands of people who land in hospitals and body shops each year after attempting to avoid a turtle or chipmunk: If you do see a deer, don’t swerve. “Slow down as much as you can, obviously, coming up to it,” said Karlin Gill of the National Deer Association, a hunting and conservation organization. “But if it’s unavoidable and you’re going to hit the deer, don’t try and swerve out of the way. That can cause an even worse car wreck, and you still might hit the deer regardless.” Deer crashes also rise in the morning, about 30 minutes before sunrise, but the number is significantly lower than after sunset. To understand why, we need to dig deeper into both deer and human activity patterns. Biologist after biologist told us deer are crepuscular, meaning they’re most active at dawn and dusk. When Texas A&M University wildlife scientist Stephen Webb and his colleagues fitted GPS trackers onto white-tailed deer in Oklahoma, they found deer movement peaks at both sunrise and sunset. “Deer, unlike humans, don’t lay down for eight hours at night and then get up and move throughout the day,” said Gill , who, as a hunter, closely examines deer behavior. “They actually go through a cycle where they’ll lay down, bed, get up, eat, lay down, bed, get up, eat, and they’ll do this throughout a 24-hour period.” But if deer are equally active at dawn and dusk, why are they so much more likely to be hit in the evening? To untangle that one, we need to examine another somewhat crepuscular species: the American commuter. Our commutes also peak in the morning and evening, but we’re much more likely to be driving at dusk than we are at dawn, and we stay on the roads even as darkness falls, and the deer start moving – often squarely into our headlights. It’s a matter of visibility. Deer are just as active two hours before dusk as they are two hours after, yet we’re about 14 times more likely to hit a deer after sundown than we are before. And, as Cunningham notes, right at the peak of the whitetail rut, we throw another variable into the stew: We end daylight saving time. Suddenly, as far as the deer are concerned, our 6 p.m. commute happens an hour later. Millions of drivers find themselves contending with lower visibility just as sex hormones flood the local deer population. “It’s like one of the grandest-scale natural experiments that we can come up with, where humans impose these very arbitrary and abrupt changes on the wildlife,” Cunningham told us from his native Tasmania (he’s at the University of Washington as a Fulbright fellow). People living on the far eastern side of a time zone are about 1.35 times as likely to hit a deer as folks on the far western edge, since folks in the east are more likely to be driving home in the dark. Similarly, folks in Northern states, where days are short and darkness rules the winter, are 1.86 times more likely to hit a deer than their friends in America’s sunny South. Taking these effects into account, the University of Washington team estimates that “falling back” causes a 16 percent jump in deer carnage in the weeks after the shift. It’s possible that adopting permanent daylight saving time would thus save the lives of more than 36,000 deer and 33 humans each year. On the down side, chronobiologist Eva Winnebeck of the University of Surrey argues that any gains might be offset by an increase in deaths spurred by the chronic drowsiness that would inevitably set in if our solar-powered circadian rhythms were forced to endure a never-ending disconnect between the sun and clocks set permanently to daylight saving time. Here at the Department of Data, we’ve found a strong connection between happiness and the great outdoors. So, we’re partial to any move that would give us more daylight hours to get out after work and fish, run or dominate the competitive wood-chopping circuit, circadian rhythms be darned.
Read more » click here

Watch out for deer
NCDOT warns motorists across North Carolina to stay alert for deer now that fall has arrived. Every year during late autumn, auto and body shops across the region brace for a bumper crop of business, comprised of an influx of cars with damage from collisions with deer. Beginning in October, roads across the state become hazardous as North Carolina’s deer population fans out, lurking on highway shoulders in search of food and potential mates. It’s the deadliest time of the year for deer, which also pose a particular danger to motorists. Nearly half of vehicle accidents involving white-tail deer occur from October to December. Deer accidents typically begin rising in October, peak in November and begin dropping off after December, according to the Insurance Institute for Highway Safety. Deer are crepuscular mammals, meaning they’re most active at dawn and dusk – which, following the onset of daylight savings time, places them near roads and byways precisely when large numbers of residents are commuting to and from work.

NCDOT has some helpful tips for motorists in regard to deer-vehicle crashes:

    • Although it does not decrease the risk of being in a crash, wearing a seat belt gives you a better chance of avoiding or minimizing injuries if you hit a deer or other animal.
    • Always maintain a safe amount of distance between your vehicle and others, especially at night. If the vehicle ahead of you hits a deer, you could also become involved in a crash.
    • Slowdown in areas posted with deer crossing signs and in heavily wooded areas, especially during the late afternoon and evening.
    • Most deer-vehicle crashes occur where deer are more likely to travel, near bridges or overpasses, railroad tracks, streams, and ditches. Be vigilant when passing through potentially risky landscapes.
    • Drive with high beams on when possible and watch for eyes reflecting in the headlights.
    • Deer often travel in groups, so if you see one deer near a road, be alert that others may be around.
    • If you see deer near a road, slow down and blow your horn with one long blast.
    • Do not swerve to avoid a collision with deer. This could cause you to lose control of your vehicle, increasing the risk of it flipping over, veering into oncoming traffic, or overcorrecting and running off the road and causing a more serious crash.

Officials say the most crashes occur between 6 p.m. and midnight, accounting for about 45% of the overall total. With the end of daylight savings time at 2 a.m. Sunday, Nov. 1, the time shift increases the chance of deer being by roadways when drivers are traveling in the dark, especially for their evening commute. If your vehicle does strike a deer, officials say do not touch the animal. A frightened and wounded deer can be dangerous or further injure itself. Get your vehicle off the road if possible and call 911.
Read more » click here


Factoid That May Interest Only Me –


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Gators’ more frequent appearances make splash along coast
Did you hear the one about the alligator? An alligator walks into … a road, a pool, a miniature golf course, onto a beach, underneath a car, up to the front door of a storefront, by a back entrance of a police station. Stop me if you read about this while perusing the headlines of your local newspaper, heard about it on the 6 o’clock news, or saw it plastered across social media platforms this past summer. Alligators have made quite the splash (pun intended) in recent months here in southeastern North Carolina, where seemingly numerous public appearances by these living dinosaurs have produced dramatic headlines and videos shared not only across the state, but the country. But these typically reclusive reptiles aren’t looking for all the attention they’ve been getting, experts say. They just want to be left alone. The problem is, they’re being squeezed out of seclusion as housing developments and retail centers continue to crop up along the coast. “The ever-growing population along the coast of North Carolina is the biggest threat to wildlife in general,” said John Harrelson, a wildlife biologist with the North Carolina Wildlife Resources Commission. “Habitat loss is the biggest threat to wildlife in general, not just alligators, and when people move in and we build communities in places that haven’t historically had people, then that leads to lots of interactions.” And the more interactions that occur, the more comfortable alligators become around people. Harrelson puts alligators into one of two categories: country alligators and city alligators. Country alligators inhabit areas up the Northeast Cape Fear River. He said that those alligators generally try their best to steer clear of humans, he said. But city alligators get used to seeing people and, just like squirrels, birds, deer, and other animals, they become habituated, “realizing that people, for the most part, don’t mean them any harm and that there’s nothing to be worried about,” Harrelson said. Think of it like a cost-benefit analysis where an alligator weighs the risk of being around people and decides whether the reward is worth the risk. “And often times the reward is great enough,” Harrelson said. While development strips away their natural habitat, it tends to provide pockets of prime real estate for alligators in the form of retention ponds. Harrelson works in the commission’s District 4, which includes Brunswick County, and is home to a reported 30 scenic golf courses (think about all of the water hazards – well, not a hazard from a gator’s point of view – on just one of those courses). Brunswick, Columbus, Craven, New Hanover, Onslow, and Pender counties are home to the largest populations of American alligators in North Carolina and their turf runs from the state’s coastal plains to Texas. With its barrier island beaches, proximity to Wilmington and Myrtle Beach, South Carolina, and its numerous golf courses, Brunswick County has become a draw for retirees who, for many, move in from areas where there are no alligators. Pair that with the influx of tourists who flock to the county each summer – Oak Island’s population more than quintuples between May and August – and odds are high people are going to encounter alligators. Boiling Spring Lakes Police Capt. Windy Hager knows that when tourism season picks up, so too do the number of calls going into the Brunswick County town’s law enforcement center about alligator sightings. “When it’s warmer (alligators) become more active and, when you’ve got people who are not familiar with alligators they get a little excited about, ‘Oh, there’s one in the lake!’ Well, yes, that’s where they live and that’s what we have to tell them a lot of times,” Hager said. Hager has lived in the area more than 10 years. She’s accustomed to seeing alligators pretty regularly in their own habitat. But one had to be removed from a swimming pool a couple of weeks ago and the unnamed storm that pummeled Brunswick County with catastrophic rainfall Sept. 16 means there’s a lot of water in places that were previously dry. “I know that there’s two (alligators) in what used to be somebody’s front yard right now in the city because their front yard is flooded,” Hager said. “But they’re just doing their thing and the people who live there are giving them their space. The people are not messing with them and the alligators aren’t messing with the people so they’re sharing space right now.” Two days before he spoke in a telephone interview with Coastal Review, Sunset Beach Police Animal Control Officer Bill Arp had removed a small alligator hanging out underneath a car. “They’ll wind up in people’s garages and on people’s porches, underneath decks, under cars. We find them all over the place,” he said. “Unfortunately, because of such huge development down here, their habitat is starting to shrink and that’s what’s happening. People are calling us and wondering, ‘Why’s it under my car? Why are they on my porch? Why are they in my garage?’ Well, that’s why because the development is robbing them of their other habitat.” Alligator Do’s and Don’ts If an alligator settles in an area near you, wildlife and law enforcement officials have tips on how to safely cohabitate. “A lot of people think, even with birds and deer, it’s nice to feed them,” Arp said. “But alligators, you don’t. Everybody knows an alligator is an apex predator. They’re nice to watch. They’re nice to take pictures of, but to feed them, that’s not a good idea.” Remember what Harrelson said earlier in the story about city alligators? “Individual people feeding alligators is the worst thing you can do,” he said. “Alligators are wild animals and they’ve got to work for their food. An easy meal means, ‘hey I don’t have to continue to fail and fail and make all these attempts when I’m not successful. I can just wait for this person to walk over and, if I approach them, they’re going to give me chicken or bread or marshmallows, a fish scrap or whatever else they’ve got.’ We deal with this all the time, particularly with folks who aren’t locals.” It is illegal to feed alligators. It is also illegal to kill them. American alligators are protected by the Endangered Species Act as threatened. In North Carolina, a permit is required to hunt alligators. The monthlong season is limited to population control at the request of municipalities in Brunswick, Carteret, Columbus, Craven, Hyde, Jones, New Hanover, Onslow, Pamlico, and Pender counties, according to the WRC website. “The Commission does not plan to issue permits to take American alligators, outside of municipality requested population reduction hunts, until further research is conducted to determine the conditions under which alligator populations would be sustained while allowing limited harvest,” the site states. Harrelson said that alligators are relocated only as a last resort because they, like other wildlife, have a propensity to travel long distances to return to where they were captured. “This is something that we face ongoing and, as biologists, something that we have to figure out how to address going forward because our agency isn’t going to pick up and move animals,” Harrelson said. “We want to let wildlife be wildlife for as long as we can and maintain the ecosystems that are out there.” As people build, alligators move. Males can occupy areas greater than 2 miles so, when they move, they’re crossing roads, ditches, and yards. An alligator may be removed from a property when it is considered a nuisance – at least 4 feet long and poses a threat to people, pets, or property. To report a potential nuisance alligator, call the N.C. Wildlife Helpline at 866-318-2401. Experts say simply spraying an alligator with a water hose usually prompts the animal to move away. If you’re taking a walk and spot an alligator in or near your path, give the alligator a wide berth and go around it. Never walk up to one or try to touch one. “When an alligator is on a sidewalk or up on a roadway, he’s not hunting, he’s not searching out food. If we give them an opportunity to make that move on their own, most of the time, they will,” Harrelson said. “Our biggest thing, of course, is to keep people safe and then let the animals be animals. That’s what we’re always striving toward.”
Read more » click here


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

More than bearly existing: Why black bears are thriving at the NC coast
Black bears at the beach? Yep, and they are some of the biggest in the world. Here’s how NC brought the animals back from the brink, and why they are now thriving
The North Carolina coast is well-known for its wildlife. Dolphins are frequently seen entertaining boaters and beachgoers, and a lucky few even get to see manatees traversing the Intracoastal Waterway and whales migrating offshore. On land, bobcats and turkeys can often surprise folks, and in the sky ospreys can often put on a show while hunting for fish in local waterways. Eagles are even beginning to show up in greater numbers, with a pair that raised an eaglet at New Hanover County’s Airlie Gardens this year causing quite a social media stir. But bears? Unless you’re a farmer or a hunter, it might come as a surprise to find out that more black bears live in the state’s coastal plain than in the higher elevations of Western N.C., where the Appalachians rise up and Great Smoky Mountain National Park is the nation’s most popular national park − and Ursus americanus is its unofficial mascot. Here are some things you might now know about one of Eastern North Carolina’s most unique residents, and how climate change could be changing how bears behave in the coastal region.

Beach bears?
The ability of the bear to bounce back in the state is one of North Carolina’s great wildlife success stories. Unregulated hunting and loss of habitat led to bears being driven into the most isolated pockets of swamp forests and mountain areas for most of last century. But starting in the 1970s with the establishment of bear sanctuaries, strict management strategies, and educating the public about the state’s omnivorous residents, bear numbers have surged back. Today, more than 20,000 bears are estimated to roam North Carolina, and more than half are in the eastern part of the state. Coastal North Carolina is also home to some of the largest black bears in the world, thanks to an ample food supply of farmers’ crops, a relatively mild climate and many large, protected areas − like state game lands such as Holly Shelter in Pender County and federal wildlife refuges like Alligator River near the Outer Banks − that offer the bears valuable habitat. The size and number of Eastern N.C.’s black bears also fuels a successful hunting season and helps support the economy in many rural areas. According to the N.C. Wildlife Resources Commission, the numbers of bears harvested by hunters has increased from fewer than 300 in 1980 to more than 4,500 on 2023, the last year figures are available. In the Wilmington area for 2023, hunters took 34 bears in Brunswick County, seven in New Hanover County, and 92 in Pender County. The leading state that year was Hyde County near the Outer Banks, with 288 animals harvested by hunters.

Bears on the hunt
But humans aren’t the only ones on the hunt these days. Bears are beginning to fatten up as they prepare to hibernate in the late fall and winter. In a process called hyperphagia, which means “extreme appetite,” bears will travel long distances and be very opportunistic in looking for food sources. “In late summer through fall, black bears are consuming a variety of hard and soft mast species, from acorns and hickory nuts to pokeberry, cherry, grapes and black gum,†said wildlife commission biologist Jenna Malzahn in a release. “They’ll also take advantage of agricultural crops, such as soybeans and standing corn, as well as bird feeders and unsecured garbage and compost.â€Â Â  With this level of food consumption, which can last through early winter, bears can put on 3 pounds per day and gain anywhere from 20% to close to 100% of their summer weight, according to the commission. With bears traveling so much, human-animal interactions − including vehicle strikes − peak over the next few weeks.

Will they hibernate at the N.C. coast?
Maybe. But they’ll still often eat even if the weather doesn’t trigger them to hibernate for very long or at all. “Even in warmer climates, such as our state, a bear’s biological clock will still activate this fall feeding frenzy, even for those bears that hibernate briefly or not at all, as natural food scarcity in winter months, not temperatures, has been a key driver for activating the hyperphagia and hibernation process,†said Colleen Olfenbuttel, the wildlife commission’s game mammals and surveys supervisor. “Even bears that won’t den until January or February still look for food practically around the clock and eat as much as they can find. However, in areas where bears have found dependable year-round supplies of human-provided foods, they may not hibernate at all but will eat as if they are going to.â€Â  Female bears at the coast have generally been recorded hibernating longer than males, and will give birth during their hibernation, only waking up and emerging with her cubs in the spring when they are able to walk and feed on solid food. Males may den for short periods but may also exhibit lethargic behavior during the winter if they stay awake.

Where will they hibernate in Eastern N.C.?
With few rock formations to den in or under in Eastern N.C., coastal bears will often hibernate in thick vegetation on the ground. They also have been found to use tree cavities and burrow under fallen trees and logs. Bears finding accommodations under abandoned or seldom used human structures, like porches and barns, also has been observed, according to the wildlife commission.

How will a warming climate impact bears?
As warmer weather becomes the norm, North Carolina’s coastal black bear might start to mimic behavior patterns of bears in other Southern states that already deal with a hotter, year-round climate. According to the N.C. State Climate Office, five of North Carolina’s top six warmest years have happened since 2016, and each year in the past decade ranks among the top 22 warmest on record dating back to 1895. That could mean shorter, or no, hibernation for male bears in the state, increased pressure on winter food supplies, and a greater chance of human-bear conflicts as both species share the same space for longer periods of time.
Read more » click here

Black bears are common along the NC coast.
Here’s why and what to know about their habits.
More bears live in the state’s coastal plain than in North Carolina’s mountains. They also are generally larger. And yes, they do hibernate
When people think of bears in North Carolina, most thoughts probably drift to the mountains in the higher elevations of the state and places like Great Smoky Mountain National Park. But black bears ’ the only bear species found in the Tar Heel State ’ are found across North Carolina, and their population is actually larger in the state’s coastal plain than in the mountains. Potentially even more surprising to some is that many bears at the coast, especially females, hibernate like their brethren where frost and snow is a lot more common.

Bears at the coast?
Yes, there are bears ’ lots of them ’ near North Carolina’s beaches and in its coastal forests and swamps. The ability of the bear to bounce back in the state is one of North Carolina’s great wildlife success stories. Unregulated hunting and loss of habitat led to bears being driven into the most isolated pockets of swamp forests and mountain areas for most of the last century. But starting in the 1970s with the establishment of bear sanctuaries, strict management strategies, and educating the public about the state’s omnivorous residents, bear numbers have surged back. Today, more than 20,000 bears are estimated to roam North Carolina, and more than half are in the eastern part of the state. Coastal North Carolina is also home to some of the largest black bears in the world, thanks to an ample food supply of farmers’ crops, a relatively mild climate, and many large, protected areas ’ like state game lands and federal wildlife refuges ’ that offer the bears valuable habitat. According to the wildlife commission, the largest bear ever killed in North Carolina was an 880-pound male taken in Craven County in 1998. The state’s propensity for lots of bears also attracts hunters and fuels economies in many rural areas, with more than 4,000 animals taken during the 2022 bear season ’ up 11% over 2021 figures. Of those, more than 2,500 bears were taken along the coast. Around the Wilmington area, hunters harvested 34 bears in Brunswick County, 92 in Pender County, and seven in New Hanover County. The popularity, size, and sheer number of bears in Eastern North Carolina also has spawned its own festival, the National Black Bear Festival, which takes place every June in Plymouth, Washington County.

What is hibernation?
In its very basic form, animals enter hibernation as a way to reduce their metabolism in response to a decrease in food supply and sometimes falling temperatures. When bears, in this case, enter hibernation, their internal body clocks slow down. That leads to lower heart rates, reduced breathing, and lower oxygen consumption. The animal’s temperature also drops. According to biologists, this can be by as much as 15 degrees for bears. To prepare for hibernation, bears step up their eating, putting on up to 3 pounds a day in the fall and sometimes into winter. That can mean foraging for a meal for up to 20 hours a day, and they are typically most active at dawn and dusk.

Why do N.C. coastal bears hibernate?
While black bears in colder, northern climates can hibernate for six months or longer, it is generally for shorter periods in North Carolina. But they do hibernate even along the N.C. coast, especially female bears. Males may den for short periods but may also exhibit lethargic behavior during the winter if they stay awake. “Bears studied in eastern North Carolina by radio-telemetry entered dens as early as November and as late as January. These same bears exited dens as early as February and as late as April,” states information on the wildlife commission’s website. “This results in the possibility of bear sightings and roadkills in all months and the misconception that coastal bears do not hibernate. Only human disturbance interrupts these periods of hibernation in North Carolina’s bears.” Females will give birth during their hibernation, only waking up and emerging with her cubs in the spring when they are able to walk and feed on solid food.

Where do they hibernate?
With few rock formations to den in or under in Eastern N.C., coastal bears will often hibernate in thick vegetation on the ground. They also have been found to use tree cavities and burrow under fallen trees and logs. Bears finding accommodations under abandoned or seldom used human structures, like porches and barns, also has been observed.

What about the impact of climate change on N.C. bears?
Scientists are clear that North Carolina is facing a warming climate in the coming years. The only real question is by how much temperatures will increase. As warmer weather becomes the norm, North Carolina’s coastal black bear might start to mimic behavior patterns of bears in other Southern states that already deal with a hotter, year-round climate. That could mean shorter, or no, hibernation for male bears, increased pressure on winter food supplies, and a greater chance of human-bear conflicts as both species share the same space for longer periods of time. But black bears also have proven time and again to be very adaptable to changing conditions, including human encroachment on their habitats. That ability has seen them spread to all of North Carolina’s 100 counties, with number increasing even as the state’s population also continues to rise quickly.
Read more » click here

Bears are smart animals
Time to be smarter than the bear. Elimination of regular and easy food sources is the best deterrent and will cause him/her to move out of our location faster than any other reason. If the bear discovers the pattern of garbage cans going out in the evening, he/she will look for the cans each evening. Consider putting garbage cans out in the morning hours just before the truck arrives so that the bear does not discover cans full of food each week. Please reconsider feeding any other animals during warmer months with an outdoor supply of food because the bear will find it and eat what you put out, thus strengthening his/her reason to remain here. Bird feeders may also be destroyed for the bear to secure the stored grains.

Consistent patterns in OR will help to move the bear to new territory. If some food sources remain available, he/she will find them and remain here. Keep the food sources out of his/her reach. Please consider staying with this habit until the acorns begin to drop in the fall. We have few oak trees within OR, so that source of food is limited. The bear will seek an area with a greater source of food prior to winter.

Bears roam approximately ten miles in all directions to obtain food or shelter. If sources outside of the OR provide him/her with regular food, and our area provides the best shelter, he/ she will remain until late fall once again. Be aware of choices and be aware of walking in forested areas with dogs, etc. Black bears will avoid humans and dogs, but if you accidentally run into one at close proximity, do the following:

If you and he /she are walking toward each other, change your direction anddo not run.Constantly check over the shoulder to see if the bear is following you or continuing in another direction.

    • If you happen to get REALLY close to a bear, you can make yourself look as large as possible and yell loudly. A black bear will usually change direction.
    • If there is a bear cub with a mother bear, stay as far away as possible. She will protect the cub at all costs, and you can be in great danger.
    • Review the pamphlet put out by the NC Department of Wildlife:
      https://www.ncwildlife.org/media/1458/download?attachment

Stay aware, stay smart, and stay safe.


Storm Events –


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Hurricane Vehicle Decals
Property owners were provided with four (4) decals that were included in this month’s water bill. It is important that you place your decals in your vehicle or in a safe place. A $10 fee will be assessed to anyone who needs to obtain either additional or replacement decals. Decals will not be issued in the 24-hour period before an anticipated order of evacuation.

The decals are your passes to get back onto the island to check your property in the event that an emergency would necessitate restricting access to the island. Decals must be displayed in the driver side lower left-hand corner of the windshield, where they are not obstructed by any other items. Officials must be able to clearly read the decal from outside the vehicle.

Property owners without a valid decal will not be allowed on the island during restricted access. No other method of identification is accepted in an emergency situation. Click here to visit the Town website to find out more information regarding decals and emergency situations.


EVACUATION, CURFEW & DECALS


NC General Statute 166A-19.22
Power of municipalities and counties to enact ordinances to deal with states ofemergency.

Synopsis – The governing body may impose by declaration or enacted ordinance, prohibitions, and restrictions during a state of emergency. This includes the prohibition and restriction of movements of people in public places, including imposing a curfew; directing or compelling the voluntary or mandatory evacuation of all or part of the population, controlling ingress and egress of an emergency area, and providing for the closure of streets, roads, highways, bridges, public vehicular areas. All prohibitions and restrictions imposed by declaration or ordinance shall take effect immediately upon publication of the declaration unless the declaration sets a later time. The prohibitions and restrictions shall expire when they are terminated by the official or entity that imposed them, or when the state of emergency terminates.

Violation – Any person who violates any provisions of an ordinance or a declaration enacted or declared pursuant to this section shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor.


Hot Button Issues

Subjects that are important to people and about which they have strong opinions


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Climate

For more information » click here
.

 


There’s something happening here
What it is ain’t exactly clear


Top Scientists Find Growing Evidence That Greenhouse Gases Are, in Fact, a Danger
The assessment contradicts the Trump administrations legal arguments for relaxing pollution rules.
The nation’s leading scientific advisory body issued a major report on Wednesday detailing the strongest evidence to date that carbon dioxide, methane and other planet-warming greenhouse gases are threatening human health. The report, published by the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine, is significant because it could complicate the Trump administration’s efforts to revoke a landmark scientific determination, known as the endangerment finding, that underpins the federal government’s legal authority to control the pollution that is driving climate change. The finding dates to 2009, when the Environmental Protection Agency concluded that planet-warming greenhouse gases pose a threat to public health and welfare and so should be regulated under the Clean Air Act. The Obama and Biden administrations used that determination to set strict limits on greenhouse gas emissions from cars, power plants and other industrial sources of pollution. But in July, the Trump administration proposed to rescind the endangerment finding and contended that subsequent research had “cast significant doubt†on its accuracy. The proposal is one of President Trump’s most significant steps yet to derail federal climate efforts. If the move is held up in court, future administrations would have no authority under the Clean Air Act to regulate greenhouse gas emissions from the burning of fossil fuels. The new National Academies assessment contradicts the administration’s claims. The 136-page report, assembled by a committee of two dozen scientists, concludes that the original endangerment finding was accurate and “has stood the test of time.†It says that there is now even stronger evidence that rising greenhouse gas levels can threaten public health and well-being, and that new risks have been uncovered. The report notes that multiple lines of evidence now show that human activities such as the burning of fossil fuels and deforestation are producing greenhouse gases that are heating the planet, and that climate change is exacerbating a wide variety of health risks like intense heat waves and increased wildfire smoke. Climate-driven changes in temperature and rainfall patterns have also led to negative effects on crops and less water availability in some places, among other disruptions. The National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine is a nongovernmental body that was originally chartered in 1863 by Abraham Lincoln to advise the nation on scientific and medical questions. The influential body issues roughly 200 reports per year on a range of topics from particle physics to neurobiology, and its members are elected each year. In August, the National Academies announced that it was fast-tracking its study on the endangerment finding so that it could inform the E.P.A.’s decision-making process. Under federal law, the E.P.A. needs to solicit public comment on its proposal to revoke the finding and then must respond to all of the comments it receives. Some Republicans in Congress criticized the National Academies for racing to complete the report. Representative James Comer of Kentucky, the leading Republican on the House Oversight Committee, wrote in a recent letter to the body that the decision was “a blatant partisan act to undermine the Trump Administration†and said that some of the members overseeing the report had “shown partisan bias.†The committee that oversaw the report was led by Shirley Tilghman, an emeritus professor of molecular biology and public affairs and former president of Princeton University. While the committee was largely made up of academics, it also included a former employee of Chevron and a former executive at Cummins, a manufacturer of truck engines. “This study was undertaken with the ultimate aim of informing the E.P.A., following its call for public comments, as it considers the status of the endangerment finding,†Dr. Tilghman said in a statement. “We are hopeful that the evidence summarized here shows the strong base of scientific evidence available to inform sound decision-making.†In response to the report, Carolyn Holran, an E.P.A. spokeswoman, said, “The endangerment finding has been used by the Obama and Biden administrations to justify trillions of dollars of greenhouse gas regulations covering new motor vehicles and new motor vehicle engines. As we saw in the 16 intervening years since the endangerment finding was made, many of the extremely pessimistic predictions and assumptions E.P.A. relied upon have not materialized as expected.†She said the E.P.A. “looks forward to responding to a diverse array of perspectives on this issue,†when the public comment period ends on Sept. 22. To justify its proposal, the E.P.A. cited a variety of legal and technical arguments, saying among other things that the greenhouse gas emissions from vehicles on American roads are only a small sliver of total global greenhouse gas emissions. But the agency also tried to argue with the mainstream scientific view that climate change poses a significant risk to humanity. It cited a report that the Energy Department commissioned by a working group of five prominent researchers who dissent from the mainstream scientific view of climate change. They were handpicked by Energy Secretary Chris Wright and while their report acknowledged that the Earth is warming, it said that climate change is “less damaging economically than commonly believed.â€Â In response, a team of more than 85 scientists wrote a 439-page reply, saying that the Energy Department analysis was riddled with errors and cherry-picked data to fit the president’s political agenda. Separately, two environmental groups have filed a lawsuit in federal court charging that the formation of the Energy Department’s working group violated the Federal Advisory Committee Act and that the E.P.A. should not rely on its analysis. That case is ongoing. Mr. Wright disbanded the working group this month in the wake of the lawsuit. But the Energy Department has said it has no plans to withdraw its report. In a statement, Andrea Woods, an Energy Department spokeswoman, said that the agency had determined that the working group had achieved its purpose, “namely to catalyze broader discussion about the certainties and uncertainties of current climate science. We will continue to engage in the debate in favor of a more science-based and less ideological conversation around climate science.†Some legal experts said that the Trump administration’s attempts to argue against longstanding scientific findings on climate change could create problems in court for its deregulatory efforts. “It might have been a better strategy if they tried to sidestep the arguments about climate science altogether,†said Patrick Parenteau, an emeritus professor at the Vermont Law and Graduate School. “Instead, they’ve taken shots at climate science and that’s triggered an enormous response from scientists, and now they’re going to have to carefully respond to all of these comments,†Mr. Parenteau added. “And if they shortchange any of them, that creates a legal vulnerability. Courts are going to be very leery if the E.P.A. tries to ignore or reject the findings of the National Academies of Sciences.â€
Read more » click here


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Flood Insurance Program

For more information » click here

 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


National Flood Insurance Program: Reauthorization
Congress must periodically renew the NFIP’s statutory authority to operate. On March 14, 2025, the president signed legislation passed by Congress that extends the National Flood Insurance Program’s (NFIP’s) authorization to September 30, 2025.

Congress must now reauthorize the NFIP
by no later than 11:59 pm on September 30, 2025.

As the federal government shutdown drags on, one quiet corner of the housing market has seized up: The sales of homes in flood-prone areas. With the National Flood Insurance Program lapsed since Oct. 1, the government can no longer issue most new policies or renewals, leaving buyers who need coverage for their mortgage uncovered, and throwing deals that had already been negotiated into uncertainty.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


GenX

For more information » click here

 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Homeowners Insurance

For more information » click here

 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Hurricane Season

For more information » click here

Hurricane season runs from June 1 through November 30


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

Why This Years Hurricanes Keep Turning Away From the East Coast
There are six weeks left in the Atlantic hurricane season.

Dexter, Erin, Gabrielle, Humberto, Imelda, then Jerry. Again and again, this year’s Atlantic hurricane season has featured storms that seemed to be heading straight to the United States, only to suddenly take a sharp turn toward the east, veering away from land and out to the open ocean. Typically, by this time in an Atlantic season, at least three hurricanes or tropical storms would have made landfall in the United States. But with 12 named storms so far this year — four of them hurricanes — the only one to make U.S. landfall was Tropical Storm Chantal, which came ashore in South Carolina in early July. (Another, Tropical Storm Barry, made landfall in Mexico in late June.) Each storm’s eastward turn has its own unique causes, but John Cangialosi, a senior hurricane specialist at the National Hurricane Center, said two main factors determine a storm’s path: where it formed and what is steering it.

Steering
The main steering mechanism for Atlantic storms comes from a large high pressure system known as the Bermuda high. The Bermuda high (also called the subtropical high) normally sits in the Atlantic Ocean. Its light winds circulate in a clockwise direction, which usually push hurricanes westward in the tropical Atlantic, before guiding them northward along its western edge. “They are the primary steering for storms,†Mr. Cangialosi said. However, he added that nearby low pressure systems — along the East Coast, for example — and their associated cold fronts can influence the Bermuda high’s strength. “They can cause the high to weaken and shift, and cause these storms to turn,†he said. “So, it’s a combination of both of those features.†According to the National Hurricane Center, a strong Bermuda high generally pushes hurricanes farther west, toward Florida and the Gulf of Mexico, before turning them northward. A weaker Bermuda high, however, doesn’t drive storms as far west. Instead, it turns them northward sooner, either toward the East Coast of the United States or eastward and out to sea. This year, the eastward paths of Hurricanes Erin, Gabrielle and Humberto and Tropical Storm Jerry were influenced by a weak Bermuda high. Tropical Storm Dexter differed a bit, said Dr. Phil Klotzbach, a senior research scientist at the Department of Atmospheric Science at Colorado State University — another atmospheric steering mechanism was at play: the jet stream. The jet stream is a fast-moving ribbon of air high in the atmosphere that flows from west to east across the North Atlantic. It not only steers storms but can also accelerate or even intensify them. Dr. Klotzbach said Dexter was “already in the jet stream flow†when it formed to the northeast of the North Carolina coast, causing the storm to move away from the U.S. Sometimes a nearby Atlantic storm can lend a helping hand. Last month’s Imelda, Dr. Klotzbach said, “was a really lucky case for the United States.†With Hurricane Humberto positioned to Imelda’s east, which helped weaken the western edge of the Bermuda high just in time, causing Imelda to slow down. The two storms also orbited around a shared center point, in what meteorologists call the Fujiwhara effect. “Then Humberto’s circulation helped pull Imelda to the east,†he said.

Location
Where a storm forms also plays a key role in determining its track. The farther east a storm develops, Mr. Cangialosi said, the more likely it is to encounter a low pressure system along its westward path, which may turn it northward and then eastward, much like the paths of Erin and Humberto. “But hypothetically,†he said, “if a storm forms far to the west, like over the western Caribbean or over the Gulf, in those cases they would probably not avoid the United States with similar patterns.â€Â From October through November, storms tend to form farther west.

What to expect
Months ago, forecasters at the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration said they expected an above-average season this year, with up to 18 total named storms by the time it ends in November. A typical season has 14 named storms. Looking ahead, Mr. Cangialosi said, as the season moves into the rest of October and November, storms are expected to form closer to home. “They would be much less likely to miss the U.S.,†he said. “Doesn’t mean they can’t. It just means they are closer to home and therefore would have less of an opportunity to recurve.†Hurricane landfalls after mid-October are “fairly rare,†Dr. Klotzbach said, largely because vertical wind shear near the United States is typically quite strong this time of year. Strong vertical wind shear, or the change in wind direction and wind speed with height, can disrupt a storm’s structure, making it harder for hurricanes to maintain their intensity. On Thursday, the National Hurricane Center began tracking what might become the next named storm sometime in the next week. “It’s still a long way away, so there is a lot of uncertainty,†Dr. Klotzbach said, “but there is a pretty robust signal in the various models.â€
Read more » click here


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Inlet Hazard Areas

For more information » click here

 


.A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.
Lockwood Folly Inlet

For more information » click here.

 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Seismic Testing / Offshore Drilling

For more information » click here.

 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Offshore Wind Farms

For more information » click here

 


Things I Think I Think 


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.Eating out is one of the great little joys of life.

Restaurant Review:
The Dinner Club visits a new restaurant once a month. Ratings reflect the reviewer’s reaction to food, ambience and service, with price taken into consideration.
///// September 2025
Name:         Island Way
Cuisine:      American
Location:   1407 E Beach Drive, Oak Island, NC
Contact:      910.278.7770 /
https://www.islandwayres.com
Food:           Average / Very Good / Excellent / Exceptional
Service:       Efficient / Proficient / Professional / Expert
Ambience:  Drab / Plain / Distinct / Elegant
Cost: $27    Inexpensive <=20 / Moderate <=26 / Expensive <=35 / Exorbitant <=60
Rating:        Two Stars
/////
Island Way is a popular casual upscale beachfront restaurant with ocean and pier views. Its beach dining in style, offering both indoor and outdoor dining options. Although it was previously rated as a three-star establishment, unfortunately that is no longer the case.  It remains as one of the better dining options in the area, significantly better than most. It’s a busy place, which is filled to capacity nearly every evening., making reservations advisable.


///// November 2023
Name:         Salt64
Cuisine:      American
Location:   6404 East Oak Island Drive, Oak Island NC
Contact:     910.933.1019 /
https://salt64.com/
Food:          Average / Very Good / Excellent / Exceptional
Service:      Efficient / Proficient / Professional / Expert
Ambience: Drab / Plain / Distinct / Elegant
Cost: $29   Inexpensive <=20 / Moderate <=26 / Expensive <=35 / Exorbitant <=60
Rating:       Two Stars
Dining is in a casual relaxed atmosphere, nothing fancy, with a diverse menu that offers a little something for everyone. The white tablecloth was a nice upscale twist, but both the noise level and bright lighting will dissuade you from thinking that you are at a fine dining establishment. All in all, we had a nice meal there, but it really wasn’t anything special. We found it to be pretty standard fare, while it was good, it wasn’t worth returning for. It was a very busy place on a Tuesday night in November. If you want to eat there you probably should call ahead for reservations. You can expect to wait for a table during prime tourist season.

This celebrated Brunswick County restaurant is expanding.
Here’s what to expect.
Jon and Erika Spencer are Brunswick County natives. He grew up in Southport and shes from Oak Island. For years, though, the couple lived away from Southeastern North Carolina. Jon Spencer said he was eager to go and gain experience in the culinary world when he was a young man. He wanted fine dining skills and to cater big banquets. And he did. For much of his professional life, he worked at country clubs, and then at restaurants like the former Soiree and Epic Chophouse near Charlotte. But the couple eventually decided they wanted to come home. In 2022, they opened Salt 64 in the former automotive repair shop and Jones Seafood House space at 6404 E. Oak Island Drive in Oak Island. We wanted to do something different, and we weren’t quite sure how that was going to work out, Jon Spencer said.  But people welcomed their return — and the restaurant. Last year, Salt 64 was No. 19 on Yelp’s list of the top 100 restaurants in North Carolina, and the only one in Brunswick County. We try to keep it unique but unpretentious,  Jon Spencer said. We wanted it to be approachable.
He and his staff flex their creativity with the daily specials, which are also the best sellers at the restaurant. We change it every day, he said. And the dishes like fresh-caught fish prepared in a number of ways, or skillet seared duck breast, or filet medallions topped with their famed ill-tempered lobster tails — are posted to social media. As far as the regular menu, Jon Spencer said the seared scallops with fruity gastrique and warm fennel potato salad, the beet-and-goat cheese salad, and the spice-seared rare tuna are popular. And versions of other dishes, like the grilled artichoke appetizer and the addictive cheesy and garlicy crack toast, have been on Spencer’s menus for decades. There’s also a section of the menu called Jones Corner devoted to classic seafood. Now, Salt 64 is expanding. For the past two years, they’ve been completing the permitting to renovate. They closed in August for about a week to add some capacity to the electrical system and to demolish the existing patio.  Now, a temporary wall is in place and crews will build a new room on the other side. If all goes well, they’ll close again briefly later this year to combine the spaces and complete a refresh of the restaurant. The big change will be to the existing six-seat bar, which will be a larger, U-shaped bar in the former patio.They’ll also add about 40 seats to the dining room and have more space in the kitchen. Eventually, they’d like to add a space for catering / commissary kitchen with more room for pastry making. Jon Spencer said there’s also a possibility of opening more Salt 64 locations in the future.
Read more » click here


Dining Guide – Local * Lou’s Views

Dining Guide – North * Lou’s Views

Dining Guide – South * Lou’s Views

Restaurant Reviews – North * Lou’s Views

Restaurant Reviews – South * Lou’s Views


Book Review:
Read several books from The New York Times best sellers fiction list monthly
Selection represents this month’s pick of the litter


Cover of the thriller novel 'With a Vengeance' by Riley Sager featuring a train on a bridge.WITH A VENGEANCE by Riley Sager
Anna Matheson plans to get retribution for her family’s downfall. Her plan was simple, get the six (6) people responsible for her family’s downfall during the war onto a train where there’s no escape, confront them and find out why they did what they did and then deliver them right to the authorities waiting at the train’s destination. The story is a variation on the classic locked-room whodunit reminiscent of Agatha Christie’s works, where passengers are killed one by one on the train.


That’s it for this newsletter

See you next month


Lou’s Views . HBPOIN

                    • Gather and disseminate information
                    • Identify the issues and determine how they affect you
                    • Act as a watchdog
                    • Grass roots monthly newsletter since 2008

https://lousviews.com/

 

09 – Town Meeting

 

Lou’s Views

“Unofficial” Minutes & Comments


BOC’s Regular Meeting 09/16/25

Board of Commissioners’ Agenda Packet » click here

Audio Recording » click here


1. Conflict of Interest Check

2024 Rules of Procedure for the Holden Beach Board of Commissioners
(e) Conflict Check. Immediately after the approval of the agenda, the Presiding Officer shall poll each member to disclose any potential conflicts of interest. In the event that a potential conflict is disclosed, the members will vote on a motion to allow or excuse that member with respect to the agenda item. If excused, the member may not participate in any discussion, debate, or vote with respect to the agenda item.

The Board was polled by Heather our Town Clerk. All of them declared that there was no conflict of interest with any agenda item at this meeting.


2. Discussion and Possible Action on Additional Areas of Concern – Michael Norton & Cameron Long, McGill Associates (Interim Town Manager Ferguson)

Agenda Packet – page 18, plus separate packet

Supplemental Stormwater Master Plan Report » click here 

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
At the December BOC meeting, the board voted to hire McGill to investigate additional areas of concern for the stormwater masterplan, specifically the East end and the canal streets. The report of finding’s, including alternatives and associated costs, will be presented at the meeting.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The BOC expressed a desire to expand on the work in the original stormwater master plan. The additional areas of concern will be presented to the board for review and possible adoption as part of the overall plan.

TOWN MANAGER’S RECOMMENDATION:
Receive report and consider adopting as an addendum to the original plan.


The Town of Holden Beach (Town) retained McGill Associates (McGill) to prepare this Supplemental Stormwater Master Plan (SWMP) following completion of the Town’s initial Stormwater Master Plan in June 2024. The primary purposes of this project were to expand the stormwater system inventory, analyze flooding conditions within four additional areas of concern, evaluate alternatives to improve flooding conditions during the 10-year storm event, and provide recommendations for capital improvements.

The additional areas of concern are as follows:

    • Area 7 – East End: McCray Street, Avenue B, and Dunescape Drive
    • Area 8 – Canal Streets: Greensboro Street, Charlotte Street, Durham Street, Burlington Street, Salisbury Street, Sanford Street, Raleigh Street, Fayetteville Street, Lumberton Street, and High Point Street
    • Area 9 – Canal Streets: Sand Dollar Street, Starfish Drive, Lions Paw Street, and ScotchBonnet Drive
    • Area 10 – Canal Streets: Sailfish Street, Tarpon Drive, Marlin Drive, Tuna Drive, Dolphin Street and Swordfish Drive

Previously reported – December 2024

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Consideration and possible action on the requested proposal from McGill regarding additional areas of concern for stormwater.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
McGill completed a proposal for the board’s consideration after the BOC expressed interest in adding areas of concern to the approved stormwater master plan. If the board chooses to move forward a budget amendment would be needed.

TOWN MANAGER’S RECOMMENDATION:
Receive proposal and consider award should BOC want to add additional areas of study to the plan.

The BOC asked that McGill be contacted regarding additional areas of concern for the stormwater master plan. The attached proposal involves survey work and analysis to add three streets at the east end of the island and canal streets. It projects a six-month deliverable following a notice to proceed at a price of $76,100. Michael Norton will be available by phone to answer any questions the board may have during this agenda item .

Update –
McGill representatives made a presentation as a follow-up of the request made for the additional stormwater problem areas. The report evaluated two (2) alternative solutions to address flooding for each area of concern and the associated costs. The question becomes: should we proceed? The motion was made to receive the report, to include it as addendum to the original town stormwater plan, with the Board having the ability to prioritize areas before any actions are taken.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously


3. Discussion and Possible Action on the Stormwater Project Partnership Agreement with the Corps – Interim Town Manager Ferguson

Agenda Packet – pages 37 – 51

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Follow up from the June BOC meeting regarding the stormwater PPA now that it’s back from Division. Acknowledge changes made by Division and direct execution.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
At the June BOC meeting, the board voted to move forward with the stormwater PPA if it came back identical to the document they reviewed. The Corps’ Division Office made two changes to the original: one to update the accounting section and the other to add a BABA waiver.

TOWN MANAGER’S RECOMMENDATION:
Receive PPA and consider action to move forward.

Previously reported – June 2025
Discussion and Possible Action on Pursuing $2.2 Million in Environmental InfrastructureFunding through the Corps – Interim Town Manager Ferguson & Bob Kiestler, Corps

Project Partnership Agreement » click here


ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and possible action on pursuing $2.2 million in Environmental Infrastructure funding through the Army Corps of Engineers.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Following Potential Tropical Cyclone 8, the Town was awarded environmental infrastructure disaster relief funding through Congress. These funds flow directly to the Corps and through this program they would reimburse stormwater project costs up to 75%. Bob Keistler will be here to give some background on the program and discuss the Project Partnership Agreement (PPA). This funding is projected to fall over two fiscal years.


USACE Environmental Infrastructure Project
Following Potential Tropical Cyclone 8, the Town was awarded $2.2 million in environmental infrastructure funding for phasing projects from our approved stormwater master plan. The projects involve the 300 Block of Ocean Boulevard and the East End of Ave A and Mullet. When these appropriations are made through Congress, the money flows directly to the Corps and then they reimburse the Town up to 75% of the project costs. The Corps will be at the meeting to explain the program and what would be needed as far as the Project Partnership Agreement. The partnership is expected to operate over two fiscal years, with next fiscal year’s estimate being $300,000.


North Carolina Environmental Infrastructure Program
Section 5113 of the Water Resources Development Act of 2007

Authorization allows the Corps of Engineers to conduct a program of environmental infrastructure improvements that provide design and construction assistance for the following range of activities:

. a. wastewater treatment and related facilities
. b. combined sewer overflow, water supply, storage, treatment, and related facilities
. c. drinking water infrastructure including treatment and related facilities
. d. environmental restoration
.
e. stormwater infrastructure
. f. surface water resource protection and development

Design and construction assistance can only be provided for publicly owned facilities. A partnership agreement for the conduct of design and construction assistance must be executed for each project initiated under this program. Federal cost sharing of the project costs is set at 75%, which could be provided in the form of grants or reimbursements of project costs to the non-Federal interests. Also, the Federal Government could provide the non-Federal interests partial credit for work performed before the partnership agreement was executed, and provide credit for lands, easements and rights-of way. The non-Federal interests must provide for all operation and maintenance costs of the project.
For more information » click here


Project Descriptions

Area 1 – 300 Block of Ocean Boulevard West

Several hundred feet of public ROW along Ocean Boulevard West (OBW), in an area referred to as the 300 Block, and Brunswick Avenue to the north, experience significant floodwaterretention following storm events.

A dedicated right-of-way (ROW) at 317 Brunswick Avenue West, which connects OBW and Brunswick Avenue, is currently used as an unofficial vehicle and pedestrian access. This project would convert the ROW to a 2.5-foot-deep storage depression to hold runoff from both OBW and Brunswick Avenue.

Catch basins will be installed along the north side of OBW, including at the low point of the road, and at the intersection of High Point Street and Brunswick Avenue. As the catch basin at the low point of the road will be located within the ROW of OBW and not on the road itself, its rim elevation will sit above the lowest elevation of the road. The road would be elevated to encourage positive flow to the inlet and to avoid further road ponding.

Catch basins will be connected by 15″ High Performance Polypropylene pipes (HPPP), producing two different directions of flow: one, from the low point of the road, through the storage depression, and discharging at the outlet of the Brunswick Avenue channel, and the other from the low point of the road, down OBW and High Point Street. and discharging into the channel near the intersection of High Point Street and Brunswick Avenue.

In order to maintain a positive outfall within the proposed stormwater network, the Brunswick Avenue channel will be dropped approximately 1.5 feet between its outset and the inlet of the existing outlet pipe. The channel will be re-graded as needed while maintaining minimum side slopes of 3:1.

The existing culvert under Marker Fifty-Five Drive and the existing outlet pipe running along the east side of High Point St. will both be upsized to 18″ Reinforced Concrete Pipes (RCPs). The tide gate on the existing outlet pipe will be replaced.

Additional measures will include a second 1.5-foot-deep storage depression at 339 Brunswick Avenue, along with another dedicated ROW. This storage depression will be connected to the proposed stormwater network on OBW and discharge north into the Brunswick Avenue channel just before the Marker Fifty-Five Drive culvert.

Area 2 – East End of Mullet Street Area & East End of Avenue A

Public ROW along Ocean Boulevard East (QBE) on the east end of Holden Beach, between Ferry Road and Dunescape Drive, experiences frequent periods of standing water following rain events as runoff is transported through the existing stormwater network or infiltrates into the soil.

The proposed project involves upsizing the existing stormwater system such that a 2-year storm level of service is achieved in the section of OBE east of Mullet St. and the entire area sees a reduction in flood depths due to both 2-year and 10-year storms. Further reduction in flooding from the 10-year storm is to be realized by eliminating roadway flooding along OBE between Avenue A and Dunescape Drive.

The existing stormwater network along Ocean Boulevard East (OBE) west of Mullet Street will remain with individual pipe inverts dropped as needed to create positive drainage within the system. Existing pipes along OBE east of Mullet St. will be upsized to 24″ RCPs with the final of these pipes upsized to a 30″ RCP. In order to accommodate the burial of the new 24″ RCP, the existing channel at the upstream end of this pipe system will be dropped by -0.5 feet and re-graded as needed while maintaining a minimum side slope of 3:1.

Similarly, the existing pipe under Blockade Runner Drive will be upsized to an 18″ RCP with its downstream pipe that runs under QBE upsized to a 24″ RCP. All pipes along Mullet St. will be upsized to 30″ RCPs and a tide gate will be installed on the final outlet pipe. These appear to be the largest pipe sizes that can reasonably fit underneath the road while maintaining necessary clearance.

Additionally, three (3) 1-footdeep swales with 4:1 side slopes will be installed along the northern ROW of OBE between McCray Street and Dunescape Drive. 12″ HPPP culverts will be installed under roadways to connect the swales and tie them to the existing system.

Due to the Coastal Area Management Act (CAMA), improvement options in this area are limited.

The Town was awarded $2.2M in Environmental Infrastructure Disaster Relief Funding for stormwater projects. To get started USACE requires the execution of the project partnership agreement. The Town portion of the 2.2 million dollar project is 25%, which would cost us $550,000. The motion was made to approve the project partnership agreement with the USACE and have the town staff execute the paperwork.
A decision was made – Approved unanimously

Update –
Bob Keistler a representative from USACE was at the meeting to explain the two (2) changes made the Stormwater Project Partnership Agreement. We will have to pay everything up front and then get reimbursed up to 75% of the project costs. The motion was made to execute the agreement.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously


4. Police Report – Chief Jeremy Dixon

Agenda Packet – pages 19 – 24

Police Report » click here


Holden Beach Police patch with sunset and birds design.
Jeremy reviewed the actions that were taken by them last month

They experienced a normal decline of activity after the Labor Day weekend


Car “break-ins†are happening on multiple islands including ours

Crime Prevention 101 – Don’t make it easy for them
Don’t leave vehicles unlocked
Don’t leave valuables in your vehicles


Low Speed Vehicle Safety » click here
Low-speed vehicles (Golf Carts) are required to follow the same traffic laws as every other motor vehicle, including travel lane regulations. They are required to be registered with the DMV and all operators must possess a valid driver’s license.All occupants MUST wear a seat belt, including children who must be secured in an age/weight appropriate child safety restraint.


Download our free app for important updates and notifications.

A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Staffing –

Having the full complement of eleven (11) police officers seems to be an elusive goal.


What he did not say –

We are in the most active hurricane period which is from August to October –
be prepared, have a plan!


If you know something, hear something, or see something –
call 911 and let the police deal with it.


5. Inspections Department Report – Inspections Director Evans

Agenda Packet – pages 25 – 27

Inspections Report » click here


ACTIVE NEW HOME PERMITS                                                              = 32
OTHER ACTIVE PERMITS                                                                       = 523
PERMITS ISSUED OVER $30,000                                                           = 73
.   *
AMOUNT INCLUDED IN ACTIVE TOTAL
PERMITS ISSUED OVER $100,000                                                         = 4
.   *
AMOUNT INCLUDED IN ACTIVE TOTAL
PERMITS ISSUED SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENTS                          = 4
.   * AMOUNT INCLUDED IN ACTIVE TOTAL
PERMITS ISSUED WAITING PICK UP                                                   = 40
TOTAL PERMITS                                                                                       = 595


PERMITS IN REVIEW                                                                              = 5
CAMA ISSUED                                                                                           = 2
ZONING ISSUED                                                                                       = 5
NOTICE OF VIOLATIONS                                                                        = 2
DELINEATIONS                                                                                        = 5
CAMA SITE INSPECTIONS                                                                      = 11


PERMITS SERVICED FOR INSPECTIONS FROM 08/01 – 08/31          = 96
TOTAL INSPECTIONS MADE                                                               = 208


Update –
Timbo briefly reviewed department activity last month, the department is staying busy. He explained why it is always a good idea to check with them to see if you need a permit for any work on your property that you are planning to do.


6. Finance Department Report – Finance Officer McRainey

Agenda Packet – pages 28 – 33

Finance Report » click here 

Update –
Daniel briefly reviewed the Finance Report


7. Town Manager Report – Interim Town Manager Ferguson

Agenda Packet – pages 34 – 35

Town Manager Report » click here

Christy reviewed the Town Manager Report

A yellow house under construction with ladders and building materials outside.

Greensboro Street / Sewer Lift Station #2
91% complete, scheduled completion date of October 1st
Ready for final payment request date of October 30th

Previously reported – August 2025
Sixth application for payment was submitted to funding agencies
82% complete based on the time line

Previously reported – July 2025
Progress meeting between engineer, contractor, and town staff was held on June 26th
Fourth application for payment submitted to EPA
State still lags in sending payments and now they are doing a computer system changeover

Previously reported – June 2025
Contractor given an additional seventy-two (72) days to complete the project
Construction schedule completion will now be around October

Previously reported – April 2025
Construction schedule anticipates completion in August
Buy America Build America waivers granted by EPA


Construction workers installing a roof on a new house framed with wooden trusses.Block Q Restrooms & Parking
Apparently vendor still having issues
Contractor had to have structural engineer back out to reevaluate some work performed
Optimistic that they will still meet the grant deadline

Previously reported – August 2025
They have had numerous construction issues
Contractor had to have structural engineer back out to reevaluate some work performed.
Meeting with contractor, Pinnacle, and structural engineer occurred on August 7th
Contractor was at the meeting to address the BOC’s concerns
Timbo is monitoring the situation very closely and is confident we are back on track
The estimated completion date is now not till the end of September
The BOC’s are concerned about the work being completed as required
If the project is not done
by the deadline it could jeopardize the grant funding

Previously reported – July 2025

A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.
Breaking News
– now the vendor is saying completion will be sometime late in October, which may create some problems for the Town

 

Contractor struggled early to meet expectations but staff has engaged in several meetings and things appear to be improving
Deliverable for completion remains optimistic for end of August but money will need to be reallocated for contract at July meeting
Pouring concrete, the week of July 1st

Previously reported – June 2025
They have some serious concerns about the work that is being done there
New project superintendent taking over

Previously reported – May 2025
The bathroom on Block Q is scheduled to be completed by August 20th
There will be a Ground Breaking ceremony on June 4th at 10:00am

Previously reported – April 2025
Extension applied for with the state


Ocean Boulevard Stormwater
Corps developed PPA
McGill presenting on additional areas of concern as part of September agenda

Previously reported – August 2025
Awaiting Project Partnership Agreement from Wilmington District

Previously reported – July 2025
The Letter Report that Bob Keistler mentioned had the financial certification completed by finance officer
Wilmington District was submitting the Draft Letter Report for review

Previously reported – June 2025
The Town was awarded $2.2M in Environmental Infrastructure Disaster Relief Funding for stormwater projects. To get started USACE requires the execution of the Project Partnership Agreement. The Town portion of the 2.2 million dollar project is 25%, which would cost us $550,000. The motion was made to approve the project partnership agreement with the USACE and have the town staff execute the paperwork.


Pier Site
On hold awaiting the bond referendum results

Previously reported – August 2025
Draft report ready and on agenda for consideration
Future Scope of Work Discussion

THB Newsletter (04/15/25)
Work has been completed and the pier parking lot and walkways are now open.
Please be mindful not to stand or sit under the pier structure.


NC Resilient Coastal Communities Program
The Town participated in an orientation session regarding Phase I of the program on September 9th

Previously reported – August 2025
The Town was selected to receive a technical assistance award through the program
ESP Associates has been assigned as our engineer firm and will receive $70,000
Staff will have an orientation session regarding our phase of the program on 09/09 

Previously reported – April 2025

N.C. Resilient Coastal Communities Program » click here

North Carolina Division of Coastal Management  is accepting applications from eligible communities for no-cost technical assistance to complete Phases I and 2 of the Resilient Coastal Communities Program. The motion was made to complete an application to Resilient Coastal Communities Program by the deadline of April 25th, if it is  at all possible.


Congressional Interaction
Met with Congressman Rouzer’s aid, Jack Best, on August 25th during his regional visits

Expressed concerns over the Coastal Storm Risk Management Trust Fund Language being proposed in Congress and FEMA Beach Nourishment

They discussed making sure to continue federal support for engineered beaches like ours are not excluded

Employee Updates
We filled the vacant Public Works Supervisor position by promoting from within
Mark Thomas Senior Public Service Tech was promoted to Supervisor


Tracking Tool
The BOC’s are looking for a status report on a monthly basis in order to track the progress of projects that they have prioritized.

      • #6    ADA bathroom (at block Q)
      • #7    Fire station Upgrades
      • #14  Block Q Site Plan
      • #18  Update Town Website
      • #19  Pier Repair/Replacement
      • #26  Investigate vacuum bypass system
      • #      Repair and maintenance Water & Sewer

The current status of each of the seven (7) items listed is in the Town Manager Report


In Case You Missed It –


THB Newsletter (09/09/25)
PUBLIC NOTICE
Every year, Brunswick County Public Utilities and the towns, cities, and other utilities that purchase water from Brunswick County implement an annual flushing program. Public Utilities employees flush the water mains by opening fire hydrants and allowing them to flow freely for a short period of time. The flushing cleans out sediment and allows routine maintenance of the more than 1,440 miles of water lines and over 7,789 fire hydrants in the Brunswick County service area. Flushing may result in discoloration and presence of sediment in your water. These conditions are not harmful and are temporary. During the annual flushing program, a slight change is made in the water treatment process to facilitate an effective flushing program. Throughout the year, Brunswick County Public Utilities adds combined chlorine (in the form of chloramines), to the water as the primary disinfectant. During the annual flushing program, chlorine is added in an uncombined state, commonly referred to as free chlorine. Free chlorine is more effective than combined chlorine at reacting with sediments suspended during flushing. This common practice is also used as preventive maintenance to kill bacteria that, though harmless when consumed by humans, can introduce unwanted taste and odor, and create issues with maintaining a disinfectant residual. Brunswick County will use free chlorine as the primary disinfectant from October 7, 2025, through November 2025. Depending on your location within the distribution system and usage patterns, it could take 7 to 10 days for your drinking water to transition from combined chlorine to free chlorine at the beginning of the flushing program. The annual change from chloramines to free chlorine for this brief period is required by the North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality to promote optimal disinfection throughout the water distribution system. You may experience a change in the taste or smell of your drinking water while free chlorine is being used as the primary disinfection agent. If you are especially sensitive to the taste and odor of chlorine, try keeping an open container of drinking water in your refrigerator. This will enable the chlorine to dissipate and reduce the taste of chlorine in your water. Remember – drinking water has a shelf life. Change out the water in your refrigerated container weekly.

Note: If you have an aquarium or pond, always test the water that you add to your aquatic environment to be sure it is free of any chlorine before adding fish or other animals. Chemical additives with directions for removing either free chlorine or chloramines from water for use in fish tanks or ponds are available at pet/fish supply stores. Kidney dialysis clinics and customers on home kidney dialysis equipment should also be aware of this change.

If you have any questions regarding this process, contact Brunswick County Public Utilities at 910.253.2657, 910.371.3490, 910.454.0512, or via email, or contact your water service provider directly at pworks@hbtownhall.com.


THB Newsletter (08/26/25)
Free Cleanup Week
The next Free Cleanup Week at the Brunswick County Landfill will take place September 22 through 27, 2025. Brunswick County property owners and residents can dispose of all materials, except for regular household trash and hazardous waste, free of charge during Free Cleanup Week. Individuals can dispose of metal, tires, electronics, latex paint, clothing, shoes, used oil, oil filters, antifreeze, gasoline, fluorescent bulbs, used cooking oil, smoke detectors, household batteries and yard debris in their designated area at the Landfill during this week. Participants must show proof of Brunswick County property ownership or residency. Businesses and commercial vehicles will be charged normal tipping fees. Brunswick County accepts various items at the Brunswick County Landfill year-round at no charge to Brunswick County property owners and residents. See a full list of accepted items on the Accepted Items and Tipping Fees webpage.

For questions, contact Brunswick County Operation Services at 910.253.2520 or via email.

Location
Brunswick County Landfill
172 Landfill Road NE
Bolivia, NC 28422

Hours of Operation
Monday through Friday 7:30 a.m. until 5:00 p.m.
Saturday 7:30 a.m. until 3:00 p.m.


THB Newsletter (08/26/25)
International Coastal Cleanup
The Town of Holden Beach will partner with the Turtle Patrol for International Coastal Cleanup on Saturday, September 20th. Individuals interested in helping to pick up trash from the beach should report to the picnic shelter at Bridgeview Park at 7:30 a.m. You will be assigned an area of the beach to cover and should return back to the picnic shelter by 9:00 a.m. to dispose of the trash. Suggested supplies to bring with you include gloves, a bucket or trash bag, reach grabbers, sunscreen, bug spray, and water. Your participation makes a huge difference in protecting our precious marine life and maintaining the pristine condition of our beaches. If you cannot participate this day but have another day the week prior to the 20th that you could help, please plan to visit one of the town parks to clear it of any trash that may be on the ground.


Dog Reminders
Please remember that any time your dog is off your premise, they must be on a leash, cord or chain at all times. Also, dog owners must remove dog waste immediately after it is deposited by the dog when on public property or any private property, including vacant lots, without the permission of the private property owner. Dog waste stations are conveniently located throughout the island.


Emergency Operations Center
The EOC building is being used by Tri-Beach Fire Department while they renovate their fire station on Sabbath Home


National Flood Insurance Program: Reauthorization
Congress must periodically renew the NFIP’s statutory authority to operate. On March 14, 2025, the president signed legislation passed by Congress that extends the National Flood Insurance Program’s (NFIP’s) authorization to September 30, 2025.


News from Town of Holden Beach
The town sends out emails of events, news, agendas, notifications and emergency information. If you would like to be added to their mailing list, please go to their web site to complete your subscription to the Holden Beach E-Newsletter.
For more information » click here


Upcoming Events –

Meet the Candidates Night  / October 17th
Barktoberfest / October 24th
Monster Mash Trunk-or-Treat / October 31st
SBI Three Bridge Tour / November 8th
Veterans Appreciation Luncheon / November 10th
Volunteer Appreciation Luncheon / November 14th

Tentative Schedule – dates are still to be determined
Contractors Information Seminar
Turkey Trot
Tree Lighting


8. Discussion and Possible Approval of Addition of a Public Works Department Report to the Monthly Regular Meeting Agenda – Interim Town Manager Ferguson

Agenda Packet – page 36

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Mayor Pro Tern Myers expressed that he would like to have the Public Works Director give a report monthly like the other department heads. The BOC will need to vote on this action item.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Explore whether the collective board would like a report from the Public Works Director each month.

TOWN MANAGER’S RECOMMENDATION:
Discuss and vote on the preparation and presentation of a report

Update –
There was a brief discussion as to what they were trying to accomplish by asking for this report. The motion was made to add the Public Works Department Report to the Monthly Regular Meeting Agenda.

A decision was made – Approved (4-1)
Commissioners Smith opposed the motion


9. Discussion and Possible Action on AIWW Crossing/Bend Widener Project – Interim Town Manager Ferguson
.   a. Ordinance 25-14, An Ordinance Amending Ordinance 25-11, The Revenues                and
Appropriations Ordinance for Fiscal Year 2025 – 2026 (Amendment No. 3)

Agenda Packet – pages 52 – 56

Ordinance 25-14 » click here

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
During budget discussions, the board was apprised that the award of the AIWW crossing/bend widener project would require a budget amendment. The consensus of the board was to wait until the bids were opened to execute an amendment.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The AIWW crossing/bend widener project is instrumental in keeping our East End whole. Discussions with our engineer indicate we need to opt for the full 150,000 cy of sand as outlined in the attached documents. This request is to execute a budget amendment to facilitate funds flowing to the state.

TOWN MANAGER’S RECOMMENDATION:
Execute amendment and understand that the interim town manager has already started discussions with the County to recoup a percentage of the local share.

Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway (AIWW) Maintenance Dredging
Funding Request for Lockwoods Folly Inlet Crossing Wideners Option
Wilmington District (SAW) opened bids for the FY26 AIWW Maintenance Dredging Solicitation on August 22, 2025. This contract is scoped to address shoaling areas in the Atlantic lntracoastal Waterway, NC Project. As requested, we have incorporated optional bid items for maintenance dredging of the Lockwoods Folly Inlet Crossing Wideners, Tangent 11. This work is divided into two contract options, both with an estimated dredge quantity of 75,000 cubic yards. If both options are executed in this contract, an estimated total of 150,000 cubic yards will be dredged. This material, along with what is dredged from the main Federal Navigation Channel crossing is scheduled to be placed on the east end of Holden Beach, NC. Per the Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) executed between SAW and the State of North Carolina, we request $1,050,000 for the first option or a total of $2,100,000 for both options for maintenance dredging at the Lockwoods Folly Inlet Crossing Wideners. As summarized in the tables below, the estimated cost for this maintenance dredging includes Contractor Earnings, Contingencies, Engineering During Construction, Supervision & Administration, and Contract Surveys.

The Wilmington District will need this non-Federal funding to award these contract options. Please provide funds by Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) by October 31, 2025, in the amount of $1,050,000 for one option, or a total of $2,100,000 if you choose to execute both options. Please contact Mr. Colton Robbins at (910) 251-4104, with any questions concerning the EFT process. Please contact our Project Manager, Mr. Adam Faircloth at (910) 251-4476, for all other project questions.

Update –
The motion was made to approve Ordinance 25-14 to provide funds for the Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway (AIWW) Crossing/Bend Widener Project which is for the Lockwood Folly Inlet dredging. Christy is working with the county to recoup a percentage of the 25% local share.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously

Moved funds of $275,000
From Revenue account #50.0399.0000 to Expense account#50.0710.0720


10. Discussion and Possible Acceptance of Revised Capital Improvement Plan – Interim Town Manager Ferguson

Agenda Packet – pages 57 – 58

Capital Improvement Plan » click here 

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Update the CIP with a placeholder for a new fire station.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
Per the direction of the BOC at the last meeting, the CIP has been updated by finance to show a fire station in FY 27/28.

TOWN MANAGER’S RECOMMENDATION:
Consider adopting change to CIP

Update –
The motion was to approve an updated Capital Improvement Plan that includes a new island fire station.

A decision was made –
Approved unanimously


11. Discussion and Possible Scheduling of a Date to Set a Public Hearing for Proposed Revisions to Town of Holden Beach Code of Ordinances Section 157.087, Building Numbers – Inspections Director Evans (Interim Town Manager Ferguson)

Agenda Packet – pages 59 – 62

Section 157.087 » click here

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Request a date to be set for a public hearing for revisions to Town Ordinance 157.087

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
The Planning & Zoning Board voted to approve revisions to Town Ordinance 157.087

TOWN MANAGER’S RECOMMENDATION:
Follow staff and Planning Board recommendations


Zoning policy
All proposed amendments to the zoning ordinance must go through Planning & Zoning Board for review, comments, and a consistency statement. State statutes require that the governing board hold a public hearing prior to the adoption, amendment, or repeal of any ordinance regulating development.


§157.087 BUILDING NUMBERS.

   (A)   The correct street number shall be clearly visible from the street on all buildings. Numbers shall be block letters, not script, and of a color clearly in contrast with that of the building and shall be a minimum of six inches in height. Numbers shall be provided on each unit in a duplex or multiple unit building and shall consist of the building number with a suffix letter (A, B, C, and the like). Numbers existing on the effective date of this chapter and at least four inches high and clearly visible from the street shall be allowed to remain. Replacement numbers shall comply with this section.

   (B)   Beach front buildings will also have clearly visible house numbers from the strand side meeting the above criteria on size, contrast, etc. Placement shall be on vertical column supporting deck(s) or deck roof on the primary structure. If no such condition exists for the building, or if a clearer line of sight position exists on the building, the numbers shall also be affixed to the primary structure. For buildings with a setback of over 300 feet from the first dune line, a vertical post shall be erected aside the walkway with house numbers affixed. The post shall not exceed eight feet in height above the base of the walkway. The post will be placed on the highest elevation of the walkway within 300 feet of the first dune line. In all cases the numbers must be clearly visible from the strand. Other placements may be acceptable with approval of the Building Inspector.

  (C)   Structures abutting the Atlantic Intercoastal Waterway, canals, and any public trust waters shall have house number affixed to the back of the structure or on the end of the dock/pier visible so as in case an emergency and per the North Carolina Residential Code Section R319.1         

Update –
Timbo explained that this is a safety issue. Any changes made to the Zoning Code Section 157 requires a Public Hearing. The motion was made to
schedule a Public Hearing for Zoning Ordinance change before the next BOC’s Regular Meeting on October 21st.

A decision was made – Approved unanimously


12. Direction and Possible Action to Direct Staff to Develop a Request for Qualifications for Technical Services to Develop a Comprehensive Plan for Jordan Boulevard, Block Q, Bridge Area and Former Pavilion Properties – Commissioners Thomas and Paarfus

Agenda Packet – pages 63 – 65

 ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discussion and possible action to direct staff to develop a Request for Qualifications (RFQ) for technical services to develop a comprehensive plan for the Jordan Blvd, Block Q, bridge area and former pavilion properties.

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
There have been several proposals for the development of Block Q with amenities such as a band stand/pavilion, pickle ball courts, boat parking and vehicle parking. However, a comprehensive plan to develop not only block Q but the surrounding parcels (Jordan Blvd, former pavilion site, bridge area) is needed to make the most efficient use of the available properties to provide these amenities. Subsequent construction of these amenities could then be accomplished in phases according to priorities and budget availability. The intent is to allow a professional design firm to bring their expertise and creativity to bear in developing the master plan, considering all the property available. The BOC should provide some initial guide lines for the RFQ but shall not constrain the firm to those guidelines in developing the master plans.

Possible motion:
Instruct staff to develop an RFQ for a comprehensive design for Block Q, Jordan Blvd, bridge area, and the site of the former pavilion to be reviewed by the BOC.

Editor’s note –
A request for qualifications is a document that asks potential suppliers or vendors to detail their background and experience providing a specific good or service. In this case, the buyer is only concerned about the vendor’s skills and experience. Professionals responding will be selected solely based on their qualifications and not on price. Once a firm is selected the Town will negotiate a contract for the desired services. Therefore, the response is not a bid.

Update –
They want to develop a comprehensive plan not only for block Q but also the surrounding parcels. The Board is trying to approach the development by keeping the end in mind. The plan is to only provide the vendor with guidelines of what they would like to see there. The motion was made to instruct staff to develop an RFQ for a comprehensive design for Block Q, Jordan Blvd, bridge area, and the site of the former pavilion to be reviewed by the BOC.

A decision was made – Approved (3-2)
Commissioners Smith and Dyer opposed the motion


Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents Text

Know the difference between wants and needs?
One of the most basic concepts of economics is want vs. need.
A need is something you have to have.
It’s something you can’t do without.
A want is something you would like to have.
It’s not absolutely necessary, but it would be a good thing to have

A circular stamp with 'Stay Tuned' text in gray and blue.


13. Discussion and Possible Action to Issue a List of Frequently Asked Questions Regarding the Pier Bond Referendum – Mayor Pro Tem Myers and Commissioner Thomas

Agenda Packet – pages 66 – 69

ISSUE/ACTION REQUESTED:
Discuss and possible action on developing a list of FAQ about the Pier Bond Referendum for the town to send out to its distribution list

BACKGROUND/PURPOSE OF REQUEST:
There will be a referendum on the November 4 election ballot about whether to raise taxes to remove the old pier and build a new one.

The town of HB has held 2 public hearings about the pier referendum (on 8/16/25 and 8/19/25). Both hearings were well attended, and many people spoke. In addition, the town received dozens of emails related to the pier referendum. At the hearings, many people asked questions, but because of the rules, there was no interaction with the BOC and none of the questions were answered.

Since there are still so many unanswered questions, we propose that the HB town send out a list of FAQs to the ‘Sunshine’ email list.

Attached is a proposed list of questions and answers for discussion.

Possible motion:
Instruct staff to send out the pier referendum FAQs to the ‘Sunshine’ email list


General Obligation Bond Referendum –


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Resolution 25-03 » click here

Resolution 25-04
» click here

Resolution 25-06 » click here

Bond Order
» click here

Resolution 25-07 » click here


Pier Bond – FAQ’s

What is the referendum for?
It is only for the demolition and removal of the existing pier and construction of a new pier.  It does not cover the debt on the initial purchase, building a pier building, maintenance, or any operating costs.

Can the bond money be used to construct a new pier building?
No,  the bond money can only be used to remove the existing pier and construct a new one.  Additional new debt may be needed to construct a building.  (Source: Bond Counsel)

Can the bond money be used to pay for the pier property?
No, the land was purchased in March 2022 at a cost of $3.2M financed at 3.18% over 15 years with an annual debt service cost of $260k.  (Source: Audit Reports)

Why do we need to vote on a referendum?
Since the land was used as collateral for financing the purchase of the pier property, we will need to issue General Obligation (GO) bonds. Issuing General Obligation (GO) bonds (which use taxing authority as collateral) is the best way to fund the construction of a new pier, and General Obligation bonds require a voter referendum. (Source: State Statute § 159-61 (a))

When will we vote on the referendum?
The referendum will be forwarded to the Brunswick County Board of Elections and appear on the November 4th ballot for voter consideration.

What will the referendum ballot say?
It will have a YES or NO vote on approving the bonds.  The final wording will be set on September 5th, but it is required to state: 1) total amount of the bonds; 2) the amount of the principal and interest payments to pay off the debt; and 3) the amount property taxes would need to be increased to cover the payments. (Source: State Statute § 159‑61 (d))

Will property owners get to vote?
No, only voters who are registered to vote at Holden Beach, NC can vote on the referendum. (Source: State Statute§ 159-61 (a))

Will all registered voters in Brunswick County get to vote on the referendum?
No, only registered voters who live on the island.  (Source: Board of Elections)

How much will it cost to build a new pier?
The engineer’s Not-To-Exceed estimated construction cost is $7.3M.  The estimated interest cost of the bond is $4.3M, making the total cost $11.6M. (Sources: HDR report and Town of Holden Beach and bond financial advisor)

Are grants available to pay for the pier?
Not at this time.  Our lobbyist has been working with town staff to search for grant opportunities but they have not identified any.  A PARTF grant of $500k was obtained for the purchase of the land in 2022. (Source: Budget Meeting Minutes)

How will this affect my property taxes?
The estimated amount of property tax liability increase for each one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) of property tax value to service the cumulative cost over the life of the bond provided above would be $31.60 per year.

Taxes will increase 22.6%
Our current tax rate is 14 cents per $100
The new tax rate would be 17.16 cents per $100

The estimated amount of property tax liability increase for each one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) of property tax value to service the cumulative cost over the life of the bond provided above would be $31.60 per year.

Property tax increase of $0.0316 per $100.00 of assessed valuation
A home on the island with a value of $1,000,000 estimated cost will be:
($1,000,000 % $100,000) x $31.60 = $316.00 per year
$316.00 x 20 years = $6,320

Our current tax rate is 14 cents per $100
The new tax rate would be 17.16 cents per $100
This would be a 22.6% tax increase

If the referendum fails, can we still build the pier?
Probably not, since it is unlikely, at least in the short-term, that the  Local  Government  Commission  would approve an alternate form of financing for a project that did not pass at a General Obligation Bond referendum. (Source: Bond Counsel)

Could we use our fund balances to pay for it in cash?
Possibly, but depleting our funds would impact other planned investments like the fire station and beach nourishment. (Source: Holden Beach Town Budget)

Could the BOC levy an assessment to pay for it?
Yes, but the BOC would need to go against the will of the voters. (Source: Town Ordinances)

 If the referendum passes, are we required to build the pier?
No. It is unlikely that the Local  Government  Commission  would not approve debt passed at a referendum. The  Board of Commissioners would then have to take action to actually issue the bonds in the future and they have discretion as to whether to issue some or all of the bonds or none at all. (Source: Bond Counsel)

If the referendum passes, how long can we wait before issuing the bonds?
Seven (7) years. 

How long is the term of the bonds?
The expected term of the bonds is twenty (20) years. 

Can we insure the pier against storms?
No, a new pier will be uninsurable for wind or water, and we will still need to pay off the bonds even if the pier is damaged in a storm and is no longer usable. (Sources: LGC, Town of Holden Beach)

What is the design of the new pier?
It is a wooden, pedestrian-grade, 996-foot-long pier with a covered “T†at the end – very similar to the design of the original pier, but taller and stronger for better protection from waves. (Source: HDR report)

How deep will the water be at the end of the pier?
Between 10 to 20 feet, depending upon the tide, according to beach profile elevation survey conducted by the engineer. (Source: HDR report)

How much will it cost to maintain the pier?
The engineer’s estimated funding needs for maintenance, preservation, rehabilitation, and major capital replacement projects to extend its life to 50 years is $3.6M, which equates to $72,560 per year on an annualized basis. (Source: HDR report).

How much will it cost to operate the pier?
The engineer did not estimate operating costs, but they are anticipated to include water, electricity, insurance (liability, vandalism & fire) and personnel costs for staffing it.   (Source: HDR presentation to the BOC)

How will the pier generate revenue for the town?
Operating revenues have not been estimated, but are anticipated to include admission and fishing fees, increased parking revenues, and increased occupancy tax revenues.  Any increase in sales tax revenue would be insignificant due to the way it is allocated within the county. (Source: Town Budget)

Will the pier generate a profit?
Most likely no, since it is very doubtful if pier revenues will exceed operating and maintenance costs, let alone cover debt service costs.  (Source: HDR report on lifecycle costs)

Can parking revenue pay for the pier?
Partially, but all parking revenues are currently being used to pay other expenses, including the debt service cost of the pier property purchase. These expenses would need to be reduced, and/or parking fees increased, before parking revenues could be used to cover a meaningful portion of the debt service cost of the bonds. (Source: Town Budget)

Can we save the existing pier?
Possibly, but according to our engineering studies, it would cost more than to replace it, and the old pier does not comply with current building codes and would not be as strong as a new one. (Source: HDR report)

How much will it cost to remove the existing pier?
The $7.3M Not-To-Exceed estimate includes removal of the existing pier.  There is no cost estimate for removing the existing pier without replacing it. (Source: HDR report)

Will there be a new pier building?
Most likely, but there are no viable plans or cost estimates at this time, and the building design is dependent on the fate of the pier.  There are significant PARTF grant restrictions on what functions the building can support (i.e., it must be dedicated as a recreation site for the use and benefit of the public for a minimum of 25 years). (Source: PARTF Grant Contract)

Is a Public-Private Partnership a viable approach to pay for the pier or the building?
Possibly, but it would be a very complex arrangement that must meet the requirements of the PARTF grant and would require Local Government Commission approval.  (Source: NC Session Law 2013-401; House Bill 857)

Update –
The Board spent a significant amount of time spent revising the list of frequently asked questions regarding the pier bond referendum. They went through each one of these questions and modified the wording on many of them. There were too many changes made for this list to be updated by us at this time. The Board needs to review the revised list of FAQ’s prior to release to the public. They agreed by consensus that the updated version pier referendum FAQ’s will be posted on the towns website and they will send it out to the Towns e-mail news distribution list.


Animated Image of a Old Man with My Two Cents TextThis Board has outlined the necessary steps and costs for constructing a new pier and is presenting the decision to the community through a public referendum. The referendum allows for the public to decide whether to spend the money for a pier not just the five (5) Board members. Personally, I believe that most of the public would like to have a pier but the high cost may lead to limited public support. I just don’t think that the island property owners are willing to pay for it.


A Traffic Police Icon Holding a Mic and Text

Editor’s note –
Received the following anonymous email from HBVoter
Do not know who sent it or who else they sent it to
That said, we are including it, as submitted, so that you get another point of view


 Let’s talk about the Pier Bond Referendum

 Dear Holden Beach Voters,

The Holden Beach Commissioners have voted to put the Pier Bond referendum on the 2025 November ballot. They are asking the voters if they want to pay to rebuild the Pier instead of unilaterally deciding like the previous board (that included Page Dyer and Rick Smith) did with the Pier property purchase; here’s your chance to make your voice heard.

Here are some critical facts about the new Pier:

★    The Pier Cannot be insured! If it gets destroyed the taxpayers will continue to pay the debt with nothing to show for it

○     Would you build a $7.3M home and not insure it? So why would/should the taxpayers build a $7.3M structure that is in the direct path of hurricanes?

★    Taxes will go up 22.6% based on the total cost of $11.6M ($7.3M + interest)

○     $31.6 per $100k property value per year

■     That means a $1M home would pay $316/year or $6,320 over 20 years

○     Is this the best use of our money? Wouldn’t this money be better spent on critical infrastructure such as:

■     Sand Renourishment – FEMA and the CORE will likely not help us when we have our next hurricane
■     New Fire Station – Holden Beach needs a year-round fire station on the island, not just 7am-7pm during tourist season
■     Stormwater mitigation – We need to be able to drive down Ocean Blvd after a storm
■     Sewer Sub-Stations – Replacement pumps are expensive!

★    A BOC could still build a Pier if the referendum does not pass

○     If the referendum does not pass in November, a BOC could still build a new pier similar to how the previous board (that included Page Dyer and Rick Smith) did when they BOUGHT the Pier property against the wishes of the homeowners BUT:

■     The LGC would not let the town borrow the money if the voters voted against a tax increase via the referendum

            • A new BOC could still use savings to build the pier without a loan – but this savings should be going toward critical infrastructure (Sand Renourishment, Fire Station, Stormwater Mitigations, Sewer Sub-Stations, etc.) not an amenity like the Pier (which cannot be insured!)
            • A new BOC could impose a tax assessment to pay for the Pier regardless of the Voters’ wishes (A tax assessment is a fixed dollar amount added to every property tax)
            • This is why it’s important to elect new commissioners that will respect the referendum vote (Chad Hock and Maria Surprise)

○     The Commissioners would be proceeding against the voters’ express wishes if they proceeded to build a new Pier. Going against the voters who voted them into office to represent them is not a smart idea. Wait, that’s exactly what the previous board (which included Page Dyer and Rick Smith) did when they bought the Pier for $3.3M.  But remember the ‘3’ replaced that board, and it is VERY unlikely they would vote to go against the voters choice – isn’t that why they voted to have the referendum? To let the voters decide if they wanted a new Pier – so let’s vote to keep like-minded people in the majority like Chad Hock and Maria Surprise (BTW, Page Dyer and Rick Smith voted against the referendum initially)

 ★    The Pier will NEVER be self-sustaining or financially viable.

○     This cost does NOT include the loan repayment cost for the $7.3M loan to BUILD the Pier

○     Do the math. The projected Maintenance cost alone is projected to be an average of $72k/year for 20 years.

○     $72,000/365 days/$10 (1 rod cost on Oak Island) = 20 people fishing on the pier every single day of the year to pay for the maintenance cost only

○     This cost does NOT include the loan repayment cost for the $3.3M loan to BUY the Pier property

○     This cost does NOT include operating cost – liability insurance, electricity, water, cleaning, trash, employee costs, etc.

○     So, if you’re expecting a new Pier to pay for itself with fishing fees it will never happen. It’s a recreational amenity like the parks or the basketball/pickleball court – it is not a business, which is why a Public-Private Partnership) PPP was never a viable option for building the pier (even though Page Dyer brings a PPP up at every BOC meeting)

★    The Pier will not bring in significant additional economic benefits to Holden beach

○     There has not been a decrease in Occupancy tax during the last three years that the Pier has been closed, proving that tourists are coming to Holden Beach for the BEACH not the Pier.

○     Paying $11.6M for an uninsurable Pier is an extremely high risk venture for the taxpayers who would be funding it

So please get out and VOTE NO for the Pier Referendum in the November 4th election!! You need to make your voice heard to the commissioners. It will be much harder for the BOC to build a Pier if the referendum does not pass

And while you’re there voting I highly encourage you to vote for Maria Surprise and Chad  Hock let’s keep the momentum going on making fact based fiscally sound decisions and letting the voters weigh in on important decisions like the Pier.

Illustration of a man in a suit giving a thumbs-up with a speech bubble.


Municipal Elections –


2025 Municipal Elections

The following candidates have officially filed for Holden Beach municipal elections 

Holden Beach Mayor
Mike Felmly           137 Carolina Avenue     Holden Beach
Alan Holden          128 OBW                          Holden Beach (incumbent)

Holden Beach Commissioner
Robert Brown       109 Crab Street               Holden Beach
Sylvia Pate             11 Charlotte Street        Holden Beach
Keith Smith            105 Durham                   Holden Beach
Maria Surprise     159 OBE                           Holden Beach
Chad Hock             1222 OBW                       Holden Beach

Board of Commissioners Duties and Responsibilities include:

      • adopting the annual budget
      • establishing the annual tax rate
      • enacting local ordinances and Town policies
      • formulating policies for the conduct of Town operations
      • making appointments to advisory boards and committees
      • oversee long range plans for the community

2025 Municipal Election Guide Brochure (PDF)


Women voters league to host Brunswick County municipal candidate forums
With Election Day two months away on Nov. 4, area candidate forums are heating up. In October, the League of Women Voters of Lower Cape Fear is asking for Brunswick County residents who live and vote in Leland, Oak Island, Southport and Holden Beach to join them for four forums. All will be non-partisan, representing candidates in the municipal elections. Voters are welcome to submit questions to LWVLCF.org. Deadlines for Leland and Oak Island are Sept. 20 and Sept. 27 for Southport and Holden Beach.

The schedule is below and all forums are held 6 p.m. – 8 p.m.

Oct. 6 — Leland Candidate Forum:
Leland Cultural Arts Center, 1212 Magnolia Village Way

Oct. 9 — Oak Island Candidate Forum:
Oak Island Town Offices, 4601 E. Oak Island Dr.

Oct. 14 — Southport Candidate Forum:
Southport Community Building, 223 E. Bay St.

Oct. 17 —  Holden Beach Candidate Forum:
Holden Beach Town Hall, 110 Rothschild St.

Additional information about voting and registering to vote can be found here.


2025 Brunswick municipal election forum invitation with dates and locations.

LWV 2025 Brunswick Municipal Election Forums
Submit up to five (5) questions for the candidates
Deadline to submit questions is no later than September 27th
Submit Questions » click here


General Comments –

BOC’s Meeting
The Board of Commissioners’ next Regular Meeting is scheduled on the third Tuesday of the month, October 21st 


Bryan Chadwick our new Town Manager will start at the end of the month


Smiling man in a checkered shirt standing against a wooden background.

Town of Holden Beach hires new town manager
The Town of Holden Beach has a new town manager. In a Facebook post, the town announced that Bryan Chadwick has been selected to fill the role. “Mr. Chadwick, an ICMA Credentialed Manager, most recently served as the town administrator for the Town of Archer Lodge,†the town stated. “He has over 25 years of local government experience, with a background in law enforcement and key leadership roles throughout this time.†Chadwick has worked for the towns of Newport, North Topsail Beach, Indian Beach, and Pine Knoll Shores. The town states Chadwick will begin his employment within the next 45 days. The Board of Commissioners approved his contract at their meeting on Tuesday night. The previous town manager, David Hewett, was fired in Nov. 2024 in a vote of 3-2 by the board of commissioners. Mayor J. Alan Holden said at the time that he and the two commissioners who voted against terminating Hewett were surprised by the motion. The commissioners voted to appoint Assistant Town Manager Christy Ferguson as the interim town manager until a more permanent replacement could be found. “We are very excited to have Mr. Chadwick join us in Holden Beach and look forward to working together,†the town stated.
Read more » click here


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

It’s not like they don’t have anything to work on …

The following seven (7) items are what’s In the Works/Loose Ends queue:

        • Accommodation/Occupancy Tax Compliance 2018
        • Block Q Project/Carolina Avenue 2021
        • Dog Park 2019
        • Fire Station Project 2023
        • Pavilion Replacement – 2024
        • Pier Properties Project 2021
        • Rights-of-Way 2021

The definition of loose ends is a fragment of unfinished business or a detail that is not yet settled or explained, which is the current status of these items. All of these items were started and then put on hold, and they were never put back in the queue. This Board needs to continue working on them and move these items to closure.

A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.

.

Lost in the Sauce –

.

 



From 2024

NA


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.



Hurricane Season
For more information » click here.

Be prepared – have a plan!


No matter what a storm outlook is for a given year,
vigilance and preparedness is urged.


A massive hurricane seen from space with a distinct eye.


Hurricane season’s peak has arrived, but the Atlantic has gone silent
Atlantic hurricane season has hit a September speed bump. The season’s peak will pass this week with no active storms for the first time in nearly a decade. June is when the six-month-long season begins, but the true bulk of hurricane activity occurs from mid-August through September and into the first half of October. Right in the middle is September 10, the statistical high point of the season. An active tropical storm or hurricane has roamed somewhere in the Atlantic on that date in roughly three-fourths of the 76 years tracked by NOAA. The Atlantic is pitching a shut out on its official peak this year – a feat that last happened in 2016. The season’s last storm was Tropical Storm Fernand, which fizzled out far from land on August 28. The National Hurricane Center expects the Atlantic to remain quiet for at least the next week. If that happens, it would be the farthest into September the Atlantic has gone without a named storm forming since 1992, according to the National Weather Service in New Orleans. Bonnie was the first September storm that year, forming on September 18.

September’s special sauce
September is when the most real estate is open for hurricanes to form in the Atlantic thanks to a collision of weather ingredients. The most basic building block is that water temperatures reach their warmest levels after basking in summer’s heat. Right now, much of the Atlantic basin has plenty of warmer-than-average water for prospective storms to tap into. These temperatures aren’t at the record levels set in 2023 and 2024, but they’re still warmer than they should be, driven higher in a world warming due to fossil fuel pollution. Hurricane Erin took advantage of that warmth, becoming one of the fastest-strengthening Atlantic hurricanes on record when it hit Category 5 status in mid-August. However, warm water is only one piece of the puzzle, as September is showing us right now. The tropical Atlantic has been enveloped in dry, stable air so far this month, which is one of the main reasons it’s unusually quiet. Dry air can squash a storm’s ability to generate rainfall, and it’s typically less abundant at this time of year than earlier in the season. An area of stormy weather the hurricane center tracked for development between Africa and the Caribbean last week succumbed to this hostile factor. Wind shear – changes in wind speed and direction at different levels of the atmosphere – also tends to be lowest at this point. Shear can rip apart fully developed hurricanes and tropical storms, as well as systems still in formative stages, though it wasn’t a huge obstacle for last week’s failed system. September is also when areas of showers and thunderstorms from western Africa make the trek west toward the Caribbean. These seeds for development, known as tropical waves, can spin-up storms when ingredients in the atmosphere and ocean cooperate.

How the season stacks up so far and what lies ahead
This season seems to be running closer to empty at a time of year it should be firing on all cylinders: Six named storms have formed so far, which is two fewer than the average by September 9, according to 1991 to 2020 data. Most of those storms have been short-lived, with Hurricane Erin’s more than 10-day-long journey being the exception. Erin remains the only hurricane so far this season, behind the typical pace of three forming by early September. Of course, impacts matter more than any numbers and several storms this year have already had dangerous outcomes. The leftover moisture from what once was Tropical Storm Barry helped fuel the devastating July 4 Texas floods. Just two days later, Tropical Storm Chantal triggered destructive and deadly floods in a narrow strip of North Carolina. In August, Hurricane Erin brought heavy rain and strong winds to the northeast Caribbean before growing in size and churning up high surf and dangerous rip currents along the East Coast. Looking forward, just over 50% of the entire hurricane season’s activity occurs after the September 10 peak, according to one measure. And we’ve seen a number of hurricanes pack a huge punch in the back end of recent seasons. Last year, Hurricane Helene’s devastating impacts played out from Florida to Georgia, western North Carolina and eastern Tennessee in late September. That was followed by Hurricane Milton’s strike on the Florida Peninsula in early October. In late September 2022, Category 4 Hurricane Ian delivered a catastrophic storm surge to southwest Florida. Destructive winds and flooding rain also pummeled the state’s peninsula. The bottom line is there’s still a long way to go before the season ends. It’s important to stay prepared, especially for those living in hurricane-prone areas.
Read more » click here
 


It’s the typical peak of Atlantic hurricane season. Where are all the storms?
Subtropical ocean temperatures across the planet are at record-high levels. Here’s why that may be having a counterintuitive effect on hurricane season.
It’s Sept. 10, the typical peak of the Atlantic hurricane season. Normally, there would be a tropical storm or hurricane swirling around — or at least the threat of one forming. But the Atlantic Ocean is currently devoid of tropical depressions, storms and hurricanes — and on their website, the National Hurricane Center prominently displays a map of an empty basin that says “Tropical cyclone activity is not expected during the next 7 days.â€Â This comes after a disturbance last week, which had high odds of developing near the Caribbean islands, disintegrated after choking on dry, dusty air from the Sahara and is no longer a threat. And it’s not just the Atlantic. The tropics across the Northern Hemisphere have experienced less than 60 percent of their normal activity so far this year. That’s according to accumulated cyclone energy, or ACE, an integrated metric of tropical cyclone winds and longevity. So, what’s going on? Does it mean that hurricane season, which surged to life with Category 5 Erin last month, is fizzling out unexpectedly early? Not so fast. But there is something unusual going on. Subtropical oceans across the planet, including regions of the Atlantic, Pacific and Indian oceans, have surged to record levels of warmth, and that may be having the counterintuitive effect of contributing to fewer tropical storms. During August, subtropical oceans across the globe averaged 74.4 degrees, tying the record mark for August set just one year ago. On the other hand, tropical oceans, especially in the eastern and southern Atlantic, have cooled notably compared to last year’s record warmth — part of the reason 2024’s hurricane season was so busy. Because the subtropics have warmed significantly and the tropics have cooled, there’s less of a temperature difference, called a gradient, between the two regions. A weaker temperature gradient tends to lead to more stable, calmer atmospheric patterns in areas where storms typically form. Hurricanes play an important role in transferring heat from the tropics toward the poles. When the temperature difference between these regions decreases, that role somewhat diminishes and there may be a reduced tendency for storms to form. Also, a weather variable known as the atmospheric lapse rate — the rate at which air cools from the ground up through the atmosphere — has been weaker than normal across the Atlantic. A smaller lapse rate means rising air cools faster than its surroundings, so it can’t keep rising, making it harder for clouds and storms to form. Overall, this has meant that environmental conditions are less conducive to tropical storm development, with several meteorologists picking up on the trend. “I think what it shows is we have to look beyond just [rising] sea surface temperatures when we consider the implications of a warming climate,†said meteorologist Andy Hazelton. In a warming world, scientific research has found declining trends in the frequency of tropical storms in some ocean basins. However, storms that do form may become stronger and produce more rain. The subtropical ocean warming trend may also allow tropical storms to form or persist farther away from the tropics.

Dust from the Sahara
As seasonal winds strengthen across Africa, dust and sand from the Sahara get swept high into the atmosphere and carried thousands of miles, often across the Atlantic Ocean. When this hot, dry air mixes into the circulation of a developing tropical storm, it can stunt growth by cutting off the storm’s access to moisture. That’s what happened to a storm that had a high probability of developing last week. This season, dusty air probably influenced the behavior of a few storms, although there has been less dust than normal. Still, dust concentrations alone cannot fully explain the dearth of tropical disturbances.

Will there be a storm soon?
It’s important to remember that hurricane season is a marathon, not a sprint. Months still remain before the season ends after Nov. 30. Forecasters are closely watching a tropical cluster of clouds and thunderstorms that typically tracks around the planet every 30 to 60 days called the Madden-Julian Oscillation. It’s like an energy drink for storms, sparking conditions that are more conducive to their formation, such as rising air and towering thunderstorms, more moisture and spin in the lower levels of the atmosphere. This storm spark plug is currently located in the Pacific Ocean but is predicted to reach the Atlantic in late September into October — potentially providing some of the season’s most prime conditions for hurricane formation in a few weeks. Defense Department meteorologist Eric Webb said in a message that he thinks the period from late September through about early to mid-October is when hurricane-forming factors will intersect most comprehensively in the Atlantic, raising the risk of storms. From late September into October, fewer storms emerge from Africa as the monsoon season there begins to wane. Instead, hurricane tracks begin to favor the western part of the basin, such as the Caribbean and Gulf of Mexico, because it’s the focal point of ocean heat — which is currently above-average. In August, the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration issued a La Niña watch. Cool waters in the tropical Pacific Ocean — a hallmark of La Niña — can reduce the level of clouds and thunderstorms there while enhancing it over the Atlantic. This may mean that the bulk of this season’s hurricane activity may occur late and linger longer.
Read more » click here


Do you enjoy this newsletter?
Then please forward it to a friend!


Lou’s Views . HBPOIN

• Gather and disseminate information
• Identify the issues and determine how they affect you

• Act as a watchdog
• Grass roots monthly newsletter since 2008

https://lousviews.com/